The URL can be used to link to this page

CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR - 99-0081-EN 11- - I I I I I I I. I :1 I I :1 I I I I I I I I ' "OF` I -'-ACORD CEP V, ' DANCE J DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 06711/2007 J ,M , _ PRODUCER of Pennsylvania Don Ri sk Se rvi ces , i nc . 1 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY OOr Dn TOWe r, 10th DDmi ni Fl AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS 625 Liberty Avenue CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE Pittsburgh PA 15222-3110 USA COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # PHONE• 866 283-7122 FAX-(847) 953-5390 INSURED INSURER A: American Home Assurance CO. 19380 American Bridge Company INSURER B: Insurance Company of the State of PA 19429 1000 American Brid e way g Coraopolis PA 15108 USA INSURER C: zurich American ins Co 16535 INSURER D: INSURER E: COVF ti '4 SIR May a THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERM$ EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR LTR DD' SRD TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE(MM\DD\YY) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE(MM\DD\YY) LIMITS C GLo832207508 06/01/07 06/01/08 EACH OCCURRENCE $2 000 000 E ERAL LIABILITY , , X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED $1,000,000 PREMISES (Ea o a CLAIMS MADE © OCCUR MED An e person) E v one X Per Project Genl Agg PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $2,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $4,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $4,000,000 PRO- POLICY ® LOC E] ECT C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BAP832212011 06/01/07 06/01/08 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS ( Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) $1,000 COMP DED PROPERTY DAMAGE R ccident) (P r X $1.000 COLL DED e a GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC e AUTO ONLY AGG A EXCESS [UMBRELLA LIABILITY SE7250891 06/01/07 06/01/08 EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000, OCCUR ? CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $10,000,000 DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $10,000 A wC X C STATU- OTH- WORKERS COMPENSATION AND (AOS) - LIMITS [TORY ER A EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY wc6436681 10/01/06 10/01/07 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 B ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (CA) wc3725418 10/01/06 10101107 E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS (FL) E.L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 below Includes US &H Covera OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE• Clearwater Beach Spur Connector Pedestrian Bridge (99-0081-EN). The City of Clearwater and its respective officers and em loyees are included as Add'tional Insu red in reQ•,ards to General and Automobile Liability bu solely as respects to wor erformed and vehicles used b or on behalf of the Named C ? IFICATG fiOL,DFR SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL City of Clearwater 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY P.O. BOX 4748 OF ANY ON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REP NTATIVES. Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 REP ENTATIYE ,'ORD2-_? 2001/08 ??`- ACORI) ) PORAl'l0: 19S`i Ln tb N O O Attachment to ACORD Certificate for American Bridge company The terns, conditions and provisions noted below are hereby attached to the captioned certificate as additional description of the coverage afforded by the insurer(s). This attachment does not contain all terms, conditions, coverages or exclusions contained in the policy. INSURED American Bridge company 1000 American Bridge way Coraopolis PA 15108 USA I INSURER I INSURER ADDITIONAL POLICIES If a policy below does not include limit information, refer to the corresponding policy on the ACORD certificate form for policy limits INSR LTR ADD'L INSRD TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY DESCRIPTION POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE POLICY EXPIRATION DATE LIMITS WORKERS COMPENSATION B WC3725422 (OR) 10/01/06 10/01/07 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS Insured in connection with the described project. It is further agreed that such insurance as is afforded the Additional Insured shall be primary. It is understood and agreed that the Company waives its right of subrogation against the Additional Insured which may arise by reason of a payment of claim under all policies. Certificate No : 570022918594 A' ORD,>" I N S V R t N LU,; ?r /DD 06 DATE/11 M07 /YY) PRODUCER HIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND Aon Risk services, Inc. of Pennsylvania ONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE Dominion Tower, 10th Floor 30ES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE 625 Liberty Avenue OLICIESBELOW. h PA 15222-3110 USA Pittsbur g COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY Firemans Fund Ins Co PHONE-(866) 283-7122 FAx 847 953-53 90 A INSURED COMPANY American Bridge Company B 1000 American Bridge way COMPANY Coraopolis PA 15108 USA C COMPANY D CON LR;1c.F t THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE LICY EXPIRATION COVERED PROPERTY LIMITS LTR DATE (MM/DD/YY) DATE (MM/DD/YY) PROPERTY BUILDING CAUSES OF LOSS PERSONAL PROPERTY BASIC BUSINESS INCOME w/o Extn Expense BROAD EXTRA EXPENSE SPECIAL BLANKET BUILDING EARTHQUAKE BLANKETPERSPROP FLOOD BLANKET BLDG & PP H A INLAND MARINE mx197435759 12/30/06 12/30/07 X Per Occurence $5,000,00 TY PE OF POLICY X Temp storage $500,00 Bu ilders Risk X Transit $500,000 CA USES OF LOSS X Earthquake $1,000,000 R NAMED PERILS X Flood Limit $1,000,000 X OTHER x Scaffolding $250,000 CRIME TYPE OF POLICY BOILER & MACHINERY OTHER LOCATION OF PREMISES \ DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY BLANKET BUILDER'S RISK. INSURED PERILS: RISKS OF DIRECT PHYSICAL LOSS OR DAMAGE TO COVERED PROPERTY, INCLUDING FLOOD AND EARTHQUAKE, SUBJECT TO THE POLICY TERMS, CONDITIONS & EXCLUSIONS. CALIFORNIA EARTHQUAKE IS EXCLUDED. DEDUCTIBLE IS $5,000 EXCEPT $50,000 PER OCCURRENCE FOR FLOOD AND EARTHQUAKE. VALUATION IS SPECIAL CONDITIONS/OTHER COVERAGES RE: Clearwater Beach Spur Connector Pedestrian Bridge (99-0081-EN). Contract Amount: $2,481,673.25. Evidence of Builder' s Risk Coverage. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE City of Clearwater y EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, P.O. BOX 4748 BUT FAIL TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 OF ANY UPON THE COMP Y, ITS AGE OR REP SENTAT VES. U D RE SENTATIVE _ 1C{)T I) Za ( I ")5) f. ; '- >'b ' 'fir ?sr k ?? C?? f ?2 { P l F (1\ 1994 N W 00 r•-I 61 N N O O n L E 0 z R U L U -A Attachment to ACORD Certificate for American Bridge company The terms, conditions and provisions noted below are hereby attached to the captioned certificate as additional description of the coverage afforded by the insurer s). This attachment does not contain all terms, conditions, coverages or exclusions contained in the policy. INSURED American Bridge Comoanv 1000 American Bridge way Coraopolis PA 15108 USA COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY COMPANY If a policy below does not include limit information, refer to the corresponding policy on the ACORD ADDITIONAL POLICIES certificate form for policy limits Co Ltr Type of Insurance Policy Number Policy Eff. Date Policy Expir. Limits LOCATION OF PREMISES \ DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY REPLACEMENT COST IF REPLACED. IF NOT REPLACED, THE LEAST OF THE FOLLOWING: 1) ACTUAL CASH VALUE AT THE TIME OF LOSS; 2) THE COST OF REASONABLY RESTORING THE PROPERTY TO ITS CONDITION IMMEDIATELY BEFORE LOSS OR; 3) THE COST OF REPLACING THE PROPERTY WITH SUBSTANTIALLY IDENTICAL PROPERTY. SPECIAL CONDITIONS/OTHER COVERAGES Certificate Number : 570022918852 INDEX SECTION ARTICLE PAGE I ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS & N/A N/A NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS I 1 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2 1 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT 3 2&3 DOCUMENT AND SITE INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4 3 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5 3&4 CONTRACT TIME 6 4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7 4 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL & EQUIPMENT 8 4 SUBCONTRACTORS 9 4&5 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10 5 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11 6 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWL OF BIDS 12 6 REJECTION OF BIDS 13 6 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14 7 OPENING OF BIDS 15 7 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16 7 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS / VENDOR 17 7&8 DRUG FREE WORKPLACE A INDEX SECTION ARTICLE PAGE II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUTED: AWARD OF CONTRACT 18 BID PROTEST 19 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20 III GENERAL CONDITIONS DEFINITIONS 1 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 2.1 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 2.2 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; 2.3 NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 2.4 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 2.5 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3 INTENT 3.1 REPORTING & RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 3.2 8&9 9&10 10 1 THRU 4 4&5 5&6 B INDEX SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS CONTINUED: AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS AVAILABILITY OF LANDS INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; UNDERGROUND FACILITIES REFERENCE POINTS BOND AND INSURANCE PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND INSURANCE Workmen's Compensation Insurance Public Liability & Property Damage Longshore & Harbor Worker's Compensation WAIVER OF RIGHTS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS USE OF PREMISES LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARTICLE PAGE 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5 5.1 6 THRU 8 8 THRU 11 5.2 5.3 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 11 12 THRU 18 C INDEX SECTION ARTICLE PAGE III GENERAL CONDITIONS CONTINUED: PERMITS 6.8 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 6.9 EMERGENCIES 6.10 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 6.11 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS CAD STANDARDS DELIVERABLES 6.11 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 6.12 CONTINUING THE WORK 6.13 INDEMNIFICATION 6.14 OTHER WORK 7 RELATED WORK AT SITE 7.1 COORDINATION 7.2 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 8 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 9.1 CLARIFICATION AND INTERPRETATIONS 9.2 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 9.3 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 9.4 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 9.5 18 & 19 19 THRU 22 23. 23 & 24 24 24&25 25 & 26 26 26 THRU 28 D 1 1 1 1 INDEX SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS CONTINUED: LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES CHANGES IN THE WORK CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT UNIT PRICE WORK CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK TESTS AND INSPECTION UNCOVERING THE WORK ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE E ARTICLE 9.6 10 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 12 13 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 14 14.1 14.2 PAGE 28 & 29 29 & 30 31 32 THRU 35 35 THRU 38 INDEX SECTION ARTICLE PAGE III GENERAL CONDITIONS CONTINUED: REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 14.3 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 14.4 FINAL INSPECTION 14.5 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 14.6 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 14.7 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 14.8 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15 38 THRU 40 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 15.1 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 15.2 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 15.3 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16 41 MISCELLANEOUS 17 41 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 17.1 GIVING NOTICE 17.2 NOTICE OF CLAIM 17.3 PROFESSIONAL FEES & COURT COST INCLUDED 17.4 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 17.5 RENEWAL OPTION 17.6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FDOT SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 FEDERAL AID REQUIREMENTS 2 1&2 PERMITS 3 2 AS-BUILT & RECORD CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 4 2 ENGINEER 5 2 CERTIFICATION FOR DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES & FHWA-1273 F 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 INDEX SECTION ARTICLE PAGE IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SCOPE OF THE WORK I 1 THRU li, 2 & 2a LINE & GRADE 2 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 4&5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 5 6 CONCRETE 6 7 EXCAVATION & FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7 8 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 8 8 OBSTRUCTIONS 9 8 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF CURBS, 10 9 DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALKS, AND PAVEMENTS WORK IN EASEMENTS & PARKWAYS 11 10 DEWATERING 12 11 BACKFILL 14 12 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 17 14 DRAINAGE 21 15 ROADWAY BASE & SUBGRADE 22 16 THRU 19 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 23 20 THRU 24 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS 27 25 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS 28 26 CONCRETE CURBS 29 27 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS & DRIVEWAYS 30 28 SODDING 31 29 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, OR 33 30&31 OTHER STORM STRUCTURES MATERIAL USED 34 32 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS 35 33 G MIL INDEX ' SE' CTION AR_ TIC, LE, PAGE IV TECHNICAL. SPECIFICATIONS CONTINUED: , STREET SIGNS 36 34 VIDEO TAPING OF CONSTRUCTION WORK SITE 37 35 THRU 37 EROSION & SILTATION CONTROL 38 38 THRU 41 , AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE & GUARANTEE 40 42 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 50 43 & 44 ' RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 52 45 & 46 CLEARING & GRUBBING 56 47 ' SIGNING & MARKING 60 48 ' ROOT PRUNING 62 49 Y EXHIBIT "A" ' PERMITS Vt CONTRACT FORMS ' CONTRACT BOND CONTRACT 1&2 3 THRU 5 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 6 ' PROPOSAL BOND 7 AFFIDAVIT 8 , NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 9 PROPOSAL 10 THRU 12 , H FM Z W W FM LLJ D Q rl rn LL O SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS "CLEARWATER BEACH SPUR CONNECTOR PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE" PROJECT NUMBER: 99-0081-EN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the Municipal Services Bldg., Engineering Department Room #220, 2nd Floor, 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Monday thru Friday, on ' MONDAY, Janus" 29, 2007, until no later than close of business three days preceding the bid opening. A charge of %100.00 (cost of plans), none of which will be refunded, will be made for each set. The work for which proposals are invited consists of constructing a bicycle/pedestrian bridge over Mandalay Channel, south of the S.R. 60 vehicular bridge and south of the City's fishing pier. Mainly, the project includes prestressed concrete pile foundations, bents, prestressed girder superstructure supporting a cast-in-place concrete deck, a short section of trail with embankment on the east side, and minor modifications to an existing parking lot on the west side of the channel, as well as approaches and retaining walls. Furthermore, two mooring dolphin clusters south of the proposed bridge are included. A mandatory pre-bid conference has been scheduled for all prospective bidders for MondaX, FehrnarX 269 2007, at 10:00 a.m. at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 1St Floor, Human Resources Training Room #130, Clearwater, FL. Representatives of the Owner will be present to discuss the project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the. P ur chasing Office, located at the Municipal Cen ices Bldg,, 100 S. M ,e, , Ord Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520_ until 1:30 P.M. on D?IICiarY, MARCH 26,2007, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for Clearwater Beach West Bridge Spur Connector Pedestrian Bridge (#99-0081-EN). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available only to Contractors that, a) are licensed for business in the State of Florida, b) are City of Clearwater pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of Bridge Construction and Modification with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $2,000,000.00, and/or c) are pre-qualified for Florida Department of Transportation major bridges of conventional construction over water, and d) have had previous experience with similar projects. The City will also check the Federal Debarment List and will not accept bids from any contractors that appear on it. Contractors, Suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible Subcontractor, Supplier, etc., may purchase a package consisting of plans, specifications, and pay items worksheet. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida, to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater Florida William B. Horne, II, City Manager 1 ? SECTION II ? INSTRUCTIONS t TO I BIDDERS 1 1 1 I SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: ..11-i SECTION II ..................................................... 1 ........................................................................ COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. . 11-1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. MINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE II-1 II 1 3 ................................. EXA - 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... II-2 CURITY OR BID BOND S II 3 5 .................................................................................... BID E - 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... II-3 i 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. II-3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... II-3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................................................................................... II-3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. II-4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. II-5 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... II-5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... II-5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. II-5 15 OPENING OF BIDS .................................. ....................................................................... II-6 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... II-6 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. II-6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... II-7 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. II-7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. II-8 l] ' 06-07 Force main Pigging Project Section II I I-i THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK I 06-07 Force main Pigging Project Section 11 11-ii 1 J I SECTION II I INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City ' do not have to make reapplication. L, I Section 11 1 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. Section II 2 Revised 03/02 1 C ?l L...1 u t t I 1 C 1 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (101/o) of the Bidders's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. I Section 11 3 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: 6. 7. 8. 9. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in Section IV, Technical Specifications, Article 40, and the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract. Section 11 4 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons. and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for fiunishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 1 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. Section 11 5 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: 11. 12. 13. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Prior to expiration of the period for receiving Bids, Bids may be modified or withdrawn at the discretion of the City as indicated in item 12.2, by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. Section II 6 1 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 1 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six I statements and the accompanying certification statement: I Section 11 7 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. Section 11 8 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. Section II 9 Revised 03/02 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTINUED: F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. Section 11 10 Revised 03/02 1 Ci) J Z z ?O O E_ LLI w z v uj 0 U) (0) w m? M ?' m m mm M o m = m m m mm m 1 1 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS: Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Florida. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Section III 1 Revised 12/00 1. DEFINITIONS CONTINUED: Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. Day A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "famish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Section 111 2 Revised 12/00 1 1 1. DEFINITIONS CONTINUED: Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida Person A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. I Section 111 3 Revised 12/00 1. DEFINITIONS CONTINUED: Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be finished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Section 111 4 Revised 12/00 1 V 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS continued: 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date which the Contact Time commences to run. r 1 1 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby, however, Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. A 1 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; What is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean. I Section 111 5 Revised 12/00 3. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT continued: the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by Engineer.Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows in ascending or descending order: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Section 111 6 Revised 12/00 1 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS continued: 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and finnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. I Section 111 7 Revised 12/00 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgement are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $75.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the Owner. Section 111 8 Revised 12/00 5. INSURANCE continued: 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: I Section 111 9 Revised 12/00 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE (1) Workers' Compensation (2) Employer's Liability Contract Award Contract Award Amount Under Amount $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over Statutory Statutory $500,000. $1,000,000. PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Explosion, Collapse and Broad Form Contractual, Injury liabilities: Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: (2) Property Damage: (3) Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted. $1,000,000 $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Annual Aggregate Comprehensive Automobile Liability including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Contract Award Amount Under Amount $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage Section III 10 $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Revised 12/00 1 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE CONTINUED: Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carver authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (2) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. Section III 1 1 Revised 12/00 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $40.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Section 111 12 Revised 12/00 1 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT continued: Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors, shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefor. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. f Section 111 13 Revised 12/00 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS - Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or famishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES - Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right- of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. Section 111 14 Revised 12/00 1 1 1 t r 1 1 6.5 USE OF PREMISES CONTINUED: During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES - Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS - Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except-where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. I Section 111 15 Revised 12/00 6.8 PERMITS - Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit and Impact Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION - Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Section 111 16 Revised 12/00 1 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION CONTINUED: Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES - In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. Section 111 17 Revised 12/00 6.11 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES CONTINUED: Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item fixnctions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. AS-BUILT MARKUP DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Markup Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Markup Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Markup Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Markup Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Markup Drawings" requirements. As-Built Markup Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector, for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Prior to the placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. Section 111 18 Revised 12/00 1 The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Markup Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Markup Drawings. 1. General: The Contractor/Consultant shall prepare an as-built markup survey per chapter 61G17-6, Florida Administrative Code, signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. Two hard copies of signed and sealed as-built markup and an autocad file will be provided for this purpose. 2. sanitary and Stnnm Sewer Piping Ste: The as-built markup drawings shall conform as follows: (a) Manholes and inlets shall be dimensioned from the face of curb or roadway centerline, and stationed along the baseline. New service connections and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manhole and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile. (b) Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 3. Electrical and Control Wiring: The as-built markup drawing shall conform as follows: (a) The as-built markup drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built markup drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 4. Other: The as-built markup drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. Layer Naming _ Prefix .c: DI - prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP - prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX - prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR - prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU - prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX- suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix Section 111 19 Revised 12/00 La er Naming Definitions: GAS - gas lines and appurtenances ELEC - power lines and appurtenances PHONE - telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE - cable t.v. lines and appurtenances BOC - curbs WALK - sidewalk WATER - water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM - storm lines and appurtenances TREES - trees, bushes, planters SANITARY - sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE - all fences BLDG - buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE - driveways EOP - edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC - signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK - top of bank TOESLOPE - toe of slope TOPBERM - top of berm TOEBERM - toe of berm SEAWALL - seawall CONCSLAB - concrete slabs WALL - walls, except seawall SHORE - shoreline, water elevation CL - centerline of road CLD - centerline of ditch CLS - centerline of swale CORNER - property corners, monumentation BENCH - benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. All layers will use standard Autocad linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard Autocad colors, bylayer. All text will use standard Autocad fonts. Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, obliquing angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, obliquing angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. Section 111 2 0 Revised 12/00 SYMBOLS FOR EXISTING & PROPOSED UTILITIES FOR PLAN VIEW Existing & Propsed Layers Can Be Loaded Using Cogo - Utility - Load Layer File Existing Text - Style L80 - Color Bylayer Proposed Text - Style C100 - Color Bylayer Existing Linework - Linetype Bylayer - Color Bylayer Proposed Lin ework - Linetype Bylayer - Color Byloyer EXISTING PROPOSED Text Style C100 Size of Pipe CONS XX LF 8" SAN. SEW. 2" c GAS N/A Name of - CONST. XX LF 15" RCP Utility GTE UTILITY N/A CONST XX LF 6" PVC WY Drawn as - 8"SAN- SANITARY SEWER Drawn as Double Lin (12" or Larger) - -12"STORM= - - STORM SEWER Double Line 6"W WATER Text Style L80 Draw Outside Dia. of Pipe Pipes 12" or Larger Use Double Line. 6 6 W 6 W t / Text Style For Proposed ed Text Style L80 For Exist. Draw Outside Dia. of Pipe Pipes 12" or Larger Use Double Line. 16"W 6"W 0 16"W On Final Plans - All Existing Layers - Color Bylayer (252) All Proposed Linework Layers - Color Bylayer (3) 6"W I I II 16"W All Proposed Text Layers - Color Bylayer (2) CITY OF CLEA PUBLIC WORK: r Kif,I Section 111 21 Revised 12/00 EXISTING POINTS EXISTING LINEWORK EXISTING TEXT PROPOSED LINEWORK PROPOSED TEXT COLOR BYLAYER COLOR BYLAYER COLOR BYLAYER COLOR BYLAYER COLOR BYLAYER TEXT STYLE L60 LINETYPE BYLAYER TEXT STYLE L80 LINETYPE BYLAYER TEXT STYLE C100 (SEE BELOW) (SEE BELOW) (SEE BELOW) EP(UTIL NAME) EX(UTIL NAME) EX(UTIL NAME)TX PR(UTIL NAME) PR(UTIL NAME)TX (SEE BELOW) (SEE BELOW) (SEE BELOW) (SEE BELOW) (SEE BELOW) EPSANITARY EXSANITARY EXSANITARYTX PRSANITARY PRSANITARYTX EPSTORM EXSTORM EXSTORMTX PRSTORM PRSTORMTX EPGAS EXGAS EXGASTX PRGAS PRGASTX EPWATER EXWATER EXWATERTX PRWATER PRWATERTX Text Style L60 - Simplex Font - Height .06 x Drawing Scale - Width Factor 1.0 - Obliquing Angle 0' Text Style L80 - Simplex Font - Height .08 x Drawing Scale - Width Factor 1.0 - Obliquing Angle 0' Text Style C100 - Simplex Font - Height .10 x Drawing Scale - Width Factor 1.0 - Obliquing Angle 22'30' NOTE: Use only authorized fonts, shapes, linetypes, or attributes contained in standard Autodesk Releases. Standard Title Block (TTLBL1) - includes all blocks used by City for Construction Plans ( See Index 503, 2 of 2) The majority of layers used by City are included in Standard Title Block (TTLBL1), If any additional layers are needed see example above. Section 111 22 Revised 12/00 DELIVERABLES: The survey plan shall be produced on stable-based mylar material, 24" x 3611, at a scale of ' 1" = 20' unless approved otherwise. Upon request, the consultant shall deliver one (1) original (5) prints, Additionally, the Consultant shall deliver a 3.5 inch magnetic media computer disk or CD Rom containing all project data in Softdesk ® Version 7.6 or 8.0, format complete with all drawing files and associated project data files or if Softdesk ® is not available, in a standard ASCII file. The file shall be a comma or space delimited file containing code, point number, northing, easting, elevation and description for each data point. Example below (Space Delimited ASCII ' File): ' POINT # NORTHING EASTING ELEV DESC 284 1361003.838 264286.635 25.00 BCV OR COMMA DELIMITED ASCII FILE: 284,361003.838,264286.635,25.00, BCV (PNEZD) A note shall follow the code whenever additional clarification is required to describe the data point. An AutoCad Release, Thirteen (13) or Fourteen (14) drawing or Acad2000 file shall be submitted. The drawing file shall include only authorized fonts, shapes, line types or other attributes contained in the standard AutoDesk, Inc. release. All block references and xreferences ' contained within the drawing file shall be included on the magnetic media disk. Also, include either a pcp plot file or a pen schedule for plotting of drawings. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727)562-4762 or email address tmahony@clearwater- fl.com 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants ' and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. , ` kem the date of final areeeptanee'. 1 Section 111 23 Revised 05/01 Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK - Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION - Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Section 111 24 Revised 05101 7- L 1 1 Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE - Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefor if Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall do all cutting, -fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy the judgement and pay all costs incurred by the Owner. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Section 111 25 Revised 05/01 7.2 COORDINATION - If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY - Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or finish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE - Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS - Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefor as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. Section 111 26 Revised 05/01 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK - Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS - In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples: In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES - Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than ' thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or ' more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a formal decision in ' writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and fudge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. I Section 111 27 Revised 05101 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES - Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the famishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Engineer's Consultants and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK -Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. Section 111 28 Revised 05/01 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTINUED: Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Engineer covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; I changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes ; ' provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract ' Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ' 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) I Section 111 29 Revised 05101 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE CONTINUED: where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be finished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining. an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if. (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. Section 111 30 Revised 05/01 ?u ' 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written ' Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but m no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and ' stating the general nature of the claim. Written notice is not required for delays caused by effect of inclement weather, which will be handled in accordance with Article 8-7.3.2 of the FDOT Specifications. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or ' Milestones) shall be determined by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. 1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or ' Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather renditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be ' deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or ' Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be ' Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. ?I Section 111 31 Revised 05101 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK - 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION - Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents or perform these testing services with the Owner's and/or Engineer's staff except for inspections, tests or approvals as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Owner except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and fiumish Engineer the required certificates of - inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contract's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK - If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. Section 111 32 Revised 05/01 'I 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK CONTINUED: If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, fiunishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK - If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK - If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). I 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD G # t h ll f ea w f er- s a , Work, f if it hm been r-ejeeted by Ow mr-, mneve it from the site and mplarae i t with W er-k th d O ' amage, vimer- may e eerAs, li it d t ll f t i - l eme nt of wer-k ef ethefs) ill b aid b C tm t : m e e a ees rep s e a r- er mp ae w e p y en e ei . Section 111 33 Revised 05101 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD CONTINUED: Fined Gemnle ien F 11 the W 1! tua t,v evr t' 'te a fer- +1' t item may t A te ran ft em -- an eaF4ie - a-_ da4e if speeifiea ly and nY 17 Y"'i`?"a'a the c fi t t.Written e- r ? Whem defeetive Work (ead damage te ether- Wer-k fesaking thffefr-em) h" been eeffee4ed, Mme"d r para"h the vfiva e .'1 hee 'a tl, r-espeet t t_ W t 11 t 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK - If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefor as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK -If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Section 111 34 Revised 05101 1 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK CONTINUED: Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefor as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. ' 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT - Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A reta4fte ef net less OHM five ° ameunt ef eaek Applievatien for- Payment for- the teW of all Wer-k eempleted te date will be held ui4fil . No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress payment, ' evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that ' title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at Owner's request, famish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature heremabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of Section 111 35 Revised 05101 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE CONTINUED: money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) Owner has been required to convect defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because: (i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION - Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: Section 111 36 Revised 05101 L 1 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION CONTINUED: Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION - Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. ' 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT - After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. Section 111 37 Revised 05101 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE - If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, Owner shall, within sixty- five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Engineer. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS - The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK - At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefor as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. Section 111 38 Revised 05101 J 1 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION CONTINUED: 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE - Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer; i] i n 11 if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Section 111 39 Revised 05101 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION: 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE CONTINUED: Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE - If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to prelude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. Section 111 40 Revised 05101 1 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that not thing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. I 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer subject to the approval of the Owner. ' 17.2 GIVING NOTICE - Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM - Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED - Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT - The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. years, f7.6 RENEWAL OPTfON - 24arnuat eontracts issued through Ptzbfic Works Administration may be renewed for tip to tvvo (2) upon inatuaf consent of both the eity and tile eontz actor /Vendor. All ' conditions and truit prices shall Tentain constant tinless otheivyise specified in the continct opecifications or in tire invitation to bid. Rcrievvals shail be made at th%, soic dismetion of tire eity; and must be agreed to in vvriting by both parties. All renewals ai- detennined by Public Works Admirristiation. Section 111 41 Revised 05101 ? SECTION III ? SUPPLEMENTARY. ? CONDITIONS 1 SECTION 111 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1. FDOT SPECIFICATIONS: The Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" - 2007 are hereby included by reference, are complementary, and govern similar City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. In all articles of said specifications, change references to "Department" or "FDOT' to read "CITY", except where reference is made to the FDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). For all items referenced therein, use the appropriate English units of measurement and corresponding pay items. It should be noted that references to Index Numbers within Article 33 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications are referring to the FDOT "Design Standards," AVAILABLE AT THE FDOT WEBSITE URL=http://www.dot.state.fl.us/rddesign/rd/RTDS/06/2006Standards. htm 2. FEDERAL AID REQUIREMENTS: This is a Federal Aid project, and the following FHWA items and associated FDOT specifications are emphasized: Buy America, section 6-12.2. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), comply with FDOT's DBE Program Plan with a race neutral goal of 8.1%. DBE's must be certified under the Florida Unified Certification Program Directory (httD://www.biuincwebapas.com/biznetflorida/). A DBE Availability Goal of 6.5% has been established for this project. Equal Employment Opportunity, section 7-1.1 and Executive Order 11246 (available at the FDOT website URL=http://www.dot.state.fl.us/specfications office/federal/deol1246.pfd). Equipment Rental Rates, section 8-2. Contractor Purchased Equipment for state or local ownership will not be allowed. Foreign Contractor and Supplier Restriction, section 6-12.2. FHWA-1273 (included within these Supplementary Conditions). Certification for Disclosure of Lobbying Activities on Federal-Aid Projects (complete and submit the form that is included within these Supplementary Conditions). Owner Force Account / Cost Effective Justification, sections 4-3 and 5-12 (note, supersedes Section III, General Conditions, sub-sections 10 and 11 within this document). Prevailing Minimum Wage, ARTICLE 7-16 is expanded by the following: for this contract, payment of predetermined minimum wages applies. Obtain the applicable General Decision (Wage tables) through the FDOT website and ensure that employees receive the minimum wages applicable. Review the General Decisions for all classifications necessary to complete the project. Request additional classifications through the Engineer's office when needed. When multiple wage tables are assigned to a Contract, general guidance of their use and examples of construction applicability is available on the FDOT website. Contact the FDOT's Wage Rate Coordinator before bidding if there are still questions concerning the applicability of multiple wage tables. The URL for obtaining the Wage Rate Decisions is www.dot.state.fl/construction/wage.htm. Contact the FDOT's Wage Rate Coordinator at (850) 414-4251 if the FDOT website cannot be accessed or there are questions. Prohibition against Convict Produced materials, section 6-12.1. 3. PERMITS: The following permits are provided in Exhibit A at the end of Section 1V, Technical Specifications: • Southwest Florida Water Management District, Environmental Resource General Permit, Permit No. 44019173.002, issued 8/14/03, modified 8/3/06, expires 11/3/11. • Commercial Dock Permit No. CC34834-04 / Revised, issued 4/20/2007, by the Pinellas County Water and Navigation Control Authority, expires March 07, 2009. • Army Corps of Engineers Nationwide Permit # 15, issued 7/21/03, expires March 18, 2008. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any necessary National Pollutant and Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits. 4. AS-BUILT & RECORD CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: The Contractor is to provide certified record drawings per Article 2 of Section IV, Technical Specifications. The As-built drawing requirements contained in Article 6.11 of Section III, General Conditions, shall be followed except for the requirements of an as-built survey and preparation of CAD drawings. 5. ENGINEER: Within the Scope of Work, in Section IV, City of Clearwater Technical Specifications, references to Ayres means "Ayres Associates Inc," Tampa, Florida, which is the Engineer of Record for this project. Ayres and its sub-consultants are also providing professional services as representatives for the City, fulfilling the requirements of Engineer as defined and described within this project's General Conditions and City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. • 275-030-11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY Y OFFICE P DBE Utilization aga 1 1?of88 The Department began its DBE race neutral program January 1, 2000. Contract specific goals are not placed on Federal/State contracts; however, the Department has an overall 8.1% DBE goal it must achieve. In order to assist contractors in determining their DBE commitment level, the Department has reviewed the estimates for this letting. As you prepare your bid, please monitor potential or anticipated DBE utilization for contracts. When the low bidder executes the contract with the Department, information will be requested of the contractor's anticipated DBE participation for the project. While the utilization is not mandatory in order to be awarded the project, continuing utilization of DBE firms on contracts supports the success of Florida's Voluntary DBE Program, and supports contractors' Equal Employment Opportunity and DBE Affirmative Action Programs. NOTE: Any project listed as 0% DBE availability does not mean that a DBE may not be used on that project. A 0% DBE availability may have been established due to any of the following reasons: limited identified subcontracting opportunities, minimal contract days, and/or small contract dollar amount. Contractors are encouraged to identify any opportunities to subcontract to DBEs. If you have any questions regarding this information, please contact the Equal Opportunity Office at (850) ' 414-4747. DBE Reporting If you are the prime contractor on a project, complete the attached Anticipated DBE Participation Statement and submit the information at the pre-construction or pre-work conference for all federal and state funded projects. This will not become a mandatory part of the contract. It will assist the Department in tracking and reporting planned or estimated DBE utilization. During the contract, the prime contractor is required to report actual payments to all subcontractors through the web-based Equal Opportunity Reporting System (EORS), BizWeb. All DBE payments must be reported whether or not you initially planned to utilize the company. In order for our race neutral DBE Program to be successful, your cooperation is imperative. If you have any questions concerning the completion or submission of this information, contact the FDOT EOO at (850) 414-4747. Bid Opportunity List The Federal DBE Program requires States to maintain a database of all firms that are participating or attempting to participate on FDOT-assisted contracts. The list must include all firms that bid on prime contracts or bid or quote subcontracts on FDOT-assisted projects, including both DBEs and non-DBEs. A form is included to record bidders' information for ALL subcontractors or sub-consultants who quoted to you for specific projects for this letting. If a contractor quoted to you for more than one project you only need list that contractor once. If you have submitted a bidder's list to the Department previously, you need only list new companies who have quoted to you or requested to be on specific projects. If you do not know the answers to numbers 2, 3, 4, or 5 you may leave them blank and the Department will complete them. This information should be returned with your bid package or proposal package or submitted to the Equal Opportunity Office within three days of your submission. It can be mailed or faxed. Please reply to: Florida Department of Transportation ' Equal Opportunity Office 605 Suwannee Street, MS 65 Tallahassee, FL 32399-0450 (850) 414.4747 (850) 414-4879 275-030-11 ' EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10/06 Page 2 of B ANTICIPATED DBE PARTICIPATION STATEMENT Financial Project Number: Contract Number: Federal Aid Project Number (if applicable): Prime Contractor Name: Contract Dollar Amount: Is the prime contractor a Florida Department of Transportation Certified Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)? (yes O ) (no O ) I Expected amount of contract dollars to be subcontracted to DBE(s): $ It is our intent to subcontract % of the contract dollars to DBE(s). Listed below are the proposed DBE ' sub-contractors: DBE (s) Name Type of Work/Specialty Dollar Amount/Percentage i 1 1 1 Submitted by: Title: E-mail Address: Telephone Number: Fax Number: Date: Note: This information is used to track and report anticipated DBE participation in all state and federally funded FDOT contracts. The anticipated DBE amount will not become a part of the contractual terns. This form must be submitted at the pre-construction or pre-work conference. DOT staff must forward this to the Equal Opportunity Office, 605 Suwannee Street, MS 65 Tallahassee, FL 32399-0450 or fax to (850) 414-4879. If you have any questions, please contact the EOO at (850) 414-4747. L_ J 7' 1 L 2Y OFFICE 11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10106 Page 3 & 0 Equal Opportunity Reporting System Information To comply with changes in the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program, the Department is collecting both actual payments made to subcontractors and sub-consultants, and DBE commitment amounts. Actual payments will be collected throuah the web-based Eaual Opportunity Reportina System (FORS) and commitments will be collected through the Anticipated DBE Participation Statements. It is extremely important that you continue to submit the Anticipated DBE Participation Statement at the pre-construction conference for all federal and state funded projects. This primary information is used by the State and Federal Government to evaluate our performance in the DBE Program. In addition, for federal and state funded projects, you must also report actual payments In the Equal Opportunity Reporting System. Revisions were made to the specifications beginning with the October 2000 letting that states in section 9-6.7: The Contractor is required to report monthly, through the Departments Equal Opportunity Reporting System on the Internet at www.dot.state.fl.us, actual payments, retainage, minority status, and the work type of all subcontractors and suppliers. Since the specifications were revised, we have made some additional modifications to ease the burden on the contractor. We will pursue making the permanent modifications to the specifications. In the interim, each month you must report actual payments to all DBE subcontractors, sub-consultants and suppliers. Payments to all non-DBE subcontractors and sub-consultants will need to be reported either monthly or at the end of the project. Payments to non-DBE suppliers need not be reported at all. This information can be submitted in hard copy form. if necessary., Instructions for accessing the EORS are included. If you have any questions, please contact the Equal Opportunity Office at (850) 414-4747. INSTRUCTIONS FOR ACCESSING THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REPORTING SYSTEM Purpose The Florida Department of Transportation, Equal Opportunity Office has been charged with requirements of reporting Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Information to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) according to the new 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 26. The Equal Opportunity Reporting system was developed as a solution to collect this information. Objective The Equal Opportunity Reporting system will collect information of actual payments and retainage paid to the Prime Consultant/Contractor by the Department of Transportation and the Prime Consultant/Contractors actual payments and retainage paid to their subs and suppliers, by the type of work they performed. The reporting of this information will be performed by the Prime on a monthly basis for an invoice or estimate number per contract. To establish access to the new Equal Opportunity Reporting System (BizWeb), contact Business Innovations Plus toll-free at 1-877-249-8725. The site location is http://www.bipincwebapps.com/bizwebflorida/ r 475030-11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10/08 Pape 4 of 8 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING DBE/AA PLAN NOTE: THE DBE/AA PLAN MUST BE APPROVED BY THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE AND COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 14-78, FLORIDA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE DBE/AA PLANS DBE/AA Plans must be submitted by the prime contractor, be submitted on company letterhead (first page only), signed by a company official, dated and contain all elements of an effective DBE/AA Plan (sample enclosed). Plans that do not meet these mandatory requirements may not be approved. Approvals are for a (3) three year period and should be updated at anytime there is a change in the company's DBE Liaison Officer and/or President. DBE/AA Plans must be received with the contractors bid or received by the Equal Opportunity Office prior to the letting for the contract to be awarded. MAIL PLANS TO: Florida Department of Transportation Equal Opportunity Office Contract Compliance Section 605 Suwannee Street, MS 65 Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0450 Questions concerning the DBE/AA Plan may be directed to the Contract Compliance Section by calling (850) 414-4747 • 275-030-11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10/06 Page 5 of B DBE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of that disadvantaged businesses, as defined by 49 CFR Part 26, Subpart D and implemented under Rule Chapter 14-78, F.A.C., shall have the opportunity to participate as subcontractors and suppliers on all contracts awarded by the Florida Department of Transportation. The requirements of Rule Chapter 14-78. F.A.C.. shall aapiv to all contracts entered into between the Florida Department of Transportation and Subcontractors and/or suppliers to will also be bound by the requirements of Rule Chapter 1478 F.A.C. , and its subcontractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with Chapter 14-78, F.A.C., to ensure that disadvantaged businesses have the opportunity to compete and perform work contracted with the Florida Department of Transportation. and its subcontractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sex, or age in the administration of contracts with the Department of Transportation. , has designated and appointed a Liaison Officer to develop, maintain, and monitor the DBE Affirmative Action Plan implementation. The Liaison Officer will be responsible for disseminating this policy statement throughout and to disadvantaged controlled businesses. The statement is posted on notice boards of the Company. x President x 11 275-030-11 , EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10106 Page 6 of a 1. DESIGNATION OF LIAISON OFFICER will aggressively recruit disadvantaged businesses as subcontractors and suppliers for all contracts with the Florida Department of Transportation. The Company has appointed a Liaison Officer to develop and maintain this Affirmative Action Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule Chapter 14-78, F.A.C. The Liaison Officer will have primary responsibility for developing, maintaining, and monitoring the Company's utilization of disadvantaged subcontractors in addition to the following specific duties: (1) The Liaison Officer shall aggressively solicit bids from disadvantaged business subcontractors for all Florida Department of Transportation contracts; (2) The Liaison Officer will submit all records, reports, and documents required by the Florida Department of Transportation, and shall maintain such records for a period of not less than three years, or as directed by any specific contractual requirements of the Florida Department of Transportation. The following individual has been designated Liaison Officer with responsibility for implementing the Company's affirmative action program in accordance with the requirements of the Florida Department Transportation. 11. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION METHODS In order to formulate a realistic Affirmative Action Plan, has identified the following known barriers to participation by disadvantaged subcontractors, before describing its proposed affirmative action methods: 1 • Lack of qualified disadvantaged subcontractors in our specific geographical areas of work; 2. Lack of certified disadvantaged subcontractors who seek to perform Florida Department of Transportation work; 3. Lack of interest in performing on Florida Department of Transportation contracts; 4. Lack of response when requested to bid; 5. Limited knowledge of Florida Department of Transportation plans and specifications to prepare a responsible bid. I In view of the barriers to disadvantaged businesses stated above, it shall be the policy of to provide opportunity by utilizing the following affirmative action methods to ensure Darticipation on the contracts with the Florida Department of Transportation. will: 1. Provide written notice to all certified DBE subcontractors in the geographical area where the ' work is to be subcontracted by the Company; 2. Advertise in minority focused media concerning subcontract opportunities with the Company; 3. Select portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood of meeting contract goals (including, where appropriate, breaking down contracts into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation); 11 275030-71 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE Me Pop 7 of B 4. Provide adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract, not rejecting subcontractors without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities; 5. Waive requirements of performance bonds where it is practical to do so; 6. Attend pre-bid meetings held by the Florida Department of Transportation to apprise disadvantaged subcontractors of opportunities with the Company; 7. Follow up on initial solicitations of interest to DBE subcontractors to determine with certainty whether the DBE company is interested in the subcontract opportunity. understands that this list of affirmative action methods is not exhaustive and will include additional approaches after having established familiarity with the disadvantaged subcontracting community and/or determined the stated approaches to be ineffective. Ill. IMPLEMENTATION On contracts with specific DBE goals, will make every effort to meet contract goals as stated utilizing its affirmative action meths. On projects with no specific goals, the Company will, as an expression of good faith, seek to utilize DBE subcontractors where work is to be subcontracted. IV. REPORTING shall keep and maintain such records as are necessary to determine the Company's compliance with its DBE Affirmative Action Plan. The Company will design its record keeping system to indicate: 1. The number of DBE subcontractors and suppliers used by the Company, identifying the items of work, materials and services provided; 2. The efforts and progress being made in obtaining DBE subcontractors through local and community sources; 3. Documentation of all contracts, to include correspondence, telephone calls, newspaper advertisements, etc., to obtain DBE participation on all Florida Department of Transportation projects; 4. The Company shall comply with Florida Department of Transportation's requirements regarding payments to subcontractors including DBEs for each month (estimate period) in which the companies have worked. V. DBE DIRECTORY will utilize the DBE Directory published by the Florida Department of Transportation. The Company will distribute Form Number 275-030-01, Schedule A Certification Form Number 1, to potential DBE contractors and assist in their completion. I', L FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION BID OPPORTUNITY LIST Please complete and mail or fax to: Equal Opportunity Office 605 Suwannee St., MS 65 Tallahassee, FL 32399-0450 TELEPHONE: (850) 414-4747 FAX: (850) 414-4879 This information may also be included in your bid or proposal package. ' 275-030-11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10.08 Page 8 of 8 Prime Contractor/Consultant: Addresslfelephone Number: Bid/Proposal Number: Quote Submitted MM/YR: 1 49 CFR Part 26.11 requires the Florida Department of Transportation to develop and maintain a "bid opportunity list." The list is intended to be a listing of all firms that are participating, or attempting to participate, on DOT-assisted contracts. The list must include all firms that bid on prime contracts, or bid or quote subcontracts and materials supplies on DOT-assisted projects, including both DBEs and non-DBEs. For consulting companies this list must include all subconsultants contacting you and expressing an interest in teaming with you on a specific DOT assisted project. Prime contractors and consultants must provide information for Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 and should provide any information they have available on Numbers 5, 6, 7, and 8 for themselves, and their subcontractors and subconsultants. 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 2. Firm Name: 3. Phone: 4. Address: 5. Year Firm Established: 6. [3 DBE ? Non-DBE 7. ? Subcontractor 0 Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts 0 Less than $1 million Between $1 - $5 million 0 Between $5 - $10 million Between $10 - $15 million 13 More than $15 million 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 2. Firm Name: 3. Phone: 4. Address: 5. Year Firm Established: 6. [3DBE Q Non-DBE 7. O Subcontractor Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts Q Less than $1 million Between $1 - $5 million Between $5 - $10 million Between $10 - $15 million 13 More than $15 million 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 6. 13 DBE 2. Firm Name: Non-DBE 3. Phone: 4. Address: 5. Year Firm Established: 7. O Subcontractor 0 Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts 0 Less than $1 million Between $1 - $5 million C] Between $5 - $10 million Between $10 - $15 million 0 More than $15 million STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 275-030-10 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OF 05/007 BID OPPORTUNITY LIST Please complete and mail or fax to: Equal Opportunity Office 605 Suwannee St., MS 65 Tallahassee, FL 32399-0450 TELEPHONE: (850) 414-4747 FAX: (850) 414-4879 This information may also be included in your bid or proposal package. Prime Contractor/Consultant: Address/Telephone Number: Bid/Proposal Number: Quote Submitted MM/YR: L 49 CFR Part 26.11 requires the Florida Department of Transportation to develop and maintain a "bid opportunity list." The list is intended to be a listing of all firms that are participating, or attempting to participate, on DOT-assisted contracts. The list must include all firms that bid on prime contracts, or bid or quote subcontracts and materials supplies on DOT-assisted projects, including both DBEs and non-DBEs. For consulting companies this list must include all subconsultants contacting you and expressing an interest in teaming with you on a specific DOT assisted project. Prime contractors and consultants must provide information for Nos.1, 2, 3 and 4 and should provide any information they have available on Numbers 5, 6, 7, and 8 for themselves, and their subcontractors and subconsultants. 1. Federal Tax AD Number:_ 5S-VX):35m) 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: 111% (via" 60ArQf, CAm sA?? D"Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million f 3. Phone: `iiV- 251? -141-i- ? Between $1 - $5 million . 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million Z°-1,:sr') WI "TN)e 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million 76.rMPG FL _? \\ ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 5 -a5 gool 6. 54BE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name.T t \ VU)A\X65 rL, ? Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: ` ,2J - - t. k `dot ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million 5514 ?nr,uc?, 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million -TbMOCA . IV-L- 336\ 0 ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax Ip Number: S'? --lq`b??y2 6. ??BE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. . Firm Name: y&LvA 5,`?.r(- Q" Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: cP`? "l°l - 6 S ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million V-0 60i '- oc 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million N ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS 275-030-10 EouALoPPORruNlrvoF05o BID OPPORTUNITY LIST 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: Stm-?cac GAnc( e (Od\A6S P'Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: 1) \ - C ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. ddress: ? Between $5 - $10 million ?dX 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million T°XVN rck ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: - IN?M 11 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. . Firm Name:SkAN%ne EP-Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: L\O-f 6 n0? ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million \j o\ Le o'a S w. e a}? 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million 1.1A,v( o,rV FL ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 06', -)'16 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: GCe.P.v\ Pipe Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: 1'3 ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million ,I"V? ntr?,nn? )a 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million ?snn?o n t-L- 5 \i ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID ? umber:?31 1 \`l: 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name:...` (- <j Pp,Rt°, {?s -In( ? Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: '%\-)aL\--) - ) -1 " ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million ` ?_1%L_k tz'f Tp & 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million arnacA . ?-- L 73') f, 19 ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number:a -. 003- 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Nam ??o? •9 Z ?,5 ? Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million ?°? 0 W. Lic??bplUr,? ue, 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million `T wnn rn . C- 1, 336 ,-1 ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 275-030-10 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS 05/07 BID OPPORTUNITY LIST 1. Federal Tax ID Number: :ES°I-a"A-?W 5 \ 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: Qas-Fc?a\or?c\u ,-Lnc [P-Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: Ia i ?h i juh6 ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: A{ Cpl Z Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: 4in "17i A- L1600 ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million C?? 0 ?\y C a. V --a& 5u,,-kP-17 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million ?1c x 0)? v F-yl ti6-? ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax AD Number 60-1`10 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name:lArfXc*n c, sSc?jlj LL , . f [ Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: a5\ 6 F,0 - lt-t \k1 ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. "rew: ? Between $5 - $10 million 0 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million a1?t e.. L --564\G ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 6. 1. Federal Tax JD Number: ti3-M zS ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts ` 2. Firm Name:CXaIQ.'(??kec?c , `? cycnc? una7? O-Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: )'10 ? Between $1 -$5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million `-t S S?? SS -10 7. ',\ S0 \ ('%r as ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million n V NA ft CA (V )0*1 `y1 ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number:&G -2 6 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Na e:?\oc?d?cuaY e 2'Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone:\ 2L1\ - Ll? 6 ` ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million 0-11() 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million Trk,mo r Fl. 3-) 605 ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 275-030-10 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS 51 EQUAL OPPORTUNITYOF07 BID OPPORTUNITY LIST 1. Federal Tax ID Numberl(7USi$?3s 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: lSrnc,?m?rr? (?a1?c 5 Try 2 Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: 90-? Can - ?(,5`? ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Mdr ss: ? Between $5 - $10 million ? P s 5r ?. 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million JnS . ?? 15`I \ ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: S9_. 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name:.). :, [Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: nS - E] Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million k)e-?'frnA,s.,n eX 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million *'T(A AV,v4ser- tr L I ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: ',40 01 -L-\ 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: i av&\-Wq,\ c CO- [j Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: `1VI (0 q?00 ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million +".\ PuCWu?e? . V L 1??60 ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: S(k-)J IUJOy 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: ?c Y LA-(- ErNon-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: q1-', ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million n3\ v av? 0` kQS 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million LINYA O? L- AAA r-L ',kh? ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 1. Federal Tax ID Number: SS k - 11'-1X16\ 6. ? DBE 8. Annual Gross Receipts 2. Firm Name: ET Non-DBE ? Less than $1 million 3. Phone: '1 ?1 7 ?tti?0 ? Between $1 - $5 million 4. Address: ? Between $5 - $10 million L%'-\"% 11 `? cx'?r 7. ? Subcontractor ? Between $10 - $15 million (# eant4a !r, ? Subconsultant ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: P STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BID OPPORTUNITY LIST 1. Federal Tax ID Nurnber: ! 11--s -so -) 6. [ DBE 2. Firm Name: & L_ t nc,- ? Non-DBE 3. Phone: * a-) < \V - \16\ 4. Address, 1v G?(Q 7. ? Subcontractor ? Subconsultant 5. Year Firm Established: 275-030-10 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 05/07 8. Annual Gross Receipts ? Less than $1 million ? Between $1 - $5 million ? Between $5 - $10 million ? Between $10 - $15 million ? More than $15 million 1. Federal Tax Ip Number:Ja--aofbl ?6 2. Firm Name: aAe, 3. Phone: 7 ?? "1 a ° 1?1 O 4. Address: L.1P,aaiCltJ ?c ? ?? L 33`i h :? 5. Year Firm Established: 6. ? DBE 'Non-DBE 7. ? Subcontractor ? Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts ? Less than $1 million ? Between $1 - $5 million ? Between $5 - $10 million ? Between $10 - $15 million ? More than $15 million 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Year Firm Established: 6. ? DBE ? Non-DBE 7. ? Subcontractor ? Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts ? Less than $1 million ? Between $1 - $5 million ? Between $5 - $10 million ? Between $10 - $15 million ? More than $15 million 1. Federal Tax ID Number: 6. ? DBE 2. Firm Name: ? Non-DBE 3. Phone: 4. Address: 5. Year Firm Established: 7. ? Subcontractor ? Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts ? Less than $1 million ? Between $1 - $5 million ? Between $5 - $10 million ? Between $10 - $15 million ? More than $15 million 1. 2. 3. 4. Federal Tax ID Number: Firm Name: Phone: Address: Federal Tax ID Number: Firm Name: Phone: Address: 6. ? DBE ? Non-DBE 7. ? Subcontractor ? Subconsultant 8. Annual Gross Receipts ? Less than $1 million ? Between $1 - $5 million ? Between $5 - $10 million ? Between $10 - $15 million ? More than $15 million 5. Year Firm Established: 11 275-03x119 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10109 Pape 1 of 3 DBE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of that disadvantaged businesses, as defined by 49 CFR Part 26, Subpart D and implemented under Rule Chapter 14-78, F.A.C., shall have the opportunity to participate as subcontractors and suppliers on all contracts awarded by the Florida Department of Transportation. The requirements of Rule Chapter 14-78. F.A.C.. shall anDly to all contracts entered into between the Florida Department of Transportation and Subcontractors and/or suppliers to will also be bound by the requirements of Rule Chapter 14-78 F.A.C. and its subcontractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with Chapter 14-78, F.A.C., to ensure that disadvantaged businesses have the opportunity to compete and perform work contracted with the Florida Department of Transportation. and its subcontractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sex, or age in the administration of contracts with the Department of Transportation. , has designated and appointed a Liaison Officer to develop, maintain, and monitor the DBE Affirmative Action Plan implementation. The Liaison Officer will be responsible for disseminating this policy statement throughout and to disadvantaged controlled businesses. The statement is posted on notice boards of the Company. x , President 1 1 1 1 275030.11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10/06 Page 2 of 3 1. DESIGNATION OF LIAISON OFFICER will aggressively recruit disadvantaged businesses as subcontractors and suppliers for all contracts with the Florida Department of Transportation. The Company has appointed a Liaison Officer to develop and maintain this Affirmative Action Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule Chapter 14-78, F.A.C. The Liaison Officer will have primary responsibility for developing, maintaining, and monitoring the Company's utilization of disadvantaged subcontractors in addition to the following specific duties: (1) The Liaison Officer shall aggressively solicit bids from disadvantaged business subcontractors for all Florida Department of Transportation contracts; (2) The Liaison Officer will submit all records, reports, and documents required by the Florida Department of Transportation, and shall maintain such records for a period of not less than three years, or as directed by any specific contractual requirements of the Florida Department of Transportation. The following individual has been designated Liaison Officer with responsibility for implementing the Company's affirmative action program in accordance with the requirements of the Florida Department Transportation. II. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION METHODS In order to formulate a realistic Affirmative Action Plan, has identified the following known barriers to participation by disadvantaged subcontractors, before describing its proposed affirmative action methods: Lack of qualified disadvantaged subcontractors in our specific geographical areas of work; 2. Lack of certified disadvantaged subcontractors who seek to perform Florida Department of Transportation work; 3. Lack of interest in performing on Florida Department of Transportation contracts; 4. Lack of response when requested to bid; 5. Limited knowledge of Florida Department of Transportation plans and specifications to prepare a responsible bid. In view of the barriers to disadvantaged businesses stated above, it shall be the policy of to provide opportunity by utilizing the following affirmative action methods to ensure Darticipation on the contracts with the Florida Department of Transportation. will: 1. Provide written notice to all certified DBE subcontractors in the geographical area where the work is to be subcontracted by the Company; 2. Advertise in minority focused media concerning subcontract opportunities with the Company; 3. Select portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood of meeting contract goals (including, where appropriate, breaking down contracts into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation); 275-030-11 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE 10/06 Page 3 of 3 4. Provide adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract, not rejecting subcontractors without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities; 5. Waive requirements of performance bonds where it is practical to do so; 6. Attend pre-bid meetings held by the Florida Department of Transportation to apprise disadvantaged subcontractors of opportunities with the Company; 7. Follow up on initial solicitations of interest to DBE subcontractors to determine with certainty whether the DBE company is interested in the subcontract opportunity. understands that this list of affirmative action methods is not exhaustive and will include additional approaches after having established familiarity with the disadvantaged subcontracting community and/or determined the stated approaches to be ineffective. III. IMPLEMENTATION On contracts with specific DBE goals, will make every effort to meet contract goals as stated by utilizing its affirmative action methods. On projects with no specific goals, the Company will, as an expression of good faith, seek to utilize DBE subcontractors where work is to be subcontracted. IV. REPORTING shall keep and maintain such records as are necessary to determine the Company's compliance with its DBE Affirmative Action Plan. The Company will design its record keeping system to indicate: 1. The number of DBE subcontractors and suppliers used by the Company, identifying the items of work, materials and services provided; 2. The efforts and progress being made in obtaining DBE subcontractors through local and community sources; 3. Documentation of all contracts, to include correspondence, telephone calls, newspaper advertisements, etc., to obtain DBE participation on all Florida Department of Transportation projects; 4. The Company shall comply with Florida Department of Transportation's requirements regarding payments to subcontractors including DBEs for each month (estimate period) in which the companies have worked. ' V. DBE DIRECTORY will utilize the DBE Directory published by the Florida Department of Transportation. The Company will distribute Form Number 275-030-01, Schedule A Certification Form Number 1, to potential DBE contractors and assist in their completion. 1 CERTIFICATION FOR DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES. ON FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS (Compliance with 49CFR, Section 20.100 (b)) The prospective participant certifies, by signing this certification, that to the best of his or her knowledge and belief: (1) No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer of employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any federal contract, the making of any federal grant, the making of any federal loan, the entering into of any ' cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. (2) If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or.an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and. submit. Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities", in accordance with its instructions. (Standard Form-LLL can be obtained from the Florida Department of Transportation's Professional Services Administrator or Procurement Office.) This,certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100.,000 for each such failure. ' The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her proposal that he or she shall require'that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. I Nam By: e of Con tor: Date: ova 1y Z&d Authorized Signature Title: S6iIIOL Y". "'0'. C S J /D Ex?T FHWA-1273 Electronic version -- March 10, 1994 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (REV 3-10-94) (7-00) ' I. General II. Nondiscrimination III. Nonsegregated Facilities IV. Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage V. Statements and Payrolls VI. Record of Materials, Supplies, and Labor VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract VIII. Safety: Accident Prevention IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion XII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying ATTACHMENTS A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only) L GENERAL 1. These Contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the Contract by the Contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the Contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the Contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract. ' 2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the Contractor shall insert in each subcontract all of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and further require their inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract Provisions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions. 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termination of the Contract. 4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract Provisions may also be grounds for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.12: Section I, paragraph 2; Section IV, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7; Section V, paragraphs I and 2a through 2g. 5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section IV (except paragraph 5) and Section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this Contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the U.S. Department of ' Labor (DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the DOL, or the Contractor's employees or their representatives. 6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall not: a. discriminate against labor from any other State, possession, or territory of the United States (except for employment preference for Appalachian contracts, when applicable, as specified in Attachment A), or b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of the project unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. II. NONDISCRIMINATION more.) (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction Contracts and to all related subcontracts of $10,000 or 1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the Contractor's project activities under this Contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4.3 and the provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et sue.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this Contract. In the execution of this Contract, the Contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The Contractor will work with the State highway agency (SHA) and the Federal Government in carrying out EEO obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the Contract. b. The Contractor will accept as his operating policy the following statement: "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training,. including apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training." 2. EEO Officer: The Contractor will designate and make known to the SHA contracting officers an. EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active Contractor program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the Contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the Contractor's EEO policy and Contractural responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. ' b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the Contractor. ' c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the Contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minority group employees. d. Notices and posters setting forth the Contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. ' e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means. 4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the Contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. a. The Contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority group applicants. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of ' potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred to the Contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the Contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive ' hiring hall referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system permits the contractor's compliance with EEO Contract provisions. (The DOL has held that where implementation of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the Contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.) ' c. The Contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a. The Contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The Contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The Contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the Contractor will promptly take i corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The Contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the Contractor in connection with his obligations under this Contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the Contractor will inform every complainant of all of his avenues of appeal. 6. Training and Promotion: a. The Contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and women employees, and applicants for employment. b. Consistent with the Contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the Contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this Contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. c. The Contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance requirements for each. d. The Contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority group and women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion. 7. Unions: If the Contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the Contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female employees. Actions by the Contractor either directly or through a Contractor's association acting as agent will include the procedures set forth below: a. The Contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The Contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The Contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the Contractor, the Contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information. d. In the event the union is unable to provide the Contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the Contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minority group persons and women. (The DOL has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the Contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these Specifications, such Contractor shall immediately notify the SHA. 8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The Contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. a. The Contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of his/her EEO obligations under this Contract. b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 23, shall have equal opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts which the Contractor enters into pursuant to this Contract. The Contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation among their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel. c. The Contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations. 9. Records and Reports: The Contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of 3 years following completion of the Contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA. a. The records kept by the Contractor shall document the following: (1) The number of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority and female employees; and (4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees. b. The Contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and nonminority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the Contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the Contractor will be required to collect and report training data. III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES more.) (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction Contracts and to all related subcontracts of $10,000 or a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this Contract or subcontract, or the consummation of this material supply agreement or purchase order, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction Contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firm does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that the firm does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The firm agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EEO provisions of this Contract. The firm further certifies that no employee will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability. b. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or are, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, age or disability, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override (e.g. disabled parking). c. The Contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from proposed subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of material supply agreements of $10,000 or more and that it will retain such certifications in its files. IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM WAGE (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction Contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.) 1. General: a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3) issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c)] the full amounts of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor (hereinafter "the wage determination") which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or its subcontractors and such laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or Form FHWA-1495) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose of this Section, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b) (2) of the Davis- Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section IV, paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV. 11 1 b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than I classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein, provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. 1 c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this Contract. 2. Classification: a. The SHA Contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics employed under the Contract, which is not listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in conformance with 1 the wage determination. b. The Contracting officer shall approve an additional classification, wage rate and fringe benefits 1 only when the following criteria have been met: (1) the work to be performed by the additional classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; (2) the additional classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; 1 (3) the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and 1 (4) with respect to helpers, when such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed. c. If the Contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers and mechanics (if known) to be ' employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the Contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the Contracting officer to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting officer or will notify the 1 Contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. d. In the event the Contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the Contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the Contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the Contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. Said Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting officer or will notify the Contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the additional classification from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Payment of Fringe Benefits: a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent thereof. b. If the Contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he/she may consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and Helpers: a. Apprentices: (1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the DOL, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprenticeship agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. (2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman-level employees on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman-level hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. (3) Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicablevage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator for the Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. (4) In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the comparable work performed by regular employees until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees: (1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, Employment and Training Administration. (2) The ratio of trainees to journeyman-level employees on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the ' wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. (3) Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his/her level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the ' applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour ' Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman-level wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainees shall receive the same fringe benefits as apprentices. ' (4) In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c. Helpers: ' Helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper classification is specified and defined on the applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2. Any worker listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is not a helper under an approved definition, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. 5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOT): Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal-aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The ' straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 6. Withholding: The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the Contractor or subcontractor under this Contract or any other Federal Contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted Contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same Prime Contractor, as much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including 1 apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the Contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the Contract, the SHA Contracting officer may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 7. Overtime Requirements: No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard in any workweek in which he/she is employed on such work, to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives compensation at a rate not less than one-and-one-half times his/her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. 8. Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible thereof shall be liable to the affected employee for his/her unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under Contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory) for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7. 9. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages: The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any such Contract or any other Federal Contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted Contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same Prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above. V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction Contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which are exempt.) 1. Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR 3): The Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference. 2. Payrolls and Payroll Records: a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor and each subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years from the date of completion of the Contract for all laborers, mechanics, apprentices, trainees, watchmen, helpers, and guards working at the site of the work. ' b. The payroll records shall contain the name, social security number, and address of each such employee; his or her correct classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section I (b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked; deductions made; and, actual wages paid. In addition, for Appalachian Contracts, the payroll records shall contain a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to Section IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. c. Each Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish, each week in which any contract work is performed, to the SHA resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its employees (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, described in Section IV, paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards engaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal stock number 029- 005-0014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The Prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the Contract and shall certify the following: (1) that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is correct and complete; ' (2) that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the Contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3; (3) that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less that the applicable wage rate and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of worked performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the Contract. e. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of this Section V. f. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231. g. The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 2b of this Section V available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the SHA, the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the SHA, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the Contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of finds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. VI. RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND LABOR 1. On all Federal-aid Contracts on the National Highway System, except those which provide solely for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway beautification Contracts, and Contracts for which the total final construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $1,000,000 (23 CFR 635) the Contractor shall: a. Become familiar with the list of specific materials and supplies contained in Form FHWA-47, "Statement of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction Involving Federal Funds," prior to the commencement of work under this Contract. b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for and incorporated in the work, and also of the quantities of those specific materials and supplies listed on Form FHWA-47, and in the units shown on Form FHWA-47. c. Furnish, upon the completion of the Contract, to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA-47 together with the data required in paragraph lb relative to materials and supplies, a final labor summary of all contract work indicating the total hours worked and the total amount earned. 2. At the Prime Contractor's option, either a single report covering all Contract work or separate reports for the Contractor and for each subcontract shall be submitted. VII. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT 1. The Contractor shall perform with its own organization Contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the Contract) of the total original Contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original Contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635). a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid directly by the Prime Contractor and equipment owned or rented by the Prime Contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the Prime Contractor. b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of Contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid on the Contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall Contract. 2. The Contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph 1 of Section VII is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the Contractor under the Contract provisions. 3. The Contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the Contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the SHA contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the Contract. 4. No portion of the Contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the SHA contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the Contract. Written consent will be given only after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the Prime Contract. t VIII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION 1. In the performance of this Contract the Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The Contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the SHA contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health ' of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the Contract. ' 2. It is a condition of this Contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the Contractor enters into pursuant to this Contract, that the Contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the Contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and ' health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333). ' 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this Contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of Contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. ' 333). ' IX. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by Engineers, Contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, the following notice shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in 1 or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON FEDERAL-AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS t 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: "Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed,.or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented; Shall be fined not more that $10,000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both. X. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $100,000 or more.) By submission of this bid or the execution of this Contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction Contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows: 1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract, unless such contract is exempt under the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et sue., as amended by Pub.L. 91-604), and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as amended by Pub.L. 92-500), Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation thereof (40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of Contract award, on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20. 2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations and guidelines listed thereunder. 3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. 4. That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph 1 through 4 of this Section X in every nonexempt subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the government may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements. XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 1. Instructions for Certification - Primary Covered Transactions: (Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts - 49 CFR 29) t 1 L a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. d. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective primary participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department or agency to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction. g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," provided by the department or agency entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant ' in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List) which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. Lk iti X .X if CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION--PRIMARY COVERED TRANSACTIONS 1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; b. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or Contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 1 b of this certification; and d. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this application/proposal had 1 or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. 2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Covered Transactions: (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions of $25,000 or more - 49 CFR 29) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "primary covered transaction," "participant," "person," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List. h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph a of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION--LOWER TIER COVERED TRANSACTIONS: 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. 2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. XII. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction Contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 - 49 CFR 20) 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal Contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal Contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated finds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal Contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. 1 ATTACHMENT A EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN CONTRACTS (Applicable to Appalachian contracts only.) 1. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor undertaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who regularly reside in the labor area as designated by the DOL wherein the Contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the Appalachian counties of the State wherein the Contract work is situated, except: ' a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in the area are not available. b. For the reasonable needs of the Contractor to employ supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to assure an efficient execution of the Contract work. c. For the obligation of the Contractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining Contract, provided that the number of nonresident persons employed under this subparagraph 1 c shall not exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed by the Contractor on the Contract work, except as provided in subparagraph 4 below. 2. The Contractor shall place a job order with the State Employment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform the Contract work, (b) the number of employees required in each classification, (c) the date on which he estimates such employees will be required, and (d) any other pertinent information required by the State Employment Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by telephone. If during the course of the Contract work, the information submitted by the Contractor in the original job order is substantially modified, he shall promptly notify the State Employment Service. 3. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred to him by the State Employment Service. The Contractor is not required to grant employment to any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to perform the classification of work required. 4. If, within 1 week following the placing of a job order by the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State Employment Service is unable to refer any qualified job applicants to the Contractor, or less than the number requested, the State Employment Service will forward a certificate to the Contractor indicating the unavailability of applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the Contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this certificate, the Contractor may employ persons who do not normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph I c above. 5. The Contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1 through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 1 1 1 1 General Decision Number: FL070039 02/09/2007 FL3 9 Superseded General Decision Number: FL20030039 State: Florida Construction Types: Highway Counties: Brevard, Collier, Hernando, Hillsborough, Lee, Manatee, Martin, Orange, Osceola, Pasco, Pinellas, Polk, Sarasota, Seminole and St Lucie Counties in Florida. EXCLUDING CAPE CANAVERAL AIR FORCE STATION, PATRICK AIR FORCE BASE, KENNEDY SPLACE FLIGHT CENTER AND MELABAR RADAR SITE HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects, & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges; bridges designed for commercial navigation; bridges involving marine construction; & other major bridges. Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/09/2007 SUFL1993-012 08/01/1993 Rates Fringes Bricklayer (Manhole)........... $ 9.02 Carpenter ...................... $ 9.71 Concrete Finisher .............. $ 8.91 Electrician .................... $ 13.42 Fence Erector .................. $ 7.75 Form Setter .................... $ 7.76 Guardrail erector .. ...........$ 7.95 Ironworkers: Reinforcing ................. $ 12.37 Structural :::::::::::::::::.$ 6.60 Kettleman.. .$ 7.34 Laborers: .............. Asphalt Raker.. .$ 7.23 Pipelayer.. .$ 8.01 Unskilled ................... $ 6.60 Painters: Blaster ..................... $ 10.72 11 Power equipment operators: Asphalt Distributor ......... $ 7.39 Asphalt Paving Machine ...... $ 8.23 Asphalt Plant Operator ...... $ 6.83 Asphalt Screed .............. $ 7.68 Backhoe ..................... $ 9.00 Boom-Auger .................. $ 9.40 Bulldozer ................... $ 8.42 Concrete.Curb Machine ....... $ 8.50 Concrete Groover/Grinder .... $ 9.00 Concrete Joint Saw.......... $ 9.97 Concrete Mixer Operator ..... $ 6.63 ' Concrete Paving Finish Machine ..................... $ 8.50 Concrete Pump Op............ $ 13.00 Crane, Derrick, or Dragline .................... $ 11.53 Earthmover .................. $ 7.78 Fork Lift. ............$ 7.63 Front End Loader ............ $ 8.00 ' Gradall ..................... $ 8.76 Grade Checker ............... $ 6.60 Guardrail Post Driver ....... $ 10.78 Mechanic .................... $ 9.52 Milling Machine ............. $ 8.76 Milling Machine Grade Checker.. ...............$ 7.03 Motor Grader ................ $ 9.54 Mulching Machine ............ $ 6.70 Oiler, Greaseman............ $ 7.21 Pavement Striping ' Machine ..................... $ 11.04 Paving Striping Machine Nozzleman .................. $ 7.50 Piledriver Leadsman ......... $ 9.75 ' Piledriver operator ......... $ 10.82 Power Subgrade Mixer ........ $ 7.63 Rollers: Finish .................. .$ 7.24 Rough ..................... $ 6.70 Self-Prop., Rubber Tire ................... .$ 7.01 Scraper ..................... $ 7.33 Sign Erector ................ $ 13.27 Small tool .................. $ Tractors: 7.33 80 HP or less ............. $ 6.60 Light ..................... $ 6.76 Over 80 HP.. .$ Trenching Machine ........... $ 10.62 8.00 Widening Spreader Machine ... .................$ 7.52 Traffic Controller , TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST .................. $ 7.15 I? u 1 TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION : Installer ................. $ 9.70 Mechanic .................. $ 13.25 Truck drivers: . . • . . - Lowboy.. .$ 8.02 Multi-Rear Axle ............. $ 9.79 Single Rear Axle ............ $ 6.70 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2. If the answer to the question in 1.) is yea, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. ' Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION LJ 1 1 ? SECTION IV i ? TECHNICAL ? SPECIFICATIONS u 1 1 I1r? u SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. SCOPE OF WORK: CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR (99-0081-EN) GENERAL: The purpose of this contract is to construct, at the entrance in Clearwater Beach, a pedestriaMbicycle bridge that crosses over Mandalay Channel south of the existing SR 60 vehicular bridge and fishing pier. The construction work shall include prestressed concrete pile foundations, bents, prestressed girder superstructure supporting a cast-in-place concrete deck, a short section of trail with embankment on the east side, and minor modifications to an existing parking lot on the west side of the channel, as well as approaches and retaining walls. All bidders shall pay attention to the existing palm trees and associated underground electrical lines. Furthermore, two new mooring dolphin clusters south of the proposed pedestrian bridge shall be constructed to safeguard the proposed bridge while the "Stariite Majesty" vessel is maneuvering in and out of its slip next to the bridge site. PERMITS. All environmental permits for the construction of the proposed bridge have been obtained. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any necessary National Pollutant and Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection/EPA. Furthermore, the Contractor shall obtain City of Clearwater "no fee" Building, Tree and Clearing & Grubbing permits prior to any work activity. Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations pertinent to the work involved. Sealed plans will be provided for this purpose. As mentioned above, permit fees from the City of Clearwater will be waived. All permits relative to the referenced project are provided in Exhibit A at the end of Section 1V - Technical Specifications. The listed permits are as follows: • Southwest Florida Water Management District, Environmental Resource General Permit, Permit No. 44019173.002, issued 8/14/03, modified 8/3106, expires 11/3/11. • Commercial Dock Permit No. CC34834-04 / Revised, issued 4/20/2007, by the Pinellas County Water and Navigation Control Authority, expires March 07, 2009. • Army Corps of Engineers Nationwide Permit # 15, issued 7/21/03, expires March 18, 2008. AS-BUILT & RECORD CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: The Contractor is to provide record drawings per Article 2 of Section IV, Technical Specifications. The "As-Built Markup Drawing" requirements contained in Article 6.11 of Section III, General Conditions, shall be followed except for the requirements of an as-built survey and preparation of CAD drawings. CLEARING & GRUBBING: A Lump Sum is included in the proposal for areas that will need clearing & grubbing. Clearing & grubbing shall include removal of existing concrete curbs and sidewalks, removal of asphalt pavement, necessary saw cuts, and pavement restoration as shown in the plans. Clearing & grubbing also includes removing a section of aluminum railing on the west side of the project, to accommodate the installation of the bridge, as detailed in the plans. These items are in addition to any other clearing and grubbing work that is covered in the specifications and as necessary to construct the project. TREE REMOVAL: Trees are identified in the construction plans for removal (all others are to be protected, including the provision of barriers). All operations related to trees, such as removal and/or adjustment of any landscape lighting that is associated with the removed trees, shall be coordinated with the Parks & Recreation Department. WEST BRIDGE-SIDE ACCESS MODIFICATIONS (PARKING LOT. SIDEWALK ETC.): Removal of the existing sidewalks and curbs is to be made either at a clean saw cut, or at an existing expansion or contraction joint. The Contractor shall keep the area free daily of any accumulated concrete rubble, debris, waste materials or rubbish caused by his work, and shall make sure that his activity will not interfere in any way with the general public's use of the marina parking lot, except where specifically authorized by Mrs. Tracey Bruch, Parking System Manager, phone 727-562-4779. Disposal of debris into surrounding waters is totally forbidden. It shall be Contractor's responsibility that removal and disposal of debris is done in accordance with all City of Clearwater and regulatory agencies requirements and regulations. This work is included in Clearing & Grubbing, item # 6. GENERAL PUBLIC SAFETY: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to take any and every necessary precautions and efforts to protect the work, the workers/employees and the general public from any harm until completion of the work. It should be noted that the project area is recreational and is frequented by pedestrians and bicyclists. Signs in advance at proper locations shall be installed by the Contractor under Marine & Aviation and Parks & Recreation Departments guidance to inform and direct pedestrians and bicyclists. When information is requested by the public, the Contractor shall answer professionally and courteously to all citizens. Questions that the Contractor cannot answer or are of a controversial nature, should be directed to the Engineer or City of Clearwater. MAINTENANCE OF MARINE & VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. Contractor shall maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to the Marina Office and bait shop, as well as access for the "Starlite Majesty" vessel. The Contractor is required to install the new mooring dolphins at the start of the job to allow the "Starlite Majesty" cruise ship to dock without endangering the proposed bridge. The Contractor shall locate and relocate their barge as necessary so as not to obstruct the docking of the "Starlite Majesty" vessel, and such that a minimum temporary navigation channel 40-feet wide is maintained during construction. The Contractor shall notify Mr. William D. Moms, City Harbormaster, phone 727-462-6954, minimum 24 hours prior to any construction affecting marine/boat traffic in the channel. Furthermore, all boat & la 1 vehicular traffic control devices utilized during construction shall be provided by the Contractor and shall meet U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) and FDOT requirements, as applicable. The Contractor shall also coordinate with the USCG for issuance of a "Notice to Mariners" for the ongoing construction within Mandalay Channel. EXISTING UTIU77ES & FACILITIES: As noted in the construction plans, the Contractor shall locate all existing utilities and structures whether or not shown on the drawing. In order to locate all existing underground utility lines, the Contractor shall call "Sunshine" at 1-800-432-4770, a minimum 2 business days prior to commencing any work. Special attention is required for the City's 12" HDPE sub-aqueous water main and sub-aqueous gas & electricity north of the fishing pier, sub-aqueous water main & reclaimed water and sub-aqueous traffic conduits south of the proposed bridge & north of the proposed mooring dolphin, and Progress Energy's sub-aqueous cables, all lately installed by directional bores under Mandalay Channel. All newly relocated sub-aqueous utilities shall be field plotted based on the "as built" drawings prior to the start of any construction activities. • Furthermore, existing adjacent utilities or structures such as mooring dolphins, fishing pier & underpass under the FDOT Bridge #150043, and seawalls on the east and west sides) shall not be affected or endangered by any work done under this contract. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to take whatever steps are necessary to protect them during the mobilization and entire construction work period. • The Contractor is responsible for any damages to the existing public streets, sidewalks, curbs, fences, utilities, or any other City public or private facilities that are to remain in place. Street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material or as per existing City, County or State standards. • Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be of the same type of material as previous or as per existing City and/or County standards, whichever provides the stronger and better repair. • In case that some facility and/or utility damages are identified during construction period, the Contractor shall promptly provide replacements or repairs on his own expenses, to the satisfaction of the City and at no extra cost to the City and/or others. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING & INSPECTION ICED: For the Engineer to assure efficient construction engineering and inspection professional services and City's personnel, the Contractor shall provide a 600 S.F. field office during construction with power and sanitary provisions, with location at the project site that will be established at the pre-construction conference. City will perform the CEI services assisted by the Engineer. Mr. Perry Lopez, City's Building Construction Manager, at 727-462-6988, will be the full-time City employee in responsible charge of the project. FOR will provide post-design construction assistance as needed. As an essential part of the CEI tasks, a continuous control of materials shall be conducted and a Quality Control Plan (QCP) shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Section III, Supplementary Conditions. Furthermore, the Contractor shall submit the QCP to the Engineer for approval within 21 calendar days after the Contract Award, and shall be responsible for the implementation of the QCP during the entire work period as to avoid any construction deficiencies later. The following CEI professional services will be provided by the Engineer during entire construction period: Administration - assure that the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is effectively and accurately implemented and that the project is constructed in conformity with the approved construction I 1b plans, specifications and contract provisions. The CEI representative/Engineer will advise the City of any omissions, substitutions, defects and deficiencies noted in the work of the Contractor and the corrective action taken. Work provided by the CEI representative/Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the satisfactory execution of the construction contract. Survey Control - The CEI representative/Engineer will use the survey control baseline points and benchmarks established by the Contractor to make and record measurements necessary to calculate and document quantities for pay items, make and record pre-construction and final cross section surveys in areas where earthwork is performed (east and west approach slabs, and landscape areas at west approach), and perform incidental engineering surveys. On site Inspection - The CEI representative/Engineer will monitor the Contractor's on-site construction and Quality Control operations, inspect materials entering the work area, and keep records of the Contractor's daily operations and significant events during the entire work period. Presence of CEI staff shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility in any way including site safety. The CEI representative/Engineer shall have authority to stop work for reasons related to quality control and conformance to approved construction plans and specifications, but not for safety violations (will notify the Contractor and City if violations are observed). Sampling & Testing - The CEI representative/Engineer will be responsible for the sampling, testing, and verification of certification of materials that are not identified within Section III, Supplementary Conditions. The CEI representative / Engineer will perform Quality Assurance to monitor the Contractor's Quality Control for production of concrete and asphalt at the respective source. The CEI representative / Engineer will coordinate the sampling, testing, and verification by others of the materials identified Section III, Supplementary Conditions. The above procedures are to determine the acceptability of materials and completed work items. Engineering Services - Includes documenting significant project changes, interpreting and reading plans, technical specifications and construction contract provisions, making recommendations to the City to resolve construction contract disputes, and maintaining an adequate level of surveillance of Contractor activities. The project will also be monitored by the CEI representative/Engineer to determine whether construction activities violate the conditions of any permits, including NPDES requirements, whereupon the Contractor and the City will be notified for immediate resolution of the problem(s). Furthermore, a continuous monitoring is required for implementation of the Davis-Bacon Act. The CEI representative/Engineer will analyze any changes and. extra work that appear to be necessary and within the scope and intent of the original construction contract (all recommended changes and extra work must be approved by the City). The CEI representative/Engineer will assist the City in public information services, if required, including newsletters and advice on responses to inquiries from the public, public officials, and the news media. A digital photo log will be maintained by the Engineer throughout the construction period. A schedule of CEI personnel, their respective areas of responsibility, the phases of construction where their presence is required, and certification requirements will be provided to the Contractor at the project's pre-construction conference. For public information services, the Engineer will assist the the Engineer shall direct all requests from the media to Services Director, at 727-562-4780, or Mrs. Joelle Communications Assistant Director, at 727-562-4881. City as needed, however, Mr. Gary Johnson, Public Wiley Castelli, Public 1c BRIDGE HYDRAULIC DESIGN: Bridge hydraulic design conforms to the FHWA Hydraulic Engineering Circular (HEC) 18, "Evaluating Scour at Bridges Information sheet B-4 is provided in that regard and is not intended to be used as data for construction. SUBSTRUCTURE. The substructure units will be supported on 24-inch square prestressed concrete piles. The need for performing for the piles is anticipated. Test piles are required at the permanent pile locations shown in the plan and a dynamic load test shall be performed on each test pile. The Contractor's specialty Engineer shall review the results of the load testing and determine the lengths of the production piles. The report of core borings is reproduced in sheets B-5 and B-6 of the construction plans, and the complete Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation updated is available at the City of Clearwater Engineehng/Production Department, 7272-562-4758, for consultation. SUPERSTRUCTURE: The bridge superstructure consists of a61/2 inch minimum depth cast-in-place slab supported by 24-inch deep inverted -T prestressed beams. Non-metallic stay-in-place metal forms may be used to support the deck during casting operations. The deck has a 15-ft clear width between the 54-inch high polished aluminum picket railing that shall be provided on each side. MOORING DOLPHINS: Two dolphin cluster of piles - each consisting of three 244hch steel pipe piles filled with concrete, with two of which are battered at 1 in 4, shall be installed at the onset of the project (see sheets B-26 & 27). Dolphins will facilitate the maneuvering of the "Starlite Majesty"cruise ship so that the vessel will not endanger in any way the proposed bridge structure during its departure and arrival. Pile locations and specific dolphin details as shown on sheets B-26 & B27, have been confirmed by Mr. Phil Henderson, Vice president of Starlite Majesty, as being sufficient to enable safe dockings and departures in proximity to the bridge construction site in relatively high current and/or wind conditions. 4 SHOP DRAWINGS: j The Contractor is required to submit shop drawings and samples, as indicated in the plans and/or technical specifications, for all items requiring approval by the Engineer. Submit seven copies (7) of each shop drawing directly to Ayres, and one copy (1) to the City Project Manager. Allow for fifteen (15) calendar days for review of the shop drawing from the time it is received at Ayres. For all work requiring engineering services, provide signed & sealed calculations and drawings by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Florida (Specialty Engineer). The Engineer's review and approval of shop drawings and samples will only be to determine if the items covered by the submittals will - after installation and incorporation into the work - conform to the information given in the contract documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed project as a functioning whole required in the contract documents. 1d CONCRETE SIDEWALK & BACKFILLING: The reconstruction of the west-side sidewalk shall be in accordance with the City of Clearwater standard details. Backfilling with clean fill material shall be used. When material for the backfill is selected from the excavated material or from other sources, such material shall be granular, free from organic matters or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 2" in the largest dimension, and shall be an all together uniform mass of material. Eastside ramp/embankment backfill shall be compacted on the full depth from the existing grade upward to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T-180 Standard Density Test. The Contractor shall be paid for the actual quantities and work done to accomplish the backfilling and grading. MANATEE PROTECTION. The Contractor shall. a) be held responsible for any manatees harmed, harassed, or killed as a result of project construction; b) post signs in the waterway to safeguard manatees in the project area (specific warning sign and design placement is a condition of the Water Management District); c) post the,manatee hotline number (888 404-FINCC) on-site for information with manatee problems; d) conduct a visual survey of the affected areas prior to demolition activity to determine if any manatees are present (if manatees are present, cease work until they are safely out to the area); e) operate all vessels associated with the project at "no wake/idle" speed at all times; and t) cease all construction activity in open water when a manatee is sighted within 300 feet of the project area (construction may not resume until the manatee has departed the area). Telephone reports must be made immediately by the Contractor to the FWCC & US Fish & Wildlife Service (904 232-2580) in the event of any injury, collision with, or killing of manatees; and no construction debris shall be disposed of into the water. SEDIMENT & EROSION CONTROL: The Contractor shall control turbidity resulting from construction activities and shall place double floating turbidity barriers to encompass the construction zone. The Contractor shall prevent the flow and movement of dirt/sand into adjacent storm systems. Sediment traps such as rock bags and double silt fences shall be placed around all existing storm structures and maintained until the work is completed. The Contractor is to perform his work in accordance with the City standards and specifications (Section IV, Article 38). All storm structures shall be located and identified both by the City and Contractor prior to commencing any work , activity. The Contractor shall place filter material under the grates of all identified inlets. Furthermore, all erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly especially after each rainfall, shall be cleaned out thereafter, and repaired if required. Turbidity shall be measured and controlled within the channel, throughout construction, in accordance to the conditions contained in the project's SWFWMD Environmental Resource Permit. le 1 t F? 1 1 SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION: The Contractor shall protect existing seagrass and shall relocate northward along seawall existing submerged concrete rip-rap with shellfish habitat, as shown on sheet 7 of 13 in the construction plans. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE & PROGRESS MEETINGS: A pre-construction conference will be held to discuss project coordination, traffic control, maintenance of boat traffic, and other items of direct interest to the progress of this project. After commencement of construction, the Contractor may ask for a progress meeting at any time to discuss the project or to work out problems that may arise during the course of the work. The City may also request regular progress meetings (e.g. weekly or by-weekly) during the construction period. RECYCLED MATERIALS: A recycled material is any material reused in any manner by diverting it from disposal at public landfills, incinerators, or solid waste facilities. The Contractor shall report the tonnage of all recycled materials such as concrete sidewalk and asphalt. Clean earth that is not disposed of to a landfill or incineration shall not be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is responsible to attach.to the monthly request for progress payments a report with the approximate tonnage of any recyclable debris and materials removed from the job site. The City uses this information for reporting recycling tonnage to the State of Florida. CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION & OVERTIME: For construction work inspection the Contractor shall take directions from the City inspector only, and/or the CEI representative/Engineer or City Project Manager if necessary. Furthermore, the Public Works Administration does not have sufficient funding to allow for overtime construction inspection. The Contractor is encouraged to perform all work that may require immediate inspection during normal working hours. Should overtime inspection be required, a charge of $40.001hour will be applied for inspection time. The Contractor may perform work that does not require immediate inspection at his discretion. 1 1 I if WORK ACCEPTANCE: The Contractor is responsible for all work until final acceptance by the City. Any new work damaged after completion or damages to the existing structures, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair/replace respective parts to the satisfaction of the CEI representative/Engineer, City Project Manager or "others"; at no extra cost to the City or "others": ROOT PRUNING & BARRIERS. TREE BARRICADES: Where proposed construction work involves excavation with impact to the existing root zone of protected mature trees, the Contractor shall perform root pruning to protect the trees and install root barriers if necessary. Root pruning & barriers and tree barricades shall be paid for the actual work done in the field. SOD. SITE MAINTENANCE & RESTORATION. Sod shall match existing type in the area of application, and shall be regularly watered until growth is established. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free of accumulated wasted materials, rubbish or other debris caused by his work. After completion and before the final payment, the Contractor shall restore all work areas to the original conditions to the satisfaction of the City Project Manager, Parking System Manager, Marine & Aviation Department, and Parks & Recreation Department. This shall include general clean up of the job site, removal of any temporary facilities, and work adjustments to match previous conditions or better. BUILDERS RISK: The City does not assume any builders risk for the Contractor's work. The Contractor is responsible for the work product until final acceptance of the work. SITE INSPECTION & PRE-BID CONFERENCE. The Contractor is required to inspect the project site in its entirety prior to submission of the bid. Furthermore, attendance to the pre-bid conference is mandatory to bid on this proiect CONTACT PERSONS: Any questions regarding the engineering design and proposal, permitting, etc., should be directed to Mr. Dan Kelly, Ayres' Project Manager, Mr. Hisham Sunna, Ayres' Structural Engineer, both at telephone number 813-978-8688, and/or Mr. Chris Focsan, City Project Manager, at telephone number 727-562-4758. Furthermore, for any work that will increase the contract price, the Contractor shall obtain written direction and approval from the City prior to commencing. 1g 1 I REPRESENTATIVE OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor shall assign responsible person(s) who shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The name(s) and position(s) shall be submitted to the CEI representative/Engineer and City Project Manager at the time of the pre-construction conference. Contractor shall not change the person(s) without written approval by the City. PROPOSAL & BID ITEMS: The Proposal includes Lump Sums and estimated quantities. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the quantities included in the proposal are approximate and are given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities, nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimate of quantities. As such, the Contractor shall only be paid for the actual work performed in the field. The bid prices shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work according to technical specifications and approved construction drawings. PAYMENTS: Progress payments on account of unit price work will be based on the number of units completed. Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to the Engineer for review an invoice for payment filled out and signed by the Contractor, covering the work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Engineer and the contract documents. Unless otherwise stated in the contract documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the work that is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the work under contract. • The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of bids and determining an initial contract cost. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Prior to final payment, a Change Order will be issued as recommended by the Engineer to reflect actual amounts owed to the Contractor on account of all work actually performed, and the contract cost shall be correspondingly adjusted. MOBILIZATION: Mobilization shall include preparatory work and operations such as moving personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site, performing audio/video taping, the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, and the costs of bonds, required insurance, and any other pre-construction expense necessary for the start of the work except the cost of construction materials. 1 I 1h GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. • All Contractors submitting a bid for this project shall a) be licensed for business in the State of Florida, b) be experienced in bridge construction over water, c) be a City of Clearwater pre-qualified Contractor in the construction category of Bridge Construction and Modification with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $2,000,000.00, and/or d) be pre-qualified for Florida Department of Transportation major bridges of conventional construction over water, and e) have had previous experience with similar aroiects. • orag?ng area ana boo site access will be discussed at the pre-construction conference. Space to be used for storage and staging during the course of this project shall be determined and approved by the Harbormaster, Parking System Manager, and Parks & Recreation Department prior to starting any work. Staging areas shall be restored to the original conditions or better after work completion. • Videotape shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Professionally videotape of the work area(s) prior to the start of construction is required. • Videotaping by the City. The Contractor shall allow the City to videotape the construction during its entire duration for documentation or other purposes, for its use at the City's discretion, through fixed or handheld imaging devices. The images thus obtained shall be the property of the City. • Notice to proceed with the work will be scheduled after the pre-construction meeting, and as soon as the Contractor has obtained all regulatory permits required, including Building, Tree, and Clearing & Grubbing Permits. • Engineer shall resolve conflicts during construction period that require a decision. The Contractor shall submit a written request for clarification or conflict resolution prior to starting the affected phase of construction. • Fixed project signs shall be provided at the start of construction, and shall be used until the Contractor's request for final payment. The Contractor shall place the fixed signs where they are most visible. The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, maintenance, removal and disposal of the project signs at the end of the contract period. The signs shall be clean to maintain legibility at all times, and immediately replaced if defaced. • Construction duration for this contract is 413 calendar days. 1i L ?7 SECTION IV - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. SCOPE OF WORK (continued): CLEARWATER BEACH SPUR CONNECTOR PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE (EN-0081-EN) The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: ART. # ARTICLE DESCRIPTION 1. _X_ Scope of Work 2. X(a)_ Construction Staking - a. Line, Grade & Record Drawings by Contractor b. Line, Grade & Record Drawings by City 3. X Definition of Terms 4. _X_ Order and Location of Work 5. Excavation of Underground Work 6. X_ Concrete 7. X_ Excavation and Forms for Concrete Works 8. X_ Reinforcement for Concrete 9. Obstructions 10. X_ Restoration or Replacement of Curbs, Driveways, Sidewalks, and Pavement 11. _X_ Work in Easements & Parkways 12. _X_ Dewatering 13. Sanitary - Manholes 14. 15. X_ X_ Backfill Street Crossing 16. Raising or Lowering of Sanitary Sewers, Storm Drainage Structures 17. X Unsuitable Material Removal 18. Underdrains 19. Storm Sewers 20. Sanitary Sewers & Force Mains 21. 22. X_ X_ Drainage Roadway Base & Subgrade 23. _X Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24. Asphaltic Material (Adjust Bid Price) 25. General Planting Specifications a. LANDSCAPING b. LIGHTING c. IRRIGATION 26. d. PUMP & WELL HDPE Deformed/Reformed Pipe Lining 27. X_ Plant Mix Driveways 28. _X_ Reporting of Tonnage of Recycled Materials 29. Concrete Curbs 30. Concrete sidewalks 31. X_ Sodding 32. 33. _X_ Seeding Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, or other Storm Structures 34. Material Used 35. _X Conflict Between Plans and Specifications 36. _X Street Signs 37. _X(b)_ Audio/Video Taping of Construction Work Areas a. Not Required 1 2 b. Contractor 38. _X_ Erosion and Siltation Control 39. Utility Tie-In Location Marking 40. _X_ Award of Contract, Work Schedule and Guarantee 41. Water Specifications 42. Gas Specifications 43. Tennis Courts 43a. Clay Tennis Courts (Fencing) 44. Work Zone Traffic Control including Boat Traffic Certified Work Zone Supervisor 45. Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining 46. Polyethylene Sliplining 47. Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48. Gunite Specifications 49. Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50. _X_ Project Information Sign 51. In Line Skate Surfacing System 52. _X(a)_ Residents Notification a. City b. Contractor 53. Gabions and Mattresses 54. Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55. Milling Operations 56. _X Clearing & Grubbing 57. RipRap 58. Treatment Plant Safety 59. Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60. X_ Signing and Marking 61. Roadway Lighting 62. _X_ Root Pruning TIME: 413 CALENDAR DAYS 2a 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS: A. Line and grade shall be performed by the Contractor. Bench marks to be used shall be those as shown on the plans. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit cut sheets for all underground work 24 hours in advance of commencement of the work for checking. Checking of cut-sheets does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities for any errors or conflicts whatsoever. Cut sheets shall be submitted in triplicate. The Contractor shall provide three complete sets of Record construction drawings prior to final payment being made. B. Line and grade shall be performed by the City. At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by. negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. Baceion IV 3 1 3. DEFINITION OF TERMS: For the purpose of these Technical Specifications the following definition of terms shall apply: CITY: City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL. ENGINEER: The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. 'CONTRACTOR: The person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. INSPECTOR: An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make official inspections of the material furnished and the work performed by the Contractor. F.D.O.T. The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as SPECIFICATIONS: issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). A.A.S.H:T.O. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. A.W.S.: American Welding Society A.S.T.M.: American Society for Testing Materials A.S:A.: American Standards Association A.N.S.I. American National Standards Institute A.W.W.A. American Water Works Association O.S.H.A. Occupational Safety & Health Administration A.C.I. American Concrete Institute sgctim IV 4 1-1 1 3. Definition of terms continued: REPRESENTATIVE OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. ESTIMATED QUANTITIES: The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 4. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK: The City reserved the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to. do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 5. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK: The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. Section 7V 5 5. Excavation for underground work continued: City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. _ The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. I 1 Section IV 6 1 LI 1 6. CONCRETE: Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions. of the sign and Contrnl of Concrete >\ ix . fret by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified; all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Pro e t Tnan ntor and th Cjjt z's Materials, Testers minim»m of 74 o" All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. t Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. t t I Section 1V 7 7. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK: Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured."in the dry" FORMS: Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8. REINFORCEMENT: When -required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9. OBSTRUCTIONS: Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should ii become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or bench mark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal,: and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw 'cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. Section IV 8 1 1 10. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT: Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included irr the bid price per. lineal foot of main or square yard ofbase. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall. include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix = per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall nntify the Pr of ctPpector and the Qf' z's Materials Tester a minimum of 24 hours, in advance of all driveway,_ sidewalk and street restoration and replacement wnriz. 1 r18-1 n IV 11. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS: Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The 'Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and. all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. section Iv 10 1 1 12. DEWATERING: Unless specifically authorized-by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry'. The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 1 1 D 1 I section IV 11 14. BACKFILL; Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe b hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable' means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a. minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T-180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. Section IV 12 I l 1 1 1 1 15.. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.: At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer.. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 1 1 1 1 1 Section 7v 13 17. UNSUITABLE MATERIA)(, REMOVAL: All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock,. etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off=site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the, Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. BASIS OF PAYMENT: The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. Section IV 14 D s 1 21. DRAINAGE: The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV 15 1 22. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE: A. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. In addition, in certain instances, the City' Materials Tester may also determine Florida Bearing Value (FBV) equivalencies for subgrade material. The City will take the required densities. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector and the City's Materials Tester a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 250 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. I Swim IV 16 t 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SOW= IV 17 1 1 1 I 7. 8. B. S.6.0 rv REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200-6 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE: The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE: The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. SUBGRADE: All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Engineer shall test for bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per FDOT Section 161-6.4. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing 18 L r 1 SWIM N 19 values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. BASIS OF PAYMENT: The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. t r 1 23. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces. A. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: 1. Aggregate - All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 2. Bituminous Materials - All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). B. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE: The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to independently select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the City every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or smaon IV 20 when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's r Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of '/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector and the City's Materials Tester a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all Whalt. C. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES: All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE FC-3 FRICTION COURSE MIX. D. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS: All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: LAYER THICKNESS FOR ASPHALT (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS Inches THICKNESS (Inches) Type S-I Type S-I with Type S-III Top La er Type S-III FC-3 Type S-III with FC-3 Top Layer Type S-I with FC-3 Top Layer 1st 2nd 1st 2" 1st 2nd 1 st 2° 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 1 1 %2 1 %2 2 1 %4 3/a * 1 1 2 %2 1 1/4 11/4 1 %2 1 1 V. 1 3 11/2 11/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S-III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. Saban IV 21 1 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-III per Section 331 shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. E. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). F. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION: Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: a. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. b. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. C. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. d. Payment for crack-filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. ' Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: a. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. b. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. C. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. d. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. G. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES: 1 Smdon IV The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: 22 t The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. H. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS: a. ' All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. b. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. C. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. d. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own section IV 23 1 w Swim rv water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. e. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. f. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. g. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). h. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 1/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 w 1 ARTICLE 27 - PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS: New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23-G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace- ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. t I t w Section IV 25 ARTICLE 28 - REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS I The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease the ' generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products. In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any manner which diverts its alternative disposal to a publicly assessable landfill or by incineration. If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is not to be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor during the contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor for the development and submittal of this all information is to be included in the contract items provided in the original contract proposal. 1 [-I L F I 11 Section IV 26 1 I ARTICLE 29 - CONCRETE CURBS: ' Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at ' intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector and the City's Materials Tester a minimum of ' 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1 Section IV 27 ARTICLE 30 - CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS: CONCRETE SIDEWALKS: Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS: Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector and the City's Materials Tester a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveway. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Section IV 28 1 ARTICLE 31 - SODDING: Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing Frass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted ' to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by ' the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment ' for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and ' shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. Section IV 29 ARTICLE 33 - STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES: For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B - Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. A. BUILT-UP TYPE STRUCTURES: Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made. smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one-half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. B. PRECAST TYPE: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast-in-place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C-478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be Section IV 30 provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O-ring between ' precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall ' be on a unit basis. 1 w 1 1 i 1 ' Section IV 31 ARTICLE 34 - MATERIAL USED: All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 1 1 17 I Section IV 32 11 ARTICLE 35 - CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction. Order of precedence for Contract Documents shall be as given in Section III, page 5, item 3.1. Section IV 33 ARTICLE 36 - STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. Section IV 34 1 ARTICLE 37: AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS A. Audio/Video Tape of Work Area Not Required. This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas. B. Audio/Video Tape of all work areas shall be prepared by the Contractor. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE - Prior to commencing work, ' the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights- of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record i of a pre-construction conditions. ' SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE - The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS - The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio-video tapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre- construction color audio-video tape documentation. EQUIPMENT - All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service ' shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio-video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the ' commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio-video tape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. Section IV 35 ARTICLE 37: AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO -Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video tape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. RECORDED INFORMATION - VIDEO - All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom-out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video tape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. VIEWER ORIENTATION - The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video tape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed center line of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. Section IV 36 ARTICLE 37: AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS LIGHTING - All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be ' done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. SPEED OF TRAVEL - The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed 44 feet per minute. VIDEO LOG/INDEX - All video tapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be ' properly identified by video tape number and project title. Each video tape shall have a log of that video tape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, ' coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. AREA OF COVERAGE - Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, ' Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. ' COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES - The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. Section IV 37 1 ARTICLE 38 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ' 1. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS: No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. t During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 2. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES: Fill material ' stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no ' case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 3. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS: During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. ' 4. SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES: Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to ' trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall ' be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 5. SEDIMENTATION BASINS: Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have ' temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of ' the City. 1 38 Section N 38 ARTICLE 38 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL CONTINUED: The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 6. WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES: Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in-channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in-channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in-channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 7. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS: All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 8. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION: The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; 39 Section N 39 ARTICLE 38 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL CONTINUED: 9. 10. b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. NL4,]MENANCE: All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. COMPLIANCE: Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601-607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. 40 Section N City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Public Works Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a Planning & Development Services Inspector or a Public Works Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: • l' occurrence - • 2nd occurrence - • 3rd occurrence - • 4 h occurrence - Warning $30 reinspection fee $70 reinspection fee Stop work order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Public Works Administration Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site, please contact Bob Sebek at 462 Rick Albee with Planning & Development Services at 562- 4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances Section 50.43 requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion Control measures as described above, and project specific Erosion Control as indicated in the Plans, must be maintained throughout the job. Contact Public Works Administration with specific questions at 562-4750. 41 Section IV PROJECT: CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR ARTICLE 40. - AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE: It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 14 - General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within 413 consecutive calendar days. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Assistant Public Services Director, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Three Hundred Twenty Dollars 320.00 per eight-hour day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Gentmeter- shall r-emedy any defee4s in the work a4 his own eyipffise and p&), for- t 1 42 I Section N ARTICLE 50: PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS SCOPE AND PURPOSE: The City desires to inform the general public ' on the City's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display ' public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE: Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type of signs will be stated in the Scope of the ' Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum item will included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording be to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be u sed on sign at the preconstruction conference. FIXED SIGN: Fixed sign shall be 4' by 6' in size and painted on a ' sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/211. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4" by 4" below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long ' enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be ' considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. PORTABLE SIGNS: Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24" by 30" in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080" or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen ' or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. SIGN COLORING: Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, ' of size proportional to the sign itself. SIGN PLACEMENT: Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For Section IV 43 1 ARTICLE 50: PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS CONTINUED: construction projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. SIGN MAINTENANCE: The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN PROJECT NAME A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PROJECT FUNDING: CONTRACTOR: CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION: CITY PROJECT MANAGER: PHONE Section IV 44 t ARTICLE 52: RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION A. Resident Notification Performed by City: See Option B below for Resident Notification performed by the Contractor. B. Resident Notification Performed by Contractor: The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo (provided to Contractor on AutoCad disk); the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than 7 days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper 7 day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 2/03 Section IV 45 EXAMPLE NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION CITY SEAL of CITY OF CLEARWATER TODAY'S DATE PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type o contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of 7 days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brie description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 2/03 1 1 Section IV ARTICLE 56. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the ' Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT: The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 1 BASIS OF PAYMENT: The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 11 1 47 ' 08/00 t 60. SIGNING AND MARKING: All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard ' Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM'S (Section 706), painted traffic stripes ' and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 703 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 1 1 Section IV 4 8 ARTICLE 62 - ROOT PRUNING Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and impact the critical root zone of protected trees, an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Certified Arborist from the City's Urban Forestry Division shall determine if root pruning is to be performed to reduce the impact of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to a tree's dripline, however, the City's Arborist will determine and mark the limits to be root pruned. When root pruning is to be performed by the Contractor, it shall be performed in the area delineated by the City's Arborist. The person(s) performing the root pruning shall either have current certification as an Arborist from the ISA or work under the direct supervision of an ISA Certified Arborist, and proof of said current certification shall be provided to the Project Inspector. No root pruning can commence until said current certification can be proven. Prior to any grubbing activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned by utilizing a commercial root pruning machine or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Roots located within the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction shall be pruned to a depth of 14 inches below existing grade or to the depth of disturbance if less than 14 inches from existing grade. The City's contact for root pruning issues is the Urban Forestry Division, which can be reached at 727-562-4950 X 7220. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The basis of measurement shall be lineal foot of root pruning performed and shall include all equipment, labor, and incidentals required to complete the work per the contract plans and specifications. Payment shall be for root pruning only, unless otherwise specified on the contract documents and plans. Sod and irrigation restoration within the limits of the root pruning operation shall be paid for in other project bid items. Section Iv 49 > Q Z O FM (a) LU Cl) H m 2 X W m m m m m m w m m m m r m m m m 1 1 PERMITS: EXHIBIT "A" • Southwest Florida Water Management District, Environmental Resource General Permit, Permit No. 44019173.002, issued 8/14/03, modified 8/3/06, expires 11/3/11. ' • Commercial Dock Permit No. CC34834-04 / Revised, issued 4/20/2007, by the Pinellas County Water and Navigation Control Authority, expires March 07, 2009. • Army Corps of Engineers Nationwide Permit # 15, issued 7/21/03, expires March 18, 2008. 1 1 1 1 11 -E-, Southwest Florida ?r Water Management District M Equal u"`q 1 Bartow Service Office Lecanto Service Office 170 Century Boulevard Suite 226 ° Bartow, Florida 33830-7700 3600 West Sovereign Path (863) 534-1448 or Lecanto, Florida 34461-8070 1-800-492-7862 (FL only) (352) 527-8131 SUNCOM 572.6200 Talmadge 0. "Jerry" Rice Chair, Pasco Judith C. Whitehead Vice Chair, Hernando Neil Combee Secretary, Polk Jennifer E. Closshey Treasurer, Hillsborough Thomas G. Dabney Sarasota Heidi B. McCrea Hillsborough Sallie Parks Pinellas Todd Pressman Pinellas Marltza Rovira-Forino Hillsborough Patsy C. Symons DeSoto David L. Moore Executive Director William S. Bilenky General Counsel November 3, 2006 Michael D. Quillen, P.E. City of Clearwater Post Office 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899 (352) 796-7211 or 1-800-423-1476 (FL only) SUNCOM 628-4150 TDD only 1-800-231-6103 (FL only) On the Internet at. WaterMatters.org Sarasota Service Office 6750 Frultville Road Sarasota, Florida 34240.9711 (941) 377.3722 or 1-800-320.3503 (FL only) SUNCOM 531-6900 Tampa Service Office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33637-6759 (813) 985.7481 or 1.800436-0797 (FL only) SUNCOM 578.2070 C i17 `.% ` _` Subject: Notice of Final Agency Action - Approval Modification of Permit by Letter Project Name: Clearwater Beach Spur Connector Permit No: 44019173.002 County: Pinellas Sec/Twp/Rge: 08/29SI15 E Letter Received: August 3, 2006 Expiration Date: November 3, 2011 References: Chapters 40D-4 and 40, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.) Sections 373.4141 and 120.60, Florida Statutes (F.S.) Dear Mr. Quillen: Your request to modify Permit No. 44019173.001 by letter has been approved. This modification authorizes: The redesign of the pedestrian bridge as shown on the approved plans. As previously permitted, attenuation is not necessary as the harbor is an infinite basin and water quality treatment is not required as the project is not a pollutant source. The proposed revised bridge will not have any significant additional shading impacts to the existing seagrass bed in comparison with the original design. The support pilings will have less permanent impacts to Mandalay Channel (now 32 square feet vs. 141 square feet previously permitted.) All other terms and conditions of Permit No. 44019173.001, dated August 14, 2003, and entitled Clearwater-Clearwater Beach Spur Connector apply. Plans and information you submitted to support your request to modify this permit will. be kept on file. Final approval is contingent upon no objection to the District's action being received by the District within the time frames described below. Permit No.: 44019173.002 . Page 2 of 2 November 3, 2006 You or any person whose substantial interests are affected by the District's action regarding a permit may request an administrative hearing in accordance with Sections 120.569 and 120.57, Florida Statute, (F.S.), and Chapter 28-106, Florida Administrative Code, (F.A.C.), of the Uniform Rules of Procedure. A request for hearing must: (1) explain how the substantial interests of each person requesting the hearing will be affected by the District's action, or proposed action, (2) state all material facts disputed by the person requesting the hearing or state that there are no disputed facts, and (3) otherwise comply with Chapter 28-106, F.A.C. Copies of Sections 28-106.201 and 28-106.301, F.A.C. are enclosed for your reference. A request for hearing must be filed with (received by) the Agency Clerk of the District at the District's Brooksville address within 21 days of receipt of this notice. Receipt is deemed to be the fifth day after the date on which this notice is deposited in the United States mail. Failure to file a request for hearing within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right you or such person may have to request a hearing under Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S. Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S., to settle an administrative dispute regarding the District's action in this matter is not available prior to the filing of a request for hearing. Enclosed is a "Noticing Packet" that provides information regarding the District Rule 40D-1.1010, F.A.C., which addresses the notification of persons whose substantial interests may be affected by the District's action in this matter. The packet contains guidelines on how to provide notice of the District's action; and a notice that you may use. If you have questions regarding this letter modification, please contact Robin L. McGill, P.E., at the Tampa Service Office, extension 2072. Sincerely, Alba E. Mds, P.E., Director Tampa Regulation Department AEM:RLM:gjn Enclosure: Noticing Packet (42.00-039) Sections 28-106.201 and 28-106.301, F.A.C. Drawings cc: File of Record 44019173.002 Daniel Patrick Kelly, P.E., Ayres Associates, Inc. 1 Southwest Florida [Plater Management District o An Equal Bartow Service Office Lecanto Service Office y Opportunit Employer 170 Century Boulevard Suite 226 Bartow, Florida 33830-7700 3600 West Sovereign Path (863) 534-1448 or Lecanto, Florida 34461-8070 1-800.492-7862 (FL only) (352) 527-8131 SUNCOM 572-6200 Talmadge G. "Jerry" Rice Chair, Pasco Judith C. Whitehead Vice Chair, Hernando Neil Combee Secretary, Polk ' Jennifer E. Closshey Treasurer, Hillsborough Thomas G. Dabney Sarasota 1 Heidi B. McCree Hillsborough Sallie Parks Pinellas Todd Pressman Pinellas Maritza Rovira-Forino Hillsborough Patsy C. Symons DeSoto David L. Moore Executive Director William S. Bilenky General Counsel 1 t 1 1 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899 (352) 796-7211 or 1-800-423 1476 (FL only) SUNCOM 628-4150 TDD only 1-800-231-6103 (FL only) On the Internet at: WaterMatters.org Sarasota Service Office 6750 Fruitville Road Sarasota, Florida 34240-9711 (941) 377-3722 or 1.800320.3503 (FL only) SUNCOM 531-6900 Tampa Service Office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33637-6759 (813) 985-7481 or 1-800.836-0797 (FL only) SUNCOM 578-2070 NOTICING PACKET PUBLICATION INFORMATION PLEASE SEE THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS NOTICE FOR A LIST OF FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) The District's action regarding the issuance or denial of a permit, a petition or qualification for an exemption only becomes closed to future legal challenges from members of the public ("third parties"), if 1.) "third parties" have been properly notified of the District's action regarding the permit or exemption, and 2,) no "third party" objects to the District's action within a specific period of time following the notification. Notification of "third parties" is provided through publication of certain information in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties where the. proposed activities are to occur. Publication of notice informs "third parties" of their right to challenge the District's action. If proper notice is provided by publication, "third parties" have a 21-day time limit in which to file a petition opposing the District's action. A shorter 14-day time limit applies to District action regarding Environmental Resource Permits linked with an authorization to use Sovereign Submerged Lands. However, if no notice to "third parties" is published, there is no time limit to a party's right to challenge the District's action. The District has not published a notice to "third parties" that it has taken or intends to take final action on your application. If you want to ensure that the period of time in which a petition opposing the District's action regarding your application is limited to the time frames stated above, you may publish, at your own expense, a notice in a newspaper of general circulation. A copy of the Notice of Agency Action the District uses for publication and guidelines for publishing are included in this packet.' Guidelines for Publishing a Notice of Agency Action 1. Prepare a notice for publication in the newspaper. The District's Notice of Agency Action, included with this packet, contains all of the information that is required for proper noticing. However, you are responsible for ensuring that the form and the content of your notice comply with the applicable statutory provisions. 2. Your notice must be published in accordance with Chapter 50, Florida Statutes. A copy of the statute is enclosed. 3. Select a newspaper that is appropriate considering the location of the activities proposed in your application, and contact the newspaper for further information regarding their procedures for publishing. 4. You only need to publish the notice for one day. 5. Obtain an "affidavit of publication" from the newspaper after your notice is published. 6. Immediately upon receipt send the ORIGINAL affidavit to the District at the address below, for the file of record. Retain a copy of the .affidavit for your records. Southwest Florida Water Management District Records and Data Supervisor 2379 Broad Street Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899 Note: If you are advertising a notice of the District's proposed action, and the District's final action is different, publication of an additional notice may be necessary to prevent future legal challenges. If you need additional assistance, please contact us at ext. 4360, at the Brooksville number listed above. (Your question may be on the FAQ list). 42.00-039 (Rev 03/06) FAQ ABOUT NOTICING 1. Q. Do I have to'do this noticing, and what is this notice for? A. You do not have to do this noticing. You need to publish a notice if you want to ensure that a "third party" cannot challenge the District's action on your permit, exemption, or petition at some future date. If you choose not to publish, there is no time limit to a third party's right to challenge the District's action. 2. Q. What do I need to send to the newspaper? A. The enclosed one page notice form entitled "Notice of Final Agency Action (or Proposed Agency Action) By The Southwest Florida Water Management District." You must fill in the blanks before sending it. 3. Q. Do I have to use the notice form, or can I make up my own form? A. You do not have to use our form. However, your notice must contain all information that is in the form. 4. Q. Do I send the newspaper the whole form (one page) or just the top portion that has blanks? A. Send the full page form which includes the NOTICE OF RIGHTS section on the bottom half. 5. Q. Do I type or print the information in the blanks? Or will the newspaper fill in the blanks? A. You are required to fill in the blanks on the form before sending it to the newspaper. Contact your selected newspaper for instructions on printing or typing the information in the blanks. 6. Q. The section 50.051, F.S. (enclosed) proof of publication form of uniform affidavit has blanks in the text. Do I fill in these blanks and send that to the newspaper? A. No. That section shows the affidavit the'newspaper will send you. They will fill in the blanks. 7. Q. If someone objects, is my permit or exemption no good? A. If you publish a notice and a "third party" files a request for administrative hearing within the allotted time, the matter is referred to an administrative hearing. While the case is pending, generally, you may not proceed.with activities under the challenged agency action. When the hearing is complete, the administrative law judge's (ALJ) recommendation is returned to the District Governing Board, and the Governing Board will take final action on the ALJ's recommendation. There is no time limit for a "third party" to object and file a request for administrative hearing if you do not publish a notice. 8. Q. I don't understand what I should put in the blanks on the Notice form? ' A. 1. County, Section/Township/Range, application No., permit No., proposed permit No., petition No., Exemption No., or permit inquiry No. is on your Permit, Petition, Exemption, or Denial document. ' 2. Permit Type or Application Type is Environmental Resource Permit, Water Use Permit, Work of the District, etc. 3. # of Acres is the project acres. This is listed on the Environmental Resource Permit documents. For Water Use Permits, Exemptions, etc., you may put "Not Applicable" if unknown. 4. Rule or Statute reference (Exemptions only). The rule and/or statute reference is at the top of page.one in the reference line of the Exemption. For all others, put "Not Applicable" in this blank. 5. Type of Project describes your project activity. Environmental Resource Permit = Agriculture, ' Commercial, Government, Industrial, Mining, Road Projects, Residential, Semi-Public or Water Quality Treatment. Water Use Permit = Agricultural (if irrigating, state that it is irrigation and specify what is being irrigated), Industrial Commercial, Recreation Aesthetic, Mining Dewatering, ' or Public Supply. Work of the District = pipeline, etc. 6. Project Name is the name of your project, if applicable. If there is no project name, put "Not Applicable" in this blank. 42.00-039 (Rev 03/06) NOTICE OF FINAL AGENCY ACTION BY THE SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT Notice is given that the District's Final Agency Action is approval of th on acres to serve known as The project is located in County, Section(s) , Township South, Range East. The permit applicant is whose address is The permit No. is The file(s) pertaining to the project referred to above is available for inspection Monday through Friday except for legal holidays, 8:00 a.m.. to 5:00 p.m., at the Southwest Florida Water Manage- ment District (District) NOTICE OF RIGHTS Any person whose substantial interests are affected by the District's action regarding this permit may request an administrative hearing in accordance with Sections 120.569 and 120.57, Florida Statutes (F.S.), and Chapter 28-106, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), of the Uniform Rules of Procedure. A request for hearing must (1) explain how the substantial interests of each person requesting the hearing will be affected by the District's action, or final action; (2) state all material facts disputed by each person requesting the hearing or state that there are no disputed facts; and (3) otherwise comply with Chapter 28-106, FA. C. A request for hearing must be filed with and received by the Agency Clerk of the District at the District's Brooksville address, 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, FL 34604-6899 within 21 days of publication of this notice (or within14 days for an Environmental Resource Permit with Proprietary Authorization for the use of Sovereign Sub- merged Lands). Failure to file a request for hearing within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right such person may have to request a hearing under Sections 120.569"and 120.57, F. S. Because the administrative hearing process is designed to formulate final agency action, the filing of a petition means that the District's final action may be different from the position taken by it in this notice of final agency action. Persons whose substantial interests will be affected by any such final decision of the District on the application have the right to petition to become a party to the proceeding, in accordance with the requirements set forth above. Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S., to settle an administrative dispute regarding the District's final action in this matter is not available prior to the filing of a request for hearing. 42.00-039 (Rev 03/06) CHAPTER 50, FLORIDA STATUTES LEGAL AND OFFICIAL ADVERTISEMENTS 50.011 Where and in what language legal notices to be published. 50.021 Publication when no newspaper in county. 50.031 Newspapers in which legal notices and process may be published. 50.041 Proof of publication; uniform affidavits required. 50.051 Proof of publication; form of uniform affidavit. 50.061 Amounts chargeable. 50.071 Publication costs; court docket fund. 50.011 Where and in what language legal notices to be publishedY Whenever by statute an official or legal advertisement or a publication, or notice in a newspaper has been or is directed or permitted in the nature of or in lieu of process, or for constructive service, or in initiating, assuming, reviewing, exercising or enforcing jurisdiction or power, or for any purpose, including all legal notices and advertisements of sheriffs and tax collectors, the contemporaneous and continuous intent and meaning of such legislation all and singular, existing or repealed, is and has been and is hereby declared to be and to have been, and the rule of interpretation is and has been, a publication in a newspaper printed and published periodically once a week or oftener, containing at least 25 percent of its words in the English language, entered or qualified to be admitted and entered as 'second-class matter at a post office in the county where published, for sale to the public generally, available to the public generally for the publication of official or other notices and customarily containing information of a public character or of interest or of value to the residents or owners of property in the county where published, or of interest or of value to the general public. History.-s. 2, ch. 3022, 1877; RS 1296; GS 1727; s. 1, ch. 5610, 1907; RGS 2942; s. 1, ch. 12104, 1927; CGL 4666, 4901; s. 1, ch. 63-387; s. 6, ch. 67-254. 'Note: Redesignated as "Periodicals" by the United States Postal Service, see61 F.R. 10123-10124, March 12, 1996. Note: Former s. 49.01. 50.021 Publication when no newspaper in county.- When any law, or order or decree of court, shall direct advertisements to be made in any county and there be no newspaper published in the said county, the advertisement may be made by posting three copies thereof in three different places in said county, one of which shall be at the front door of the courthouse, and by publication in the nearest county in which a newspaper is published. History.-RS 1297; GS 1728; RGS 2943; CGL 4667; s. 6, ch. 67-254. Note: Former s. 49.02. 50.031 Newspapers In which legal notices and process may be published.- No notice or publication required to be published in a newspaper in the nature of or in lieu of process of any kind, nature, character or description provided for under any law of the state, whether heretofore or hereafter enacted, and whether pertaining to constructive service, or the initiating, assuming, reviewing, exercising or enforcing jurisdiction or power, by any court in this state, or any notice of sale of property, real or personal, for taxes, state, county or municipal, or sheriff's, guardian's or administrator's or any sale made pursuant to any judicial order, decree or statute or any other publication or notice pertaining to any affairs of the state, or any county, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, shall be deemed to have been published in accordance with the statutes providing for such publication, unless the same shall have been published forthe prescribed period of time required for such publication, in a newspaper which at the time of such publication. shall have been in existence for 1 year and shall have been entered as 'second-class mail matter at a post office in the county where published, or in a newspaper which is a direct successor of a newspaper which together have been so published; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall apply where in any county there shall be no newspaper in existence which shall have been published for the length of time above prescribed. No legal publication of any kind, nature or description, as herein defined, shall be valid or binding or held to be in compliance with the statutes providing for such publication unless the same shall have been published in accordance with the provisions of this section. Proof of such publication shall be made by uniform affidavit. History: ss. 1-3, ch. 14830, 1931; CGL 1936 Supp. 4274(1); s. 7, ch. 22858, 1945; s. 6, ch. 67-254; s. 1, ch. 74-221. 'Note: Redesignated as "Periodicals" by the United States Postal Service, see 61 F.R. 10123-10124, March 12, 1996. Note.yFormer s. 49.03. 50.041 Proof of publication; uniform affidavits required.- (1) All affidavits of publishers of newspapers (or their official representatives) made for the purpose of establishing proof of publication of public notices or legal advertisements shall be uniform throughout the state. (2) Each such affidavit shall be printed upon white bond papercontaining at least 25 percent rag material and shall be 81/2 inches in width and of convenient length, not less than 51/2 inches. A white margin of not less than 21/2 inches shall be left at the right side of each affidavit form and upon or in this space shall be substantially pasted a clipping which shall be a true copy of the public notice or legal advertisement for which proof is executed. (3) In all counties having a population in excess of 450,000 according to the latest official decennial census, in addition to the charges which are now or may hereafter be established by law for the publication of every official notice or legal advertisement, there may be a charge not to exceed $2 for the preparation and execution of each such proof of publication or publisher's affidavit. History.ys. 1, ch. 19290,1939; CGL 1940 Supp. 4668(1); s. 1, ch. 63-49; s. 26, ch. 67-254; s. 1, ch. 76-58. Note.YFormer s. 49.04. 50:051 Proof of publication; form of uniform affidavit.Y The printed form upon which all such affidavits establishing proof of publication are to be executed shall be substantially as follows: 42.00-039 (Rev 03/06) 1 NAME OF NEWSPAPER Published (Weekly or Daily) STATE OF FLORIDA (Town or City) (County) FLORIDA COUNTY OF Before the undersigned authority personally appeared , who on oath says that he or she is of the , a newspaper published at in County, Florida; that the attached copy of advertisement, being a in the matter of in the Court, was published in said newspaper in the issues of Affiant further says that the said is a newspaper published at , in said County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said County, Florida, each and has been entered as 'second-class mail matter at the post office in in said _ County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that he or she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publication in the said newspaper. Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 19_, by , who is personally known to me or who has produced (type of identification) as identification. (Signature of Notary Public)_ (Print, Type, or Stamp Commissioned Name of Notary Public) (Notary Public) History: s. 2, ch. 19290,1939; CGL 1940 Supp. 4668(2); s. 6, ch. 67-254; s. 1, ch. 93-62; s. 291, ch. 95-147. tNote.Redesignated as "Periodicals" by the United States Postal Service, see 61 F.R. 10123-10124, March 12, 1996. Note.-Former s. 49.05. 50.061 Amounts chargeable.y (1) The publisher of any newspaper publishing any and all official public notices or legal advertisements shall charge therefore the rates specified in this section without rebate, commission or refund. (2) The charge for publishing each such official public notice or legal advertisement shall be 70 cents per square inch for the first insertion and 40 cents per square inch for each subsequent insertion, except that: (a) In all counties having a population of more than 304,000 according to the latest official decennial census, the charge for publishing each such official public notice or legal advertisement shall be 80 cents per square inch for the first insertion and 60 cents per square inch for each subsequent insertion. (b) In all counties having a population of more than 450,000 according to the latest official decennial census, the charge for publishing each such official public notice or legal advertisement shall be 95 cents per square inch for the first insertion and 75 cents per square inch for each subsequent insertion. (3) Where the regular established minimum commercial rate per square inch of the newspaper publishing such official public notices or legal advertisements is in excess of the rate herein stipulated, said minimum commercial rate per square inch may be charged for all such legal advertisements or official public notices for each insertion, except that a governmental agency publishing an official public notice or legal advertisement may procure publication by soliciting and accepting written bids from newspapers published in the county, in which case the specified charges in this section do not apply. (4) All official public notices and legal advertisements shall be charged and paid for on the basis of 6-point type on 6-point body, unless otherwise specified by statute. (5) Any person violating a provision of this section, either by allowing or accepting any rebate, commission, or refund, commits a misdemeanor of the second degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083. (6) Failure to charge the rates prescribed by this section shall in no way affect the validity of any official public notice or legal advertisement and shall not subject same to legal attack upon such grounds. History.-s. 3, ch. 3022, 1877; RS 1298; GS 1729; RGS 2944; s. 1, ch. 12215, 1927; CGL 4668; ss. 1, 2, 2A, 213, ch. 20264, 1941; s. 1, ch. 23663, 1947; s. 1, ch. 57-160; s. 1, ch. 63-50; s. 1, ch. 65-569; s. 6, ch. 67-254; s. 15, ch. 71-136; s. 35, ch. 73-332; s. 1, ch. 90-279. Note.yFormer s. 49.06. 50.071 Publication costs; court docket fund.V (1) There is established in Broward, Dade, and Duval Counties a court docket fund for the purpose of paying the cost of the publication of the fact of the filing of any civil case in the circuit court in those counties by their counties by their style and of the calendar relating to such cases. A newspaper qualified under the terms of s. 50.011 shall be designated as the record newspaper for such publication by an order of a majority of the judges in the judicial circuit in which the subject county is located and such order shall be filed and recorded with the clerk of the circuit court for the subject county. The court docket fund shall be funded by a service charge of $1 added to the filing fee for all civil actions, suits, or proceedings filed in the circuit court of the subject county. The clerk of the circuit court shall maintain such funds separate and apart, and the aforesaid fee shall not be diverted to any other fund or for any purpose other than that established herein. The clerk of the circuit court shall dispense the fund to the designated record newspaper in the county on a quarterly basis. The designated record newspaper may be changed at the end of any fiscal year of the county by a majority vote of the judges of the judicial circuit of the county so ordering 30 days prior to the end of the fiscal year, notice of which order shall be given to the previously designated record newspaper. '(2) The board of county commissioners or comparable or substituted authority of any county in which a court docket fund is not specifically established in subsection (1) may, by local ordinance, create such a court docket fund on the same terms and conditions as established in subsection (1). (3) The publishers of any designated record newspapers receiving the court docket fund established in subsection (1) shall, without charge, accept legal advertisement for the purpose of service of process by publication under s. 49.011(4), (10), and (11) when such publication is required of persons authorized to proceed as insolvent and poverty-stricken persons under s. 57.081. History: s. 1, ch. 75-206. 42.00-039 (Rev 03/06) 1 I P, C 1 1 PART H HEARINGS INVOLVING DISPUTED ISSUES OF MATERIAL FACT 28-106.201 Initiation of Proceedings. (1) Unless otherwise provided by statute, initiation of proceedings shall be made by written petition to the agency responsible for rendering final agency action. The term "petition" includes any document that requests an evidentiary proceeding and asserts the existence of a disputed issue of material fact. Each petition shall be legible and on 8 '/z by i 1 inch white paper. Unless printed, the impression shall be on one side of the paper only and lines shall be double-spaced. (2) All petitions filed under these rules shall contain: (a) The name and address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; (b) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding; and an explanation ofhow the petitioner's substantial interests will be affected by the agency determination; (c) A statement of when and how the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; (d) A statement of all disputed issues of material fact. If there are none, the petition must so indicate; (e) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts the petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; (f) A statement of the specific rules or statutes the petitioner contends require reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; and (g) A statement of the relief sought by the petitioner, stating precisely the action petitioner wishes the agency to take with respect to the agency's proposed action. (3) Upon receipt of a petition involving disputed issues of material fact, the agency shall grant or deny the petition, and if granted shall, unless otherwise provided by law, refer the matter to the Division of Administrative Hearings with a request that an administrative law judge be assigned to conduct the hearing. The request shall be accompanied by a copy of the petition and a copy of the notice of agency action. (4) A petition shall be dismissed if it is not in substantial compliance with subsection (2) of this rule or it has been untimely filed. Dismissal of a petition shall, at least once, be without prejudice to petitioner's filing a timely amended petition curing the defect, unless it conclusively appears from the face of the petition that the defect cannot be cured. (5) The agency shall promptly give written notice to all parties of the action taken on the petition, shall state with particularity its reasons if the petition is not granted, and shall state the deadline for filing an amended petition if applicable. Specific Authority 120.54(3), (5) F.S. Law Implemented 120.54(5), 120.569, 120.57 F.S. History-New 4-1-97, Amended 9-17-98. PART III PROCEEDINGS AND HEARINGS NOT INVOLVING DISPUTED ISSUES OF MATERIAL FACT 28-106.301 Initiation of Proceedings (1) Initiation of a proceeding shall be made by written petition to the agency responsible for rendering final agency action. The term "petition" includes any document which requests a proceeding. Each petition shall be legible and on 8 %z by 11 inch white paper or on a form provided by the agency. Unless printed, the impression shall be on one side of the paper only and lines shall be double-spaced. (2) All petitions filed under these rules shall contain: (a) The name and address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; (b) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding; and an explanation of how the petitioner's substantial interests will be affected by the agency determination; (c) A statement of when and how the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; (d) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts the petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; (e) A statement of the specific rules or statutes the petitioner contends require reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; and (f) A statement of the relief sought by the petitioner, stating precisely the action petitioner wishes the agency to take with respect to the agency's proposed action. (3) If the petition does not set forth disputed issues of material fact, the agency shall refer the matter to the presiding officer designated by the agency with a request that the matter be scheduled for a proceeding not involving disputed issues of material fact. The request shall be accompanied by a copy of the petition and a copy of the notice of agency action. (4) A petition shall be dismissed if it is not in substantial compliance with subsection (2) of this Rule or it has been untimely filed. Dismissal of a petition shall, at least once, be without prejudice to petitioner's filing a timely amended petition curing the defect, unless it conclusively appears from the face of the petition that the defect cannot be cured. (5) The agency shall promptly give written notice to all parties of the action taken on the petition, shall state with particularity its reasons if the petition is not granted, and shall state the deadline for filing an amended petition if applicable. Spec fc Authority 120.54(5) F.S. Law Implemented 120.54(5), 120.569, 120.57 F.S. History-New 4-1-97, Amended 9-17-98. 42.00-028 (10/99) BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Ronnie E. Duncan - Chairman Robert B. Stewart - vice Chairman Calvin D. Harris Susan Latvala John Morroni Karen Williams Seel Kenneth T. Welch 1 April 20, 2007 Mr. Chris Focsan, Civil Engineer III Project Manager City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Avenue #220 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 APR 2 6 2007 RE: Commercial Dock Permit CC34834-04/Revised I Dear Mr. Focsan: WV Pinellas t County ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Water & Navigation This is confirmation for your records that the Board of County Commissioners, acting as the Pinellas County Water and Navigation Control Authority, has approved your request to extend the expiration date for the above referenced permit. The new expiration date will be March 7, 2009. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 453-3385. Sincerely, Carol Grynewicz Environmental Specialist II I cc: Ms. Steffanie L. Workman, PE, Owen Ayres & Associates, Inc. PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO: 510 Bay Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: (727) 464-4761 FAX: (727) 453-3371 SUNCOM: 570-4761 SUNCOMFAX: 570-3371 Website: www.pinellascounty.org a 1 PINELLAS COUNTY WATER & NAVIGATION CONTROL AUTHORITY 315 COURT STREET, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 9 SUED TO: CITY OF CLEARWATER, CHRIS FOCSAN, CIVIL, ENGINEER III ONSTRUCTION SITE: BRIDGE SITE ADJACENT TO SR 60 AT MANDALAY CHANNEL CLEARWATER, FL ESCRIPTION: CLEARWATER R/W REPORT START DATE AND COMPLETION DATE, CALL: (727) .464-3770 PERMIT ? NO. CC34834-0114 I PERMITS MAY ALSO BE REQUIRED BY THE FOLLOWING AGENCIES: FL D.E.P. & U.S, ARMY C.O.E. THE WATERS OF PINELLAS COUNTY ARE LOCATED WITHIN THE PINELLAS COUNTY & BOCA CIEGA BAY AQUATIC PRESERVE. SPECIAL REGULATIONS EXIST. THAT GOVERN THE CONSTRUC- TION WITHIN AN AQUATIC PRESERVE. PLEASE CONTACT THE FL D.E.P.. THIS PERMIT IS VALID FOR A. DOCK STAUCTURE ONLY ELECTRICAL & WATERISEWER INSTALLATIONS WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMIITS FROM THE APPROPRIATE (Municipal or County) BUILDING DEPARTMENT. THIS PERMIT IS SUBJECT TO A 30-DAY CLERK KEN BURKI; By: Deputy Clerk DATE OF ISSUANCE: 03 / 07 / 2005 FINAL INSPECTION: rub 1°EV tN A U(l I PI A n N T 'CONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULTI -USE ZCOMMERCIAL DOCK A pplica(ion# (OFFICIAL USE ONLY) BEGIN BN106E END BENT ! END BRIDGE EG/EPI ' END BENT 6 - ' • EL 1410 SANI SPAN 3 AN BENT 2 f BENT J f BENT 4 C BENT 5 BIC AICKE WI BICYCLE PKK£7 RAILING (TYPJ P MHW EL. l .0 GROUND MLW EL. 0.0 ; • II L SIM lm°J T - 9 EXISTING n ~410 LINE t BOTTOM EL. -16.5 £ EL a. _ _ L• ?J J J 1- --T £L. -11.4 I ?fLyNA-' - - EL -165 EL -f6.5 -4,T LEL -L3Bu EL.-92 LID I I L. -155 EL. -4 ELEVAr/dr ? I I I LL. -!65 APPAOX. EXISTING CHANNEL BOTTOM LINE Profile View IAS SURVEYED IN MARCH 2002) ENG. SCALE: 1" = 60' TOTAL SQUARE FEET NEW SQUARE FEET ' , . , WATERWAY WIDTH 60 - N - 30 o so WATERFRONT WIDTH Plan View (applicant and adjacent docks) EXISTING EXISTING FISHING _ BEGIN LA PIER GRAVITY WALL CLOS E BLOCK : f 9 BENT 4 T b ANCHOR 8D 75 f BENT f BENT 5 ENO END BRIDGE N y € ENT 2 ? END APPROACH SLAB _ * e I I I ? I RBI BEGIN 8111" L END BENT 1 b ANCHOR SOL S - 3 • CLOSURE &= S Uf trfeurpt WAR .. GRAVITY WALL - STEEL PPE Pu 1.0 rOAV A ITYP®x OLAST' BT' t1-A WALL L - A252-93 • SiDE PLATE DE 3 $j' TOP PLATE TOP PUTE VY3Li-A PROPOSED EL• +60 ,. 'BATTERED! PLATE DOLPHIN LOCATION 31-0 SIDE PLATE -T • YlUT. EL 1.5 'SIDE PLATE M.L.W. EL. -05 - EL. -IBpt! CHANNEL BOTTOM 24'0 DRILLED HOLE 24.0 ORIUED HOLE -gpd -55.0 ELEVA TION DOLPHIN DETAIL (N.T.S.) SHORELINE Municipality Approval Water and Navigation Approval Engineer's Seal Focsan, Chris - From: Peterson, Mark E SAJ [Mark.E.Peterson@saj02.usace.army.mil] Sent: Thursday, February 15, 2007 10:41 AM To: Workman, Steffanie Cc: Surma, Hisham; Kelly, Daniel; Focsan, Chris Subject: RE: City of Clearwater, Clearwater Beach Spur Connector (Pedestrian Bridge over Mandalay Channel), ALOE Nationwide Permit 18, Project Reference #200305771 (UNCLASSIFIED) Classification: UNCLASSIFIED Caveats: NONE Steffanie, Nationwide Permits are issued by the Chief of Engineers in Washington, D.C., Please call or a-mail me if you have any questions. or Mark E. Peterson Biologist Tampa Regulatory Office U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Jacksonville District and are issued for a 5-year period. At the end of the 5-year period, new Nationwide Permits must be issued. The current Nationwide Permits are due to expire on March 18, 2007, and by regulation can not be extended. However, in accordance with 33 CFR 330.6(b) of our regulations, if you commence or are under contract to commence the authorized activity by the date the permit expires, you will have 12 months from that date to complete the activity under the present terms and conditions of the nationwide permit for which your project was verified. That is, you will have until March 18, 2008, to complete the work authorized. Message----- From: Workman, Steffanie [mailto:workmans@AyresAssociates.com] Sent: Thursday, February 15, 2007 9:28 AM To: Peterson, Mark E SAJ. Cc: Sunna, Hisham; Kelly, Daniel; chris.focsan@myclearwater.com Subject: City of Clearwater, Clearwater Beach Spur Connector (Pedestrian Bridge over Mandalay Channel), ACOE Nationwide Permit 15, Project Reference #2Q0305771 Mr. Peterson, Per our telephone conversation this morning, I have enclosed an electronic copy of the July 21, 2003 postcard notification from ACOE granting a Nationwide Permit 15 (Expiration Date March 18, 2007) as well as the letter that was sent to John Hall on January 23, 2007•, requesting a 1-year time extension for the Nationwide Permit 15 (Project Reference #200305771). Refer to the attachment. <<acoe_permit.pdf>> Could you please advise regarding the status of the time extension request for the Nationwide Permit 15 (Project Reference #200305771)-for this project. Thank you, Steffanie L. Workman, PE Project Leader Ayres Associates • 1 14 1? ?EPARTMENT o OF"THEARMtY CKSONVILLE DISTRICT. C:ORPS,OF ENGINEF-RS JACKSONVILLE; FLORIDA,=32-0019-. Ppp METER nse 7028804 U.S. PO.STA,GE-' OFFICIAL :BUSINESS RAG ? ? 2003 Es, Mr. Daniel Kelly, P.E. j Ayers & Associates, Inc. 8875 Hidden River Parkway, Suite 200 Tampa, Florida 33637 'Itdill«dl-EIh,r1V?,1 t,llllt ?.111?t?1' I',.13)i ?tl??1fi DEPARTMENT OF'THEARMY NATIONWIDE PERMIT`VERIFICATION ' Date Tvay Z00 3- Dear.' Applicant: a } Your application for a Department of thetArrny (DA permit has b t The ro assigned number Z_07 O'S 7 7 p p:ose work IsIdentif1e-( our..°datafaase as?V ,Cl.cu r= te'r-.Qa ? C_ vve ?t L.? i d NUTE The mterrlst address sha rlszcase sens?tns and rrlustJtie entered exactj.y,- shown A revie ©f the inforrrratlort and°dtTafwtngs praaldecishowstafi 'our prof"ecttjs authorizeu?fiy Nationwide Recmlt -1,1111,111* (N li?'?tnurnber,.?,? =Thls? l'u P?ve ?icat#o ls?aalI unai ? t ar` Znn`°? or as,pther+?vise noted4at http?nwuvsal uaaceEarmy rrali permJlp rrnltfing?nWpfiaw ncau Table htmt' 4a?;`'rh node o?cc m> fy v It sfhte} ern art ot?difions?ofttxe)NaI?IP utiiOnz-atro1Vyou are requi edsto access the noted areliip e?uletmrth rn info ssoclati. y tirtth se"ofrt(zisweriFtcatior iae Selt D:er06: idmprocesSrmust r' be?a'caorplJshal3lo 'Gnaiataiti}cornpliauiclVv1 :` Iss?ed;uedffdafioq a Nk i. "" ? r `???'+r.F wJ? ?',v T ?Fi. ? ? v .,fir. r k ..?'C?.4'?`?`d °Lf?? r,• ?*r- c,'s`°e .; t ; 4 2 _ \- 4"alf youa6rla6te taTacessfeIterrre *pra?ciiedspnti oflfrassiredfroJeet tctana?er;? "a?" [ saw. ?C7e?e 4 '? ..I XF r r J sv Zn e\?s'rri <"1 .cry ?_ i `J'^', Olfie 8 "` totinbfal as cOgVkk aT y+ ondltlonS, 1itrrila?a ake plrefion?d?te?ii??a7rrYratl?m?f` ? ?adg-160zaiior? ot!Cdac??=t lsv a e` Is?r?? VL, i(?. y. ..i'?,ti' 27r',T, ."d ??'l,ay.'h' -G^ kH3Y`r "-0?`ir..t :RM* i F.: r? ?'.6F rol 4 1= +Ai crate GFA e? tls, , to4 T. ' p . i .n?g;the iNO um doninYirrF Kam. t1 ; - ? accerdance_wlth thedra?rin?and ;irlfor t atior?Ys;ra?dat in?greq?e€s rs?cc?I?bjitfTe 13?f`o?rs ot*,Errgineersox? rte; m;Tr??te Zoo. ' ' `temsxand?crrltintiisfede khwet}site=?r?tdress?aiedrabouefllf? ?i;v y a rrotcdmpfeteTcorr > <, , structiO ?ofyorpra}ect#withl?rfFe app'lopr?atetiieAitrnli`asepacate=appfisatiomgor re?enticattQ{? will p`eseequicedl. dy a.r Yunk? Y?l k?/$ ?. C?°aF t t r a4 :r y?r'x n= c w MO. r ?? _;? r J - r t t! j1 ?.?r fl `? `T t "',;• =r , 4 e..4j, t J r 7 ? ?, .Thief RPntilatonr t)juision.. , ., Z O H U LLJ Cl) O Z O m FM V Q H Z O (M) BOND NUMBER: 8678322 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF HILLSBOROUGH KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we AMERICAN BRIDGE COMPANY, Contractor and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND (Surety) whose home address is 730 HOLIDAY DRIVE, PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 15220 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: TWO MILLION, TOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY ONE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY THREE DOLLARS AND TWENTY FIVE CENTS ($2,181,673.25) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the 7th day of June 2007, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: CLEARWATER BEACH SPUR CONNECTOR BRIDGE - (99-0081-EN) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and fioin all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page ] CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. = IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 11th day of June 2007. AMER BRIDGE CO ANY T,*AQTOR .? By. ... , ATTEST, 4 ?V NESS: DAWN M. HAYNES COUNTERSIGNED: N/A FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND SU ATTORNEY-jN-FACT'7 7- COLLEEN A. LOCHER - Page 2 Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND ?a%5 It. Mw O? ?Z xrwown+ '1?r.nr IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and Dennis R. Hayden Notary Public My Commission Expires: February 1, 2009 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date a des by nominate, constitute and appoint Colleen A. LOCHER, Neil H. BROWN, Barbara L. RU N, all of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attome P-, ec ?r, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and rt uion of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these prese 1 UVc , as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been d ? t ac ularly elected officers of the Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., p erg? ° attorney revokes that issued on behalf of Mary GALLAGHER, Ka Z ',gyp 9fPps?t •Q G ATTEST: Eric D. Barnes Assistant S FIDELITY Secretary AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND 0 1110 T W dated October 20, 20 The said Assistant ? does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, and is now in force. affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 21st day of October, A.D. 2005. State of Maryland 1 ss: City of Baltimore f lj? ?J`?! 6x-' Y By: r William J. Mills Vice President and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above On this 21st day of October, A.D. 2005, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. written. HER, Donald G. BACKES, Lawrence M. SWEENEY, Scott A. ISLER, POA-F 160-0031 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this 11TH day of JUNE 2007 Assistant Secretary/ CONTRACT ' This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 2007 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, here fter designated as the "City", and AMERCIAN BRIDGE COMPANY of the City of TAMPA, County of HILLSBOROUGH and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: ' The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at ' their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: ' THE CLEARWATER BEACH SPUR CONNECTOR BRIDGE (99-0081-EN) FOR THE SUM OF: TWO MILLION, FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY ONE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY THREE DOLLARS AND TWENTY FIVE CENTS ($2,481,673.25) ' In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as t contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in ' accordance with the provisions as contained herein. ' THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ' ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR ' DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (2) 1 In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: ' In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: ' employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees ' or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. ' The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for ' standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the ' event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is ' not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. ' It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or ' sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own ' expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and ' provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. Page 4 t CONTRACT (3) ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER ' IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: I -M William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: 1469V ' Fra ibbard, ayor-Counciii-f r ' (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) 1 (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing ' for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). 1 Attest: . (Seal) -oil C ` -ia E. Gvudeau, Cit ,lerk )QMrjeICAPJ BIL106 L Co, r9 M O Flo ra a n ,q (Contra By: SEAL QLGKARO G. ERw?eOf g?wate ?f?es PiCi'f•?Q'??T - Page 5 Assistant City Attorney American Bridge AUTHORIZATION I, Robert H. Luffy, President of American Bridge Company (the "Corporation"), a Delaware Corporation, do hereby authorize Richard Kermode as Vice President to execute and deliver on behalf of the Corporation all bids, contracts, bonds, bills of sale and other legal instruments required to be executed in connection with the procurement and performance of construction projects and related matters. This authorization will remain in effect until his respective successor is duly elected and qualified. This authorization is given pursuant to Article IV, Section 8 of the Bylaws of American Bridge Company that (a) grants to the President full power and authority to execute legal instruments for the Corporation and (b) provides that the President may delegate such authority to its officer(s). In witness whereof, I have executed this Authorization as of this 2nd day of January, 2001. 4erican Luffy, re Bridge Company W ' CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) ' STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF HILLSBOROUGH On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, ' deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of AMERICAN r BRIDGE COMPANY a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 5430 W. TYSON AVENUE TAMPA FLORIDA 33611 (herein, the "Contractor"). ' That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of 2007, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: CLEARWATER SPUR CONNECTOR BRIDGE (99-0081-EN) ' That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature ' nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. ' That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. ' The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me AMERICAN BRIDGE COMPANY AFFIANT ' This day of , 2007. B1': ' NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT L 7 Page 6 ' PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) ' KNOWN, ALL 1'vlEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undemgaed, American Bridge Company as Principal, and F3lelity and Deposit Company of Maryl.arbi as Surety, are held and fitly bound unto the City of Clearwater, ' Florida, in the sum of Ten Per• cent of Amount of Attached Bid Dollars ($1 10%----- ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to ' be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. ' The condition ofthe above obligation is such that if the attacbed Proposal of American Bridge Company • as principal, and Fidelity and Deposit Company * as Surety, for work specified as: Clearwater Bea.eh Spur connector Pedestrian Bridge of Maryland all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all withip Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the ' above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in wriiinS, and famish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue ' by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. ' Signed this 16'th• day of March , 2007. (Principal must indic4te whether ' corporation, partnership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in bis own handwriting, sign the Principal's t ,.name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation ' must, by affidavit, show his authority bi d th t ati n o e corpor on. Section Contract Dwumenr American Bridgd Company Fidelity and Deposit Gomoany of Maryland Surety Colleen A. LochvO Attorney-in-Fact'., Page 7 Rcvised: 5/11/2006 ' (To be fiRed in awl vxeci?W if th? "or its a curpom ion) STA Y'• PENNSYLVANIA ' COUN'T' OF ALLEGHENY-) ' Pamela A. Bena bem9 d*; stmnz depor, 4*4 ! its Assistant Wryt T American Brides Cempon? _ _,. . ,....i. .. ,?„n•.-'4-+-rrMU..?...,41..w: »-e..._....-.--. ,..._,.--.Y-..-..?,. .ter-----•-...,r-.-..- ?d 7 AI ?rmibn oqpftod' ?Z' 044 by V *We of '&e Ian of #t State of betawam its P C OMWA: ' 1,000 American Bridge.yyV v „ Comovolis V J_ Alle6env PA S cowty Sim ' Afft.t ftUha S ftt he- is fexr ier wkh ffie rwor& sviotmte bwk-t artci bv.Kwe of Americana Bridire Comnanv Al t mys. _ RicLard C. Kermode Senior Vice President m Clearwater Beach West Bridge Spur Connector ($9-0081-IN) csI 1 t pma icat4 19 &4y 440 MG0 .M =14d 4,0 $ fq1 fqr o M- amton 1 tIx10 ..?au 4aqi 'on in a?-ccordanee with the Sv-laws ' psi ' $ ?? o???? ?r s Bio?t +?? ??zd' oI'' Wis. X- -by R fttdft give OWW of ad ioa ' $*om to tinf rue this ZQtih fteof'.__ Mprc?.h_ COMMONWPLTH OF P>rNNSYLV Debra J. Notarial Seal Public Zlrq-gb s Coraopoli 7 'M 01 My Commission Z 15'• Member, Pennsyhlanla Asseclatioa of t?lotariee 6?e? ?.. - a?M- 14A-kimic Debra L Easton TypdpzipVstap ri o'fNolwy Title ,or rte, and Setiai No:,, if any S?elit?n Ct)r?;tCZ t7c?eumrnt r arc 3 it,Cy'istd: 5 E 1 ?2(31)G NON-COLLUSION AFFIYIA?2T STATE OF FLORMA, COTJNTY OF 14 i l Rhnr nh ) bacd C. KCCrY0jj!7-'. being, fast duly sswom deposes and says that he is f UIc-:r ?lt._SteIe^4- of AdY.&ti car\ griaa- r the party maldng the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham., that said bidder is not Anancially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain froze bidding, and has not -in any marmer, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true, and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this.')3'34day of ArLYT__k , 2007 Notary Public Nam PtiL-Slate of Fbdda Edn Boat My CommUsbn D0444391 of ?? Evires 061261200° Section Contract Document Page 9 Revised: 511 InOO6 1 Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND KNOW ALL MFN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDEUTY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a ' corporation of the State of Maryland, by WILLIAM J. M1LIS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES,1ls$i$l=t Secretary, are set forth on the in pursuance of authority giauted by Article Vl, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said CotupMY, nstitute reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be m full force and effect ou the date a Y' nominate, co co nrgh, and appoint Colleen A. LOCREIt, Nell M BROWN, Barbara L. of R for, and is its ' Pennsylvania, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorn bonds or an ' fully and fly' such behalf as surety, and as its act and deed. arty p f swch to all intents and und?ngs in pursuance of these pres purposes, as if they had been nlarly elected officers of the Company at its office ' in Baltmore, p ° attorney revokes that issued on behalf of Mary lol Donald G. BACns, Lawrence M. SWEENEY, Scott A. ISLER, GALLAGHF.Ft, Ka dated October 20, 20 O The said Assistant does hereby rectify that the exuW set fad on the reverse side bmeof is a true copy of Article Vl, ' Section 2, of the By-IAws of said Company, and is now in force. IN WnNBSS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and AwMstant Secretary have hereunto subscn"bed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDBLITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 21st day of October, A.D.2005. FIDELITY AND DEPOSrr COMPANY 0V MARYLAND ?7 Eric D. Barnes Assistant Secretary William J. Mills Vice President StaM,?oENiaryl2nd Ss: City of Baltimore on this 21st day of October, A.D. 2005, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personAllY lino nn to be the individuals and officers described in and who execrated the preceding instrurn=t, and they each acknowledged the e== ioA of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each-for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. jN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed any Official goal the day and year first above written. RH, ?prptil? Dennis R. Hayden Notary Public My Commissionaires: February 1, 2009 POA-F 160-0031 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELrry AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or agy Executive vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the eoucvrrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Seeretories, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may requae, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizance% stipulationa, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYI AN'D, do hereby cestify ' that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do fiuther certify that the Vice-President wbo executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by ft Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Pact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-IBws of the ' FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by faeiu3ile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly. called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. , RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and fgesi; • e !~. , C Bally reproduced signature of any Vice President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whe?d -J?, fore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Co piprs , s? bb valid aAd binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." t IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the eorporate sexl.o: ?ihe satt??o?ILIX7 t this 1 day of?? j Asststmtt seamry w - - I ' PROPOSAL (1) and. doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked necinr --Can The signer al'the Proposal a bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advert] selcn#, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifre a#io11s, General Conditions, Special Provisions, atd. Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, toots or ' Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the dac uments. signexJ by the bidder to wham an award i made and by those officials authorized to do so on f?ehalfof the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing, shall be considered a binding contract to ' without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the coast of the work all be dote, or without the approval of the City attorney as to the farm and legality of the contract and the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City attorney; and such bidder is ' hereby charged with this notice. agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clear-water, Florida, in the fonii apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the Gene al Conditions and according to the rtuirements of the City of Cleatater, Florida, as herein acid hcreinafler set forth, and furnish the required surety bands for the fallowing prices to wit: `e€.,,,4,:ii3 t."t? lt3'<lLi S)t=CUl;ldrSc 3'::• ;{,J Ro i:I 2i4:I6 TO 7"1~1.E CITE' OF C:LEARWATER, FLORIDA, for PROPOSAL (-') If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached. then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; othem•ise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is amid or certified check on _t C;kr!+ cQ ?(q[Qod Bank, for the sum of 0 0._% o T to to ( b l ....? _ _._ _., _._.._ ._......_. (? I O ?o (being, a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (if corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whorl bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidden. NAIMES: ADDRESSES: `C Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Comp )Ker nodt 151 tit IS PA !5t% r ' PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title Where the person signing fur a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, be must, by is thority, to bit the rlwration. affidavi4sl?,,*vcis C51de * Bv< Title: YIC? R R . Business address of Bidder: 5r1____pl?S,Ya 3?0 l City and Stave;: .F(1jf'( _ __ dip Code ' Th Date at this oho _ day of rG.?'l.___ A.D., 2007 J-P 1 1 Si;a?wCi;wuutCtDo Goat' nl;t Page 12 ? :?.:'tJ CITY OF CLEARNVATER ADDENDUM SHEET" PROJECT: C a'MrUxrhtc j? a2d0 CSC' ?f t !?ox ' ?T- WzI - W Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Slaecitications. Addendum No. Date: 3/*?a/07 Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendurn No. Addendum No. Addendum No.. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: B ?Si"t?e l Q (Title of Officer) (Date) 1 1 1 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PROPOSAL (4) PROJECT: CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR (99-0081-EN) ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION EST. UNIT UNIT QTY. PRICE TOTAL 1 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $192,000.00 $192,000.00 2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (BOAT AND VEHICULAR) LS 1 $18,700.00 $18,700.00 3 DOUBLE STAKED SILT FENCE (TYPE III) LF 428 $8.00 $3,424.00 4 DOUBLE FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER (INCLUDING RELOCATING AS NECESSARY) LF 220 $32.00 $7,040.00 5 FIELD OFFICE (600 S.F.) DA 413 $10.00 $4,130.00 6 CLEARING AND GRUBBING LS 1 $6,100.00 $6,100.00 7 EMBANKMENT CY 915 $30.00 $27,450.00 8 6" UNREINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 576 $72.00 $41,472.00 9 BOLLARDS (STEEL) (WITH REMOVABLE LOCK ASSEMBLY) EA 4 $184.00 $736.00 10 FDOT TYPE'D'CONCRETE CURB LF 85 $20.00 $1,700.00 11 PERFORMANCE TURF SY '1015 $22.00 $22,330.00 12 DIRECTIONAL ARROW, PAINTED EA 1 $104.00 $104.00 13 PAVEMENT MESSAGE, PAINTED EA 1 $138.00 $138.00 14 PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKING (6"WHITE) LF 198 $1.40 $277.20 15 SIGN (FURNISH AND INSTALL) EA 4 $264.00 $1,056.00 16 RELOCATE SUBMERGED RIP-RAP WITH SHELLFISH HABITAT LS 1 $8,500.00 $8,500.00 17 ROOT PRUNING & BARRIERS LF 50 $87.00 $4,350.00 18 TREE BARRICADES LF 141 $12.00 $1,692.00 19 TREE REMOVAL EA 16 $414.00 $6,624.00 20 54' HIGH ALUMINUM RAILING SYSTEM (POLISHED TO A SATIN FINISH) LF 1198 $114.00 $136,572.00 21 CLASS 1 CONCRETE (RETAINING WALL) CY 39 $712.00 $27,768.00 22 CONCRETE CLASS IV (SUPERSTRUCTURE) CY 106 $3,110.00 $329,660.00 23 REINFORCING STEEL (SUPERSTRUCTURE) LB 8481 $1.38 $11,703.78 24 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INVERTED T-BEAMS LF 2216 $193.00 $427,688.00 25 CONCRETE CLASS II (APPROACH SLAB) CY 21 $1,200.00 $25,200.00 26 REINFORCING STEEL (APPROACH SLAB) LB 2871 $1.38 $3,961.98 27 CONCRETE CLASS IV (SUBSTRUCTURE) CY 59 $3,210.00 $189,390.00 28 REINFORCING STEEL (SUBSTRUCTURE) LB 7424 $1.38 $10,245.12 29 BEARING PADS EA 70 $600.00 $42,000.00 30 PRESTRESSED PILES (24") LF 410 $700.00 $287,000.00 31 TEST PILES (24") LF 130 $800.00 $104,000.00 32 TEST LOAD (DYNAMIC) EA 2 $4,135.00 $8,270.00 33 BREASTING DOLPHIN PILES LF 380 $540.00 $205,200.00 34 DOLPHIN CONCRETE CY 50 $570.00 $28,500.00 35 DOLPHIN CLUSTERS MISCELLANEOUS LS 1 $63,710.00 $63,710.00 14 1 1 1 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION EST. UNIT UNIT QTY. PRICE TOTAL 36 ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING SF 2301 $1.51 $3,474.51 37 CRITTER SCREEN EA 4 $975.00 $3,900.00 38 10% OF SUB-TOTAL LS 1 $225,606.66 $225,606.66 ' CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ Two Million, Four Hundred Eighty one Thousand, ' Six Hundred Seventy Three Dollars and Twenty Five Cents. (Words) THE BIDDERS'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR ' INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM SHALL GOVERN. r 1 American Bridge Company $2,481,673.25 14A ADDENDUM NO. 1 FOR CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR CONTRACT NO. 99-0081-EN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA DATE: March 20, 2007 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 to Plans and Specifications for CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR CONTRACT NO. 99-0081-EN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA THIS ADDENDUM IS A FOLLOW UP TO THE MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE HELD ON February 26, 2007, and covers Contractor questions through March 19, 2007. NOTE: ONLY CONTRACTORS THAT ARE LICENSED FOR BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA, ARE CITY OF CLEARWATER PRE-QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS IN THE CONSTRUCTION CATEGORY OF BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION & MODIFICATION AND/OR ARE PRE-QUALIFIED FOR FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MAJOR BRIDGES OF CONVENTIONAL CONSTRUCTION OVER WATER AND HAVE HAD PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE WITH SIMILAR JOBS ARE AUTHORIZED TO BID ON THIS PROJECT. TO: Prospective Bidders and others Concerned The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be amended or clarified as follows: 1. Sheet 12 of 13: The correct pay item for bollards is bid Item 9. 2. Sheet B-19: Dowels at approach slabs are labeled as "6B9". 3. Sheet B-20: Increase the number of 4k bars shown on the schedule by two (2) bars for each beam. Bar spacing remains unchanged. 4. Sheet B-27: Change the thickness of the side plates shown on "Elevation" (under 31-0" dimension) from 1/2" to 5/8". 5. Change bid Item 33, Breasting Dolphin Piles, quantity from 570 LF to 380 LF. Payment shall include preforming and grouting of the pile holes under the bottom line. Submit the attached "Proposal", pages 14 & 14a. 6. Payment for 24" square piles (Items 30 and 31), shall include all required preforming and grouting of the pile holes from the preform elevation to the scour elevation. 7. Clarification: In the construction plans, "Looking East refers to "ahead station" direction, and "Looking West" refers to "back station" direction. 8. Clarification: Contractor is responsible for the Builder's Risk Insurance. Please see Section IV, Scope of Work, page lg. 9. Question: On the Clearwater Beach West Bridge Spur Connector, what is the procedure for relocating the submerged riprap with shellfish _ habitat? Are there particular specifications that need to be followed for the relocation? Answer: Relocate submerged riprap by moving individual units northward as shown on Sheet 5 of 13. Protect seagrass with double floating turbidity barrier during riprap relocation. Do not excavate below mudline; riprap that is partially buried below mudline or in contact with seawall should be left in place. 10. 24" Concrete Piles. Where we can find details for piles' rebar configuration? Are these piles a specific FDOT type? Answer: 24" square concrete piles shall be per FDOT Standard Index No. 20624. 11. Question: Please review Drawing B-8, Note No.6 for "Pile Date ' Table Note". Do you available Specification 455-5.8? Answer: "Penetration Requirements" are found in FDOT Specifications, 2007 Edition. 12. Sheets 6 and 10 show gravity walls, but we do not find any others details for these gravity walls. Can you please clarify where we can find details? Answer: Gravity walls shown on sheets 2 of 13 & 10 of 13 shall be per FDOT Standard Index No. 520. Also, is the concrete for these gravity walls included at the Bid rr Item No. 21. Class I Concrete (Retaining Wall)? T` Answer: Yes. 13. Question: The proposal documents we have has 3 different page 14's and 2 different page 14a's in the contract documents section. See attached file. Do all copies of these pages need to be submitted? If no, which ones should be? Answer: Submit the attached "Proposal", pages 14 & 14a. 14. Question: It is understood that the contractor is to provide a Quality Control Plan in accordance with Section III, Supplementary Conditions. By reference, it is assumed that the QCP plan must be in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 2007. What is not clear is who is responsible for the 1 1 1 1 material testing for the earth and concrete work. If it was a FDOT project the contractor would be performing the testing but all reference in the technical specifications references the CEI or the City's Material Tester as performing the test. Who is responsible for performing and paying for the material testing on the project? Answer: Contractor shall perform required testing as on a typical FDOT project, and shall be responsible for performing/ordering and paying for required material testing. CEI, City's Material Tester, or FDOT will perform its own tests, and those shall not relieve the Contractor from following the QC Plan. 15. Question: Note 5 under Pile Construction Sequence and Notes: calls for 2 coats of boat / vessel paint and Note 7 states that Structural steel plates and shapes shall be painted with a tres. coat system in accordance with the specifications. These notes are a little vague as to what type of paint system is required since there is nothing in Section IV Technical Specification and the FDOT has several paint options and none of them are boat / vessel paint. What type of paint is required for the mooring dolphins? Answer: Painting required on sheet B-27 shall be a three (3) coat system as per Section 975-5 of the FDOT Specifications, 2007 Edition, for the mooring dolphin piles and the attached steel plates and shapes. 16. Question: Page ld of the Technical Specifications states that a "high polished aluminum picket railing shall be provided." Can a finish class be provided to better clarify "high polished?" In other words, what is the expectation of the final product? Answer: It is "54-inch high", and not "high polished aluminum ...". Polish to a satin finish as per attached "Proposal", bid Item 20. 17. Question: The wall at the west approach (labeled "gravity wall" on sheet 2 of 13 and 10 of 13, but labeled "retaining wall" on the Pay Item table) does not show any reinforcement, and there is no line item for reinforcing steel (retaining wall) in the Pay Item table on page 3 of 13 of the plans. -Should the retaining wall have reinforcing as detailed at <http://www.dot.state.fl.us/rddesign/> "Gravity Wall" detail dated 1/1/07? Answer: Yes. Note also that price of the reinforcing is included in the Class I Concrete price. Also; please see the reinforcing shown on FDOT Standard Index No. 520. Details for bearing pads and associated items are shown on page B-19. 18. Question: Can more information be provided on the composite neoprene bearing pad? i.e. dimensions, thickness, material r Answer: Please see Sheet B-22, which refers to FDOT Standard Index No. 20500. 19. Question: Can more information be provided on the preformed expansion joint material? Answer: Additional information can be found in 932-1.1 of the FDOT Specifications, 2007 Edition. 20. Question: Can more information be provided on the steel bearing plate? i.e. minimum thickness, stainless steel, low friction coating Answer: Please see Sheet B-22, which refers to FDOT Standard Index No. 20501. The foregoing ADDENDUM NO. 1 shall be supplemental to the Plans and Specifications for the CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR, CONTRACT NO. 99-0081-EN. Please call Mr. Chris Focsan at 727-562-4758 if you have any questions. THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager Addenduml=B.crf I t PROPOSAL (4) PROJECT: CLEARWATER BEACH WEST BRIDGE SPUR CONNECTOR (99-0081-EN) ADDENDUM NO.1 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION EST. UNIT UNIT QTY. PRICE TOTAL 1 MOBILIZATION LS 1 2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC BOAT AND VEHICULAR LS 1 3 DOUBLE STAKED SILT FENCE TYPE III LF 428 4 DOUBLE FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIER INCLUDING RELOCATING AS NECESSARY LF 220 5 FIELD OFFICE 600 S.F. DA 413 6 CLEARING AND GRUBBING LS 1 7 EMBANKMENT CY 915 8 6" UNREINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 576 9 BOLLARDS (STEEL) WITH REMOVABLE LOCK ASSEMBLY EA 4 10 FDOT TYPE'D' CONCRETE CURB LF 85 11 PERFORMANCE TURF SY 1015 12 DIRECTIONAL ARROW, PAINTED EA 1 13 PAVEMENT MESSAGE, PAINTED EA 1 14 PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKING 6" WHITE LF 198 15 SIGN FURNISH AND INSTALL EA 4 16 RELOCATE SUBMERGED RIP-RAP WITH SHELLFISH HABITAT LS 1 17 ROOT PRUNING 8 BARRIERS LF 50 18 TREE BARRICADES LF 141 19 TREE REMOVAL EA 16 20 54" HIGH ALUMINUM RAILING SYSTEM POLISHED TO A SATIN FINISH LF 1198 21 CLASS I CONCRETE RETAINING WALL CY 39 22 CONCRETE CLASS IV SUPERSTRUCTURE CY 106 23 REINFORCING STEEL SUPERSTRUCTURE LB 8481 24 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INVERTED T-BEAMS LF 2216 25 CONCRETE CLASS II APPROACH SLAB CY 21 26 REINFORCING STEEL APPROACH SLAB LB 2871 27 CONCRETE CLASS IV SUBSTRUCTURE CY 59 28 REINFORCING STEEL SUBSTRUCTURE LB 7424 29 BEARING PADS EA 70 30 PRESTRESSED PILES 24" LF 410 31 TEST PILES 24" LF 130 32 TEST LOAD DYNAMIC EA 2 33 BREASTING DOLPHIN PILES LF 380 34 DOLPHIN CONCRETE CY 50 35 DOLPHIN CLUSTERS MISCELLANEOUS LS 1 14 1 ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION EST. UNIT UNIT QTY. PRICE TOTAL 36 ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING SF 2301 37 CRITTER SCREEN EA 4 38 10% OF SUB-TOTAL LS 1 CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL$ (Numbers) I (Words) THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. t I 14a • APA 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 F. Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and install piping offsets. one direction only in ceiling tile with location in other direction variable, dependent upon spacing and coordination with ceiling elements. G. Install guards on sprinklers as indicated on Drawings. H. Hydrostatically test entire system. I. Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshall. Authority having jurisdiction. Owner's insurance underwriter. ArchitectlEngineer. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Verify signal devices are installed and connected to fire alarm system. 3.3 CLEANING A. Refer to appropriate architectural section for Submittal Procedures for Execution Requirements: Final cleaning. • 3.4 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to appropriate architectural section for Submittal Procedures for Execution Requirements: Protecting installed construction. B. Apply masking tape or paper cover to protect concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons not receiving field paint finish Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers with new. END OF SECTION • WET-PIPE FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS 13930 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15000 - COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope of Division: Work shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for a complete and properly functioning mechanical installation in accordance with requirements of the Standard Mechanical Code and to other pertinent codes made a part of such code by reference and local state codes, and contract drawings and specifications. Work shall be understood to include all work specified in Division 15, Mechanical, section numbers 15000 through 15999, inclusive, of the Specifications. 1.02 Drawings: Architectural and structural drawings take precedence over mechanical drawings with reference to the building construction. Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement and extent of work. Architectural drawings indicate more exactly the desired relationship between diffusers, registers, lighting fixtures, equipment, electric panels and devices, plumbing fixtures, and other items which remain exposed in the completed buildings. Exact locations and arrangements of materials and equipment shall be determined, with the approval of the Engineer, as work progresses to conform in the best possible manner with the surroundings and with the adjoining work of other trades. Where locations of equipment, devices or fixtures are controlled by architectural features, establish such locations by referring to dimensions on Architectural (A-series) drawings and not by scaling drawings. 1.03 Coordination of Work: Coordinate all work, prior to installation, with work of other trades and with architectural and structural features to preclude interference's between the work of different trades and to insure necessary clearances at crossovers and equipment. Work requiring necessarily fixed locations (e.g., piping with required slopes, lighting fixtures, and diffusers in ceilings, etc.) takes precedence over work not requiring such fixed locations and shall establish permissible routing of services associated with the latter. Should work be performed without adequate coordination so that interference's occur between work of different trades, the Contractor shall eliminate such interference's by requiring necessary rework by the trades involved. Such rework shall meet express approval of the Engineer and shall be performed at no addition to the contract amount. 1.04 Shop Drawings: Refer to "General Conditions". Submit to Engineer for approval, before commencing work, shop drawings for all mechanical materials and equipment to be provided. In addition, submit other drawings or diagrams, dimensioned and in correct scale, requested by Engineer to clarify the work intended or to show its relationship to adjacent work or work of other trades. Contractor is responsible for any delays in job progress accruing directly or indirectly from late submission of shop drawings. Shop drawings shall clearly show the following: A. Technical and descriptive data in detail equal to or greater than the date given in the item specification. Indicate all characteristics, special modifications and features. Where performance and characteristic data is shown on the drawings or specified, submitted data shall be provided in a degree which is both quantitatively and qualitatively equal to that specified and shown so that comparison can be made. Present data in detail equal to or greater than that given in item specifications and include all weights, deflections, speeds, velocities, pressure drops, operating temperatures, operating curves, temperature ranges, sound ratings, dimensions, sizes, manufacturers' names, model numbers, types of material used, operating pressures, full load amperages, starting amperages, fouling factors, capacities, set points, chemical compositions, certifications and endorsements, operating voltages, thicknesses, gauges and all other related information as applicable to particular item. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 1 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Exceptions to or deviations from the contract documents. Should Engineer approve any items having such deviations which are not clearly brought to Engineer's attention, in writing, on item submittal, then Contractor is responsible for correction of such deviations regardless of when such deviations are discovered. 1.05 Record drawings: A. Maintain one extra set of black-line, white print drawings for use as Record drawings. Records shall be kept daily, using colored pencil. As the work is completed, relevant information shall be transferred to a reproducible set, and copies made shall be given to the Engineer. B. As-built information shall be shown to scale, using standard symbols listed in the legend. As a minimum, show the following. 1. Location of stub-outs, dimensioned from permanent building lines. 2. Location and depth of under-slab and in-slab piping. 3. All routing of piping system. 4. Correct all equipment schedules. 5. Corrected numbers as they appear on the schedules. 6. Corrected motor horsepower electrical data. 1.06 Fees and Permit: A. All work done under this Contract shall comply with all State and Local Codes having jurisdiction and with the requirements of the Utility Companies whose service may be used. All modifications required by these codes shall be made by this Contractor without additional charge. Where code requirements are less than those shown on the Plans or in the Specifications; the Plans and Specifications shall be followed. Where applicable, N.F.P.A. requirements shall be met. B. The Contractor shall obtain all permits, inspections, and approvals as required by all authorities having jurisdiction. All fees and costs of any nature what-so-ever incidental to these permits, inspections, and approvals must be assumed and paid by this Contractor. C. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 General: A. All materials and equipment shall be new and without blemish or defect B. Equipment and materials shall be products which will meet with the acceptance of the agency inspecting the work. Where acceptance is contingent upon having the products examined, tested, and certified by Underwriters or other recognized testing laboratory, the product shall be so examined, tested, and certified. 0 C. Substitutions: The following paragraphs shall govern should any conflict exist between these "substitution" paragraphs and any other paragraphs of Division 15. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 2 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1. Substituted equipment or optional equipment where permitted and approved, must conform to space requirements. Any substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether approved or not, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any modifications of related systems as a result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense. 2. Note that the approval of shop drawings, or other information submitted in accordance with the requirements herein before specified, does not assure that the Engineer, or any other Owner's representative, attests to the dimensional accuracy or dimensional suitability of the material or equipment involved or the ability of the material or equipment involved or the mechanical performance of the equipment. Approval of shop drawings does not invalidate the plans and specifications if in conflict, unless a letter requesting such change is submitted by the Contractor and approved in writing by the Engineer. 3. Substitutions of mechanical equipment for that shown on the schedules or designated by model number in the specifications will not be considered if the item is not a regular catalogued item shown in the current catalog of the manufacturer. 4. If bidder proposes to substitute materials and/or manufacturer's equipment in lieu of those specified, he shall submit written request to the Engineer for approval no later than ten (10) days prior to the receipt of bids. 5. Requests submitted directly to the Owner or to the Engineer's consultants and/or verbal requests will not be evaluated. 6. Should the proposed substitution be accepted, it will be incorporated into the Contract Documents by form of addendum. 7. All substitutions proposed later than ten (10) days prior to the date for receipt of bids shall not be considered. Any substitution not accepted and any substitution request proposed later than ten (10) days prior to the date for receipt of bids shall not be used as either the basis for bidding or submittal after award of the contract D. Operating conditions and capacities must be as follows: 1. No overloading. 2. No operation at conditions outside of maximum and minimum limits recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the engineer. 3. Compatible with all systems. E. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment and materials finished must be as follows: 1. Recommended by the manufacturer for the application. 2. Installed in accord with the manufacturer's recommendations for the application except where specifications and drawings clearly indicate otherwise. • COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 3 of 10 APA - 03.07 is 2.02 Sleeves: Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. General: Lay out work and set sleeves in new or existing construction so there shall be minimum of cutting, drilling and patching. All sleeves not used during construction period shall be sealed using grout. Unused penetrations or sleeves through fire rated barriers shall be sealed to prevent passage of smoke or heat using an Underwriters' Laboratories approved method rated at least equal to the barrier being penetrated. Method submitted must show proof of UL label. B. Pipe sleeves: 1. Walls and partitions: a. Sleeves 8 inch Diameter and Smaller (above grade): Sleeves shall be 18 gauge steel pipe or plastic sleeves built into wall, partition or beam, sized to pass pipe and covering, leaving a clear space of 1/4 inch minimum between covering and sleeve. Penetrations of fire rated barriers shall have 18 gauge steel sleeves. b. Floors (above grade): Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 galvanized pipe or plastic, set before floor is poured, sized to pass pipe and covering, leaving a clear space of 1/4 inch between covering and sleeve, and shall extend 1/2 inch above finished floor. C. Duct Sleeves: Sleeves or openings sized to pass mechanical ducts and covering shall be of framed construction in roof, wall, or partitions. d. Sealing of sleeves: 1. Sleeves Above Grade: Openings around pipes, duct, etc., passing through sleeves shall be made draft free and vermin proof by packing solidly with mineral wool or fiberglass. 2 Sealing Material: Where applicable and recommended by manufacturer, other ceiling materials may be acceptable as options to above specified methods. Submit for Engineer approval prior to procurement. 2.03 Floor, Wall, and Ceiling Plates or Escutcheons, in Exposed Areas: Provide escutcheons or fabricated plates or collars at each location where pipe or exposed duct passes through a finished surface. Escutcheons for flush sleeves shall be chromium plated brass and sleeves extending above floor shall be chrome plated brass. Collars or plates for ducts and large diameter insulated pipe shall be fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized copper bearing sheet steel, secured to structure and neatly fitted around duct or pipe. 2.04 Motors: Unless specifically specified otherwise in the section covering the driven equipment (or the equipment drives), motors shall comply with the following: A. Three Phase: NEMA design B, three-phase, squirrel cage induction type designed for 1800 rpm synchronous speed for operation in 40 degree C ambient at 1.15 service factor at constant speed on the scheduled voltage. Motors shall be insulated with Class B insulation material and shall be cast iron, drip proof, horizontal foot mounted type with COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 4 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 ball bearings. Two speed motors shall be provided as scheduled and shall be two winding type. B. Single Phase: Squirrel cage induction type designed for 1800 rpm synchronous speed for operation in 40 degree C ambient at 1.15 service factor at constant speed on the scheduled voltage. Motors shall be insulated with Class B insulation materials and shall be two winding capacitor start type with steel enclosure, drip proof, horizontal foot mount and ball bearings. C. Scheduled Horsepowers: The horsepowers scheduled or specified are those nominal sizes estimated to be required by the equipment when operating at specified duties and efficiencies. In the case of pumps, these horsepowers are non-overloading and may also include provisions for future planned impeller changes. If the actual horsepower for the equipment famished differs from that specified or shown on the drawings, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to insure that proper size feeders, breakers, starters, etc. are provided at no change in contract price. 2.05 Substitutions Involving Electrical Changes: If the Contractor proposes items which have different electrical and/or control characteristics (such as larger amperage requirements, etc.) than those specified and provided for and/or which otherwise change the electrical and/or control system(s), then (even if the Engineer approves such items) the Contractor must correlate all sizes, voltages, amperages and wiring for applicable items so that applicable electrical and/or control changes can be made. Contractor is responsible for all related additional costs.' Other coordination is as specified elsewhere. 2.06 Belt Drives: Equip each motor driven machine not directly connected with V -belt drive. Belts shall be of correct cross section to fit properly in sheave grooves and shall be carefully matched for each drive. Sheaves shall be cast iron or steel, bored to fit properly on shafts and secured with keys of proper size. The rating of each drive shall be as recommended by manufacturer for service but shall be at least 1.5 times nameplate rating of motor. A. Fan Belt Drives: Fixed pitch sheaves shall be provided. B. Speed Adjustments: Adjust fan speed by change(s) in sheave size as necessary to obtain proper design air flow with fan in its installed location. Fans may be first fitted with variable pitch drive until proper fixed pitch drive size, or alternate sizes of fixed pitch drives may be used until proper fan speed is obtained. Provide all drives necessary to obtain proper fan speed needed to deliver necessary air quantity. 2.07 Vibration of Air Handling Equipment and Fan Units: For air handling equipment and fans driven by motors 5 -hp or greater, field vibration levels will not be acceptable if the maximum vibration velocity or displacement measurement exceeds the following values (when measurements are taken at the bearing supports using a vibration analyzer with the filter set at the operating fan speed). Fan Speed Maximum (RPM) Vibration Level 800 or less 5 mils (0.127 mm) max displacement 801 and greater 0.20 in/sec (5 mm/s) max velocity 2.08 Bearings: All bearings shall be rated for 200,000 hour operating life unless indicated • COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 5 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 2.09 Belt and Coupling Guards: Each belt drive shall be equipped with an OSHA approved guard. Guards shall be constructed of #12 U.S. Standard gauges 3/4 inch diamond mesh wire screen, or equivalent, welded to one inch steel angle frames, and shall enclose all belts and sheaves. Tops and bottoms of guards shall be of substantial sheet metal or not less than #18 U.S. Standard gauge. Braces or supports must not "bridge" sound and vibration isolators. Guards shall be designed with adequate provision for movement of motor required to permit oiling, use of speed counters, and other maintenance and testing operations with guard in place. All direct drive equipment shall have coupling guards in accordance with Florida Department of Business Regulation safety regulations and OSHA. 2.10 Painting and Marking: A. Painting: Painting of equipment, pipe, and ducts (insulated or uninsulated is specified under the "Painting" Division of these specifications. Touch-up of shop coat shall be performed under Division furnishing equipment B. Marking. Refer to Section entitled "Identification of Mechanical Systems". 2.11 Access Doors: Provide as necessary for access to concealed valves, cleanouts, unions, dampers, coils, junction boxes, etc., where no other means of access is shown or specified Doors shall be manufactured by the Milcor Division of Inland-Ryerson, or an acceptable equal, type-as follows: Door Location Drywall Masonry or Tile Acoustical Tile Plaster Fire-rated Walls Door Type Style "DW" Style "M-Stainless" Style "AT" Style "K" Style "Fire-rated" Each door shall be equipped with two flush, screwdriver operated, cam latches and, other than Style "M", shall be finished to match adjacent surface. Door sizes shall be applicable to the access required for normal service. See sections entitled "Ductwork" for access doors related to duct systems. 2.12 Excavation & Backfill: A. Each subcontractor shall do trench and pit excavating and backfilling inside and outside the building, as required by his work, including shoring and bracing, pumping and protection for safety of persons and property. B. Baclfill shall be compacted in layers not exceeding six (6) inches in depth. Completed backfill shall conform to surrounding ground and finish grade and with compaction requirements of Division Two of these Specifications: 1. Concrete encasement: Piping passing under footings, foundations and other locations as shown on Drawings shall be encases by eight (8) inches (minimum) concrete on all sides. Concrete shall conform to Division Three requirements. • 2. Extend concrete encasement eight (8) inches around piping and twelve (12) each side of footings or foundations. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 6 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. Remove non usable excavated material from the site. Deposit any usable surplus material on site where directed by the Project Architect/Engineer. Do not remove usable material from site. D. Provide and maintain bracing, shoring or sheathing as required to safely support sides of excavations. The Contractor doing the excavation and the Contractor using the excavation are responsible for safety in excavations. E. This Contractor shall provide and operate pumping equipment to keep excavations free of water. F. This Contractor is responsible for repairing and restoring paving streets, curbs, walks and other work in the area where excavations are made. G. Provide additional excavation and backfill-where required to resolve conflicts in buried lines. H. Coordinate timing of excavations in advance with other trades. I. Excavation shall be open cut from the surface. J. Hold trench width to a minimum. K. Do not excavate utility trenches parallel to building footings closer than four (4) feet from the footings except by approval of the Project Architect/Engineer. When parallel trenches require cuts deeper than the building footings, the horizontal distance from the footing shall be equal to, or greater than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the vertical distance below the footing, but in no case shall the horizontal distance be less than four (4) feet except by the approval of the Project Architect/Engineer. L. Mechanical excavation shall be held to four (4) inches above final grade o f the bottom of trench. The remainder shall be shaped by manual excavation, so that piping is fully supported on undisturbed soil. Shoring of piping in trench will not be allowed. Piping must be suspended from above. M. Bell joint holes shall be carefully excavated so that none of the load is supported by the bells or joints. N. Whenever, in the opinion of the Project Architect/Engineer, the soil is unsuitable for supporting piping and appurtenances, provisions for proper foundations shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. Soil test reports are bound in the Specifications Book 0. The drawings for this project shown the anticipated underground utilities. Locations of utilities which will interfere with proposed construction shall be assumed to be a known factor to each subcontractor unless such locations on drawings are in error. P. Wherever trenching or excavating, assume utilities may exist in area without such being shown on the drawings. Exercise extreme caution. Should existing facilities be damaged, repair such to Project Architect/Engineer's satisfaction at no additional cost to the Owner. Q. Special care shall be take with excavation in limited distance from existing trees. 10 Manual excavation shall be required. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 7 of 10 APA - 03.07 0 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Electrical and Control Work Coordination: Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Definitions: Definitions for the purpose of mechanical/electrical control and power coordination are as follows. (Note: The use of the words, "Provide", "Furnish" and "Install" are intended only for use in describing the coordination indicated by this paragraph 3.01, and do no necessarily have the same definitions when used outside of the context of this paragraph 3.01). Any items which do not fall within the scope of this paragraph 3.01 shall be coordinated as individually specified 1. "Furnish" means to procure an item and to deliver it to the project for installation. 2. "Install" means to determine (in coordination with others as necessary) the appropriate intended location of an item to set and connect it in place. 3. "Provide" means to both furnish and install 4. Power Circuit: Circuit which carries main electric power to apparatus to which the power circuit is connected. 5. Control Circuit: Circuit which carries electrical signals directing the performance of a controller but which does not carry the main electric power. (See NEC, Section 430-71). Such circuits shall also include those which serve a dual control and power function (e.g., aline voltage thermostat circuit which both activates and powers a small fan motor). 6. Controller: A device, or group of devices, which serves to govern, in some predetermined manner, electric power delivered to apparatus to which the controller is connected and includes any switch or device normally used to start and stop a motor. (See NEC, Article 100, Definitions, "Controller", and Section 430-81(a).) 7. Control Device: A device which reacts to an operating condition (pressure, temperature, flow, humidity, etc.) and which initiates transmission of an electrical control signal which causes operation of a controller or which causes operation of pressure switches, etc. B. Auxiliary Control Device: A device (such as a low voltage control transformer, electric relay, etc.) which is located in a control circuit and which carries or responds to (but does not initiate) an electrical control signal initiated by a control device. C. Work of Division 15: includes (but is not necessarily limited to): 1. Provide: a. All controllers which are generally manufactured or, shipped as integral with Division 15 equipment (for example, such as starters packaged with packaged equipment, etc.). b. All electric motors and other electrical power consuming equipment (such as electric air heating coils, electric hot water heaters, etc.) which are specified in Division 15. C. All controls specified in Division 15 "HVAC Controls". COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 8 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 d. All control circuits (including conduit and boxes) from any Division 16 panels to power utilizing equipment provided by Division 15 and including the necessary circuit breakers. e. All control connections to equipment provided by Division 15. f. All control circuits, including conduit and boxes. g. All control connections to controllers, switches, motors and other mechanical systems electrical power consuming equipment (such as electric air heating coils, electric hot water heaters, etc.). h. Auxiliary control devices. i. All control devices (thermostats, pressure switches, flow switches, humidistats, etc.) and make control circuit connections thereto. j. Any and all electronic and electric control devices and electric or pneumatic connections thereto. D. k. Provide all starters for all mechanical equipment 1. Provide all disconnects for all mechanical equipment 2. Furnish: All controllers. Controllers shall comply with the requirements of applicable sections of Division 16. Work of Division 16 includes (but is not necessarily limited to): 1. Provide: a. All power circuits, including conduit and boxes. b. All power connections to controllers, switches, motors and other mechanical systems, electrical power consuming equipment (such as electric air heating coils, electric hot water heaters, etc.). C. All remote motor disconnects (remote from the related controller) at all locations required by NEC and connections thereto except those disconnects which are specified in Division 15 to be provided as part of the equipment itself. E. 2. Install: All controllers furnished by Division 15. Other Requirements: 1. Interface Coordination: Contractor which supplies the power consuming equipment shall coordinate with actual contract document control and sequencing requirements regarding interface of the equipment with the control system specified in Division 15 and shall provide equipment wiring diagrams for final coordination for actual installation. 0 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 15000 9 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 2. All fire protection alarm devices shall be provided and installed by fire protection contractor or as per section 13910 and 13930, wired by electrical or fire alarm contractor. 3.02 Tests: A. General: All systems shall be inspected, tested, given a trial run, and demonstrated to Engineer's and Owner's satisfaction that they are complete and ready for operation. B. Plumbing Soil, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accord with Florida building code - Plumbing, (2004 & 2005 revisions) and as otherwise specified. C. All Other Piping: Unless required otherwise by code or other divisions of specifications, piping shall be tested at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of normal operating pressure for a continuous 24-hour period without leaking. D. Systems - Air Conditioning: Refer to section describing test and balance of system. E. Observation of Tests: Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing at least two weeks prior to scheduled test(s) and demonstration(s) to allow Engineer time to schedule his observation of Contractor's test(s) and demonstration(s). 3.03 Instruction: Refer to "Instruction and Maintenance Manuals" Section. 3.04 Acceptance: A. Prior to requesting final inspection: Complete all work required by drawings and specifications. Acceptance will be made by Engineer on the basis of tests and inspection of project. Contractor shall furnish necessary mechanics to operate system, furnish test instruments and equipment as required, make necessary adjustments and assist with final inspection. 3.05 Protection of Work Until Final Acceptance: Contractor shall protect all materials and equipment from damage, the entrance of dirt and construction debris from the time of installation until final acceptance. Any materials and equipment that has been damaged shall be repaired to "as new" condition or replaced at the direction of the Engineer. Where factory finishes occur and damage is minor, finishes may be touched up. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the damage is excessive, factory finish shall be replaced to "new" condition. (End of Section 15000) U COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK 1500010 of 10 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15005 - INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1.0 GENERAL: 1.01 Provide complete written and verbal operating and maintenance instruction to the Owner for all mechanical systems. 2.0 DOCUMENTATION: 2.01 Provide Two (2) Instructions and Maintenance manuals, each complete as follows: A. Hardback three ring loose-leaf binders. B. Title sheet with job name, Contractor's subcontractor's control subcontractor and related contractor's or material suppliers names, addresses and phone numbers. C. Index of contents. D. A signed copy of acknowledgment of instructions to the Owner or his authorized representative. Two additional copies of the signed acknowledgment shall be sent directly to the Engineer as soon as possible after receipt. E. Typewritten operating instructions for the Owners personnel describing the following for each piece of equipment and systems: 1. How to start and stop each piece of equipment. 2. How to set equipment and systems for normal operation. 3. Normal restarting procedures before contacting the service contractor. 4. Complete description of functions and operations of each piece of equipment including description of how equipment operates in conjunction with automatic control systems. 5. Instructions for cleaning, oiling, greasing, fueling and similar tasks. F. Approved shop drawings and submittal data and parts and maintenance booklet for each item of material and equipment furnished under this Division, (but not limited to) the following: 1. Spare parts list and source of supply for each equipment item. 2. List of valves with location, service, size, model and operating position. 3. Diagrams clearly indicating automatic control hook-up. G. Any as built wiring diagrams as called for in other sections of this Division as needed to show how equipment controls interface with related systems. H. Contractor's Site Test and Balance report. I. Copies of certificates of inspection. J. Guarantees. 3.0 EXECUTION: 3.01 Verbal Instruction: Provide verbal, hands-on, operating and maintenance instruction to Owner's authorized personnel for each equipment item and system. Instructions shall be given by competent personnel. (End of Section 15005) W., 0,11 • INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 15005 - 1 of 1 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15007 - IDENTIFICATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Provide complete identification of the mechanical systems including piping, valves and equipment as noted herein, shall conform to ANSI and OSHA Standards and owners accepted standards for pipe identification. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers: W. H. Brady Co., 2223 West Camden Road, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53201; Seton Name Plate Corporation, 592 Boulevard, New Haven, Connecticut, 06505. 2.02 Markers, Tags and Labels: A. Mark Must have color coded background, proper color of legend in relation to background color, approved legend letter size, approved length and flow arrow indicator. Any iuing_lexcluding nlumbing_piningl which is 3/4" through 5" O D : Seton "Setmark" Type marker. B. Valve Tags: Each tag shall designate appropriate service and valve number-1 1/2" Brass, tags and a valve chart be posted for location of valves. C. Labels: Provide either of the following !Wes for all HVAC equip t: 41 1. Plastic Ty?g: Outdoor grade acrylic plastic to withstand weather, abrasion, grease, acid, chemical and other corrosive conditions; 1/16" minimum thickness. Sized 3/4 X 2-1/2, 1 X 2-1/2, 1 X 3, or 1-1/2 X 4 as necessary to identify item. Seton "Setonite" or equal. 2. Aluminum Tvue: Engraved, flexible, 0.020" thick aluminum. Sized 3/4 X 2-1/2, 1 X 3, 1-1/2 X 4 or 3/6 as necessary to identify item. Seton No. 06505 or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: A. Locate marking and banding where practical such that groups of pipe are identified at similar location for on of visual tracking. For example, mark and band parallel runs of pipe which are side-by-side at the same general place. B. Small Pi : less than 3/4 diameter may be identified with tags as specified for valves. C. Adhere or affix all identification items permanently except where removal may be necessary for maintenance or service. 3.02 Markers: Provide on piping exposed in equipment rooms. 3.03 Valve Tags: Valve tags shall be installed on the following items: A. Small piping (other than domestic water) where markers are impractical IDENTIFICATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 150071 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Small but critical equipment items on which it is impractical to install labels 3.04 Labels: Provide labels of roper size on mechanical stem equipment such as but not limited to, air handling equipment, fans, control panels, electric duct heaters, terminal units and similar items. 3.05 Valve Tag Lists: Provide a glass framed valve tag list, wall mounted, in each Air Handler Room, Pump Room, or Chiller Plant for each piece of equipment within that area. (End of Section 15007) • IDENTIFICATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 15007 2 of 2 • APA - 03.07 SECTION 15010 - PLUMBING PIPING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Work Included: Training Building Fire Station # 48 a. Pipe and pipe fittings. b. Valves. C. Sanitary drainage piping system. d. Domestic water piping system. • 1.02 Related Work: as outline in the following sections of the specifications: 1.03 References a. ASI/ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 NS300. b. ANSIIASME B15.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV. c. ANSI/ASME B16.23 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage fittings - DWV. d. ANSUASME Sec. 9 - Welding and Brazing Qualifications. e. ANSIIASME B32 - Solder Metal. f. ANSI/ASTM C443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Lli*er Gaskets. g. ANSI/ASTM C700 - Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated. h. ANSI/ASTM CD2466 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. i. ANSIIAWS D1.1- Structural Welding Code. j. ANSI/AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and other liquids. k. ANSI/AWWA C110 - Ductile - Iron and Gray - Iron Fittings 3 in. through 48 in., for Water and other liquids. 1 ANSI/AWWA C I I I - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron pressure Pipe and Fittings. m ANSIIAWWA C515 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or sand lined molds, for water or other liquids. n. ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. o. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. p. ASTM A74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. q. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized), Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. r. ASTM A234 - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. S.. ASTM B98 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. t. ASTM B306 - Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). U. ASTM C14 - Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe. V. ASTM C425 - Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings. W. ASTM C564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. X ASTM D2235 - Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile - Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. y. ASTM D2241- Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR PR). PLUMBING PIPING 15010 -1 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1. ASTM D2680 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Composite-Sewer Piping. 2. ASTM D2683 - Socket-Type Polyethylene Fillings for Outside Diameter - Controlled Polyethylene Pipe. 3. ASTM D2729 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM D2751- Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 5. ASTM D2751 - Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 6. ASTM D3033 - Type PSP Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 7. ASTM D3034 - Type PSP Poly (WWI Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 8. ASTM F477 - Elastometric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 9. AWS A5.8 - Brazing Filler Metal. 10. AWWA C601 - Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water. 11. CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. 1.04 Quality Assurance: a. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. Ball valves shall be used for domestic cold and hot water systems. b. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code (and applicable state labor regulations). C. Welders Certification: In accordance with (ANSI/ASME Sec. 9) (ANSI/AWS D1.1.) 1.05 Submittals= a. Submit product data under provisions of Section 15000. b. Include manufacturers product data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and accessories. 1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling a. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 15000 and (01600), (01610). b. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 15000 and (01600) (01620). C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Sanitary,Sewer, Piping buried beyond 5 feet (15MM)of building: By site contractor. See civil engineering specifications. 2.02 Sanitary Sewer piping, buried within 5 fee (1500 MM) of building: PVC schedule 40 pipe and fittings. 2.03 Sanitary sewer piping, above grade_ a. Cast Iron Pipe: hubless, service weight Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. In rated walls and return air plenums only. b. Copper Pipe: ASTM B306, DWV. Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.3, cast bronze, or ANSI/ASME B16.29, wrought copper. Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32, solder, Grade 50B for short fixture connections. 01, PLUMBING PIPING 15010 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. ABS Pipe: ASTM D2690 or D2751. Fittings: ABS. Joints: ASTM D2235, solvent weld. d. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729. Fittings: PVC. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld. 2.04 Water piping, buried beyond 5 FEET (1500 MM) of building: See civil engineering specifications. 2.05 Water piping, buried within 5 feet (1500 MM) of building: Copper type "K" pipe and fittings. 2.06 Storm water piping above grades a. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. In rated walls and return air plenums only. b. ABS Pipe: ASTM S2680 or D2751. Fittings: ABS. Joints: ASTM D2235, solvent weld. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729. Fittings: PVC. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld. 2.07 Flanges, Unions, and Couplingsl a. Pipe size 2 inches (50 mm) and under: 150 psig (1034 Kpa) malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for copper pipe, soldered joints. b. Pipe size over 2 inches (50 mm): 150 psig (1 034 kPa) forged steel slip-on flanges for ferrous piping; bronze flanges for copper piping; neoprene gaskets for gas service; 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick performed neoprene bonded to asbestos. C. Grooved and shouldered pipe end couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; "C" shape composition sealing gasket; steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized couplings for galvanized pipe. d. Dielectric Connections: union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 2.08 Acceptable manufacturers - Ball valves! a. Screwed, Crane, 2" and smaller b. Solder, Crane, 2" and smaller c. Watts or approved equals d. Underground ball valves. e. Substitutions: under provisions appropriate sections of this specification. 2.09 Acceptable manufacturers - Ball Valves a. Screwed, Airco, Model 207-63XX-300, 2" and smaller. b. Solder, Airco, Model 207-63XX-600, 2" and smaller. C. Substitutions: Under provisions appropriate sections of this specification. 2.10 Ball Valves PLUMBING PIPING 15010 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 a. Up to 2 inches (50 mm): (bronze) (stainless steel) body, stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle (and balancing stops) (solder) (threaded) ends (with unions). b. Over 2 inches bronze body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle (or great drive handwheel) for sizes 4" inches, flanged. All ball valves shall be approved for medical gas usage. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation a. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. (bevel plain end ferrous pipe). b. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 Installation a. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. b. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space. d. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. e. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment, f. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. g. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. (Coordinate size and location of access doors with appropriate section of this specifications). h. Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points. i. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than approved by local authority having jurisdiction. j. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc primer to welding. k. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not prefmished, ready for finished painting. Refer to Section 09912. 1. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to (1/4) (1/8) inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. in. Excavate in accordance with site work specifications. n. Backfill in accordance with site work specification. o. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. P. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. q. Provide one plug cock wrench for every ten plug cocks size (2) (6") inches and smaller, minimum of one. Provide each plug cock sized (2-1/2-inches) and larger with a wrench with set screw. 3.03 Application a. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in accessible locations. b. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment of apparatus connections. C. Install brass make adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe. d. Install (ball) valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. e. Install (ball) valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. f. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of pumps. PLUMBING PIPING 15010 - 4 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 3.04 Disinfection of Domestic Water Piping System a. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. b. Ensure PH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual. d. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. e. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. f. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. g. Flush disinfectant fimn system until residual equal to that of incoming water of 1.0 mg/L. h. Take samples no sooner that 24 hours after flushing, from (10) (5) (2) percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C601. 3.05 Service Connections: See site work specifications. (End of Section 15010) • • PLUMBING PIPING 15010 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15020 - PIPING AND FITTINGS: SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND DRAIN 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide storm, soil, waste, vent and drain piping systems complete as indicated on drawings. Drawing scales prohibit the indication of all offsets, fittings, sleeves, and similar items; however, these deviations shall be provided as work of this section at no additional cost to Owner (no change in Contract price). 1.02 Shop Drawings: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Pipe: PVC schedule 40 fittings as specified in F.B.C - Plumbing (2004) 2.02 Fittings: PVC schedule 40 fittings as specified in F13c - Plumbing (2004) 2.03 Joint Coupling: As per section. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work", paragraph entitled "Drawings". 3.02 Joints and Connections: A. General: Joints and connections shall be made permanently . B. Connections: Florida building code - plumbing (2004), ' gam' and water fight 3.03 Flashings: A. Floor Drains, Roof Drains, Showers, Etc.: Provide proper flashings for plumbing specialties installed in floors and roofs. Flashings shall be as per detail shown on architectural drawings. B. Roof Penetrations: Provide flashing for all pipe passing through the roof. Minimum height of vents shall be one foot (1') above finished roof. Refer to architectural drawings for detail. 3.04 Cleanouts: Provide as indicated and as required by F.B.C.- plumbing (2004). Provide access covers as specified for concealed locations. (End of Section 15020) • PIPING AND FITTINGS: SOIL, 15020 -1 of 1 WASTE, VENT AND DRAIN APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 SECTION 15031- PIPING: CONDENSATE DRAINS - PVC 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Work Included: Condensate drains from cooling coil drain pans to drains. 1.02 Related Work: Section 15000: Common Requirements for Mechanical Work. 1.03 Submittals: Submit documents in accordance with Architectural Specifications and Section 15000. 2.0 MATERIAL 2.01 Pipe: PVC Schedule 40; ASTM-D2665-87. 2.02 Fittings: Solvent - weld socket type PVC, standard weight; AST IA 2466-78. 2.03 Solvent_ As recommended by the pipe manufacturer. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.01 Slope uniformly toward drain. 3.02 Provide trap seal having a depth in inches equal to the total static pressure of the corresponding 16 fan system. Provided threaded plug elbows and tees to permit cleaning. The piping shall be the full size of the equipment drain connection or three quarter inches (3/4") whichever is larger. Provide cleanout and a union to disconnect drain from unit. 3.03 Connections to copper drain nipples may be mechanical. Make connections to steel nipples with threaded adapters. 3.04 Routing: As noted on drawings. (End of Section 15031) E PIPING: CONDENSATE DRAINS - PVC 15031- 1 of 1 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15050 - REFRIGERANT PIPE, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide refrigerant piping systems, complete in all respects, between the system components and connected equipment. 1.02 Shop Drawing: Refer W the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". Provide flow diagram shop drawings of each different type of refrigerant piping system used on this project. Indicate all pipe sizes, accessories, filters, etc. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Copper Pipe: Refrigerant system piping shall be refrigerant grade, dehydrated and sealed, seamless, uniformly dead soft temper, L hard drawn copper. 2.02 Fittings: Refrigerant grade, wrought copper, long radius, solder joint type. 2.03 Flux: Non-corrosive, specifically designed for silver brazing. 2.04 Solder: Silver brazing alloy (Sil Fos) Fed. Spec. AA-S-561d. 15% silver solder minimum. 2.05 Access Valves: Schrader type designed for use with quick coupler hose fittings and provided with individual cap. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Pipe Sizes: Refrigerant pipe sizes which may be shown on drawings are nominal. Provide sizes not less than sizes indicated and in compliance with size recommended by the manufacturer(s) at the connected equipment. Provide change in sizes if such change is in accord with manufacturer's recommendations and with Architect's approval. Size piping to maintain minimum velocity of 500-fpm in horizontal lines and 1000 fpm in vertical risers for proper oil return; provide double suction risers and hot gas risers as may be necessary to accomplish this. 3.02 Refrigerant Specialties: Refrigerant valves, driers, expansion valves, and similar items shall be provided with each system. Where refrigerant access valves are not furnished by manufacturer, they shall be field installed to enable charging and checking the system. 3.03 Solder Joints: Cut tubing square using tubing cutters, with sharp cutting wheels, so as not to crimp the tubing ends. Remove all burrs using a pipe reamer and taking care not to flare the ends of the tube. Thoroughly clean the outside of the pipe and the inside of the fitting using a fine sand cloth. Apply non-corrosive paste flux to the cleaned surfaces immediately and apply silver solder and heat in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use care not to damage equipment or refrigerant specialty items when making up joints (protect from excessive heat). 3.04 Scale Prevention: During brazing, keep pipe system full of inert gas to prevent scale formation. 3.05 Mechanical Joints: Where the Contractor uses refrigerant tubing sets, follow the manufacturer's installation instructions explicitly, including the use of special tools, when making up the joints. Where precharged tubing and equipment is provided, do not cut into the system to install access valves. REFRIGERANT PIPE, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 15050 - 1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.06 Hangers and Supports: Refer to any sections of this division entitled "Hangers and Supports", or entitled Vibration Isolation!'. Isolate copper tubing from contact with any dissimilar metals. 3.07 Evacuation and Charging When other than completely factory charged equipment and piping systems are used, they shall be evacuated and charged as follows: Charge the system with dry nitrogen and refrigerant and leak test all joints including factory piping within the units: Repair all leaks by disassembling and remaking the joint. After all leaks are corrected, evacuate the system to an absolute pressure of 0.2" mercury. System shall hold this vacuum test for two hours with no noticeable rise in pressure. After passing vacuum test, break vacuum twice using refrigerant and re-evacuate for a minimum of two hours each time. Charge the system in the manner and with the type and amount of refrigerant recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted refrigeration practice. 3.08 Protection of Work: Protect all refrigerant piping systems from damage prior to final acceptance and make repairs to damaged systems at once, completely evacuating and charging as specified herein. 3.09 Other Requirements: A. Arrange piping generally as shown and such that service access is facilitated. Keep refrigerant lines as short and direct as possible with a minimum number of joints. Provide sleeves through floors, wall, or ceilings, sized to permit installation of full-thickness insulation; seal air tight after installation of piping and insulation. B. Provide flexible piping arrangement in hot gas discharge line of compressor. Such arrangement shall consist of a piping loop or similar measure to prevent transmission of objectionable vibration. C. Provide a removable core filter-drier in liquid line. In-line filter-driers are acceptable in individual circuits of less than 10-ton nominal capacity. Provide a full size valved bypass around this filter-drier. Provide shut-off valves to isolate the filter-drier while flow is through the bypass and also a shut-off valve in the bypass so that filter-drier can be put into use. D. Provide a refrigerant charging connection in the liquid line upstream from the filter-drier. E. Provide a moisture indicator/sight glass in the liquid line downstream from the filter-drier. Install in vertical line if possible and a sufficient distance downstream from any valve such that the resulting disturbance does not appear in the glass. F. Provide a filter-drier with isolating shut-off valves and with valved bypass only if compressor is not equipped with a suction line filter or screen. G. Keep piping free from traps unless otherwise indicated. Install vertical pipe plumb. Pitch horizontal piping only where slope is desirable. H. Provide shut-off valves at inlet and outlet to all condensers, receivers and evaporators to permit isolation for service. If possible, use angle valves to minfim»P pressure drop. Use angle valves in all cases at receivers. Use globe valves only when angle valves are impractical. I. Provide solenoid valves upright in horizontal lines only unless their design allows installation in vertical pipe. REFRIGERANT PIPE, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 15050 - 2 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 J. Where compressor(s) do not have pump down control and the compressor(s) associated evaporator coil(s) do not have bottom suction header connections and the evaporator coil(s) are located above the compressor(s), then loop suction line(s) to top level of coil to prevent liquid slugging. K. To prevent erratic operation of thermal expansion valve, provide a suction line trap next to evaporator coil suction outlet with expansion valve bulb located between coil and trap. Provide only in suction lines which are level leaving coil outlet or which rise on leaving coil outlet. Trap not required when evaporator coil outlet suction line drops to compressor or suction header immediately after expansion valve bulb. (End of Section 15050) ?j • REFRIGERANT PIPE, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 15050 - 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15110 - PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS: POTABLE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide potable water systems complete as indicated on the drawings. Drawing scales prohibit the indication of all offsets, fittings, sleeves, and similar items; however, these deviations shall be provided as work of this Section, at no additional cost to the Owner. (No change in Contract price). 1.02 Shop Drawings: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 2.0 PRODUCTS: Refer also to Section 15210. Domestic Water System. 2.01 Pipe: Type L hard drawn copper conforming to ASTM B-88 in the building. 2.02 Fittings: Wrought copper, solder joint, pressure type conforming to ANSI B16.22. 2.03 Solder Joints: "Federal Frye" - Aqua-clean, lead fi-ee solder and "No Korode" flux for all domestic water piping. 2.04 Dielectric Isolators: (if applicable) A. Unions: For pipe sizes two inches (2') and smaller; EPCO or Rockford-Eclipse 0 insulated unions with joint connection to suit pipe and equipment. B. Flagggs: For pipe sizes two and one-half inches (2-1/2') and over; Plico Products Flange insulation sets with: Phenolic retainer, nitrite rubber seal element, polyethylene sleeves and double washer sets. Spring lock type with set screw. 2.05 Relief Valves: ASME rated, size and setting as indicated on drawings. 2.06 Valves: A. All valves shall have the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the guaranteed working pressure cast or stamp on the body. Adapters shall be provided for all valves on copper lines. B. All stop valves used on this work, unless otherwise specified or required, shall be of the ball pattern, suitable for 125 pound working pressure. C. All gate valves shall be packed and left perfectly tight at the completion of work. D. Ball valves 2" and smaller shall be all bronze of compact pattern with solder joint connections rated at 400 pounds WOG. Stem extensions shall be furnished for use in insulated lines where insulation exceeds 1/2". Ball valves in sizes 2" and small shall be NIBCO S-580-71), Milwaukee BA100/150, Apollo 70-100/200. • PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS: 15110 -1 of 2 POTABLE WATER APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Joints and Connections: A. General: Joints and connections shall be made permanently air, gas, and water tight. B. EQu pment Connections: Final connections to services and connections to equipment shall be made with unions for pipe sizes two inches (2") and under and with companion flanges for pipe two and one-lu f inches (2-1/2') and larger. Where incompatible piping material comes in contact, except for the use of valves, isolate the two materials using dielectric isolators as specified herein before. C. Piping drops to points of use shall each be valved for individual shut offs. 3.02 Valves: All valves, stops, pressure regulator and similar items shall be installed in an easily accessible location. Provide access panels (Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work") for all concealed valves. 3.03 Test: Upon completion of the water supply system it shall be tested a proved tight under water pressure not less then 25 PSI above the working pressure under which it is to be operated. Tests shall be observed by a representative of the Architect before it is removed. 3.04 Sterilization: All potable water piping shall be disinfected with a mixture containing not less than 0.6 pounds of high-test (701/o available chlorine) calcium hypochlorite, or 2 pounds of chlorinated lime to each 1000 gallons of water to provide not less than 50 PPM of available chlorine. The mixture shall be injected into the system and retained for not less than 12 hours. The system shall then be drained, flushed with potable water and placed in service. (End of Section 15110) PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS: 15110 - 2 of 2 POTABLE WATER APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • SECTION 15190 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: PIPING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide all angles, brackets, clamps, anchors, inserts, rods, braces, frames, hangers, nuts and bolts, and other miscellaneous steel and hardware items as may be required for the proper support of equipment and all piping systems. 1.02 Relation to Other Work: Contractor shall coordinate: shop drawings; placement; structural framing and overall building construction; and the work of all trades to insure an orderly and timely progress of the work. Refer to other Sections for special requirements relating to specific equipment and systems. 1.03 Manufacturer: Hangers and supports shall be as manufactured by Grinnell, Division ITT, F&S Manufacturing Corp.; Fee and Mason Manufacturing Co., or an approved equal. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Use the following (or approved equals thereof) if and as applicable to this project: A. i ngm: 1. Hangers in contact with cower vining: Shall be copper plated or Teflon coated. Grinnell Fig. 97 or 97C. 0 2. Hangeers (other than in contact with eg ner wing): Shall have manufacturer's standard finish Pipe 3" and larger: Grinnell Fig. 260. Pipe 2-1/2" and smaller: Grinnell Fig. 104. B. Pine Riser Clamus: Grinnell Fig. 261. C. Insulation Shields: Grinnell Fig. 292 with links. D. Beam Cl=Rs: Grinnell Fig. 292 with links. E. Rod: Sized with safety factor of five (5). Grinnell Fig. 140 or 146. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work." All inserts, fasteners, hangers and supports shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Pipe: Hangers shall be spaced to prevent sag and to permit proper drainage. All piping shall be run parallel with the lines of building, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. The hanger spacing and placement shall be such that after the covering (insulation and finish) is applied there will be not less than 1/2" clear space between finished covering and other surfaces, including the finished covering of parallel adjacent pipes. Hangers for insulated pipes shall be sized to encompass the insulating, finish and metal insulation shield (a metal insulation shield shall be provided for each hanger and support). Vertical piping shall be supported with pipe riser clamps at every floor penetration, unless specifically indicated otherwise on the drawings. (End of Section 15190) HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 15190 -1 of 1 PIPING SYSTEMS APA - 03.07 SECTION 15200 - PLUMBING 1.0 GENERAL Training Building Fire Station # 48 1.01 Refer to Section 15000 entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.02 Description of Work: A. The extent of plumbing is indicated on the drawings and specifications. B. In general, the work consists of, but is not limited to the following: 1. Hot and cold water supply piping, and all necessary valves, fittings, etc. 2. A system of soil, storm, waste and vent piping. 3. Plumbing fixtures and trim. 4. Furnishing lead flashings for penetrations through the roof or as specified on drawings. 5. Connections of equipment furnished by others. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to individual technical sections. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 The plumbing materials, fixtures and installation shall comply with all requirements of the latest edition of the Standard Plumbing Code and all applicable state and local codes. (End of Section 15200) PLUMBING 15200 -1 of 1 01) • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 40 SECTION 15201- PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM, AND SPECIALTIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.02 Energy Conservation Requirements;. A. Showers: Shower heads used shall be equipped with flow control devices to limit total flow to a maximum of two and a half (2.5) gallons per minute. B. Lavatories: Lavatories which are provided in public areas shall have the following feature: Outlet devices which limit the flow of water to a maximum of 0.5 GPM. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Plumbing Fixtures and Trimi A. Provide all brackets, plates, anchors and fastening devices necessary for rigidly mounting fixtures in place. Unless noted otherwise, each wall hung plumbing fixture shall be supported on appropriate type of chair carriers. B. Use chrome-plated brass piping where exposed to view between fixture and finished wall face and jacketed where fixture is designated for handicapped use. Provide tight fitting escutcheons of chrome plated brass wherever piping passes through walls. Supply piping to all fixtures shall be anchored to prevent movement. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Fixtures: American Standard, Toto, as per schedule of the drawings. 2. Flush Valves: Delaney, Sloan, or Toto. 3. Toilet Seats: Bemis, Beneke, Church, Olsonite or Centoco. 4. Trim: Toto, Moen or Delta. 5. Electric Water Coolers: Elkay, Halsey Taylor or Oasis. 2.02 Plumbing Fixtures and Trimj A. General: 1. Acid resisting enamel for enameled cast iron and steel fixtures. 2. Cast brass P-trap with cleanout for each lavatory and sink unless otherwise indicated 3. Renewable seats and disks for supply valves. 4. Stops for fixture hot and cold water supplies. 2.03 Plumbing Specialties: A. Cleanouts: i 1. Exterior type: Heavy-duty cast iron body with round, scoriated, non-tilt top. (EXISTING TO REMAIN) PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM, AND SPECIALTIES 15201-1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 2. Interior floor type: Cast iron with square, heavy duty, scoriated nickel bronze top. 3. Interior wall type: Cast iron cleanout tee with countersunk plug and square,' smooth nickel bronze access cover and frame. 4. Plugs: Heavy cast iron ferrule with screw plug. 5. Zurn, Josam, J. R. Smith, Wade, or Mifab approved equal. Refer to schedule on drawings. B. Traps: 1. Deep seal type on all floor drains, with trap primer connections. 2. Exposed and/or in cabinets: Chrome plated cast brass with cleanouts. C. Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Shall conform to ASSE 1010 specifications. . 3. Zurn, Josam, J. R. Smith, Wade, or Mifab are approved equals. Install water hammer arrestors as per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Floor Drains: 1. Adjustable height, cast iron body, double drainage flanges, flashing clamp, nickel bronze strainer, no integral trap, inside caulk bottom outlet with adapter for ring. 2. 6" strainer. 3. Polished brass strainer in equipment rooms. 4. Automatic trap primer connection except on shower drains. 5. Zurn, Josam, J. R. Smith, Wade or Mifab are approved equals. Refer to schedule on the drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: A. Protect chrome-plated items from damage by wrenches and other hazards. B. Install fixtures having flush valves so that supplies to valves for all identical fixtures in each room are at same height for that fixture type. Seat valve in place so that valve discharge centerline is directly above fixture spud centerline; do not connect by bending nipple between valve spud C. Install cold water on right (facing applicable fixtures). D. Verify, coordinate, adjust, align and secure rough-in piping to provide neat appearances and serviceable operation. Correlate with fixture manufacturer's data and recommendations and with required dimensions. 3.02 Cleanouts: A. Install at or near foot of each soil or waste stack and at each change in direction of building drain greater than 45 degrees. 0 PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM, AND SPECIALTIES 15201- 2 of 3 APA - 03.07 B. 3.03 Trapsz Training Building Fire Station # 48 Shall be accessible; install flush with finished wall, floor or finished grade. A. Trap each fixture (except those with integral traps) with water sealed trap located as close as possible to fixture and never greater than 24" from fixture. B. Provide all floor drains and hub drain traps and indirect waste traps with automatic primer system for each trap. 3.04 Water Hammer Arresters: Size and locate in accord manufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 Final Installation: Final installation of all drains (floor, hub, shower and other similar types) must yield absolutely permanently water tight floor and/or roof system. (End of Section 15201) • • PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM, AND SPECIALTIES 15201- 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15210 - DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide potable water systems complete as indicated on the specifications and drawings. Drawings scales prohibit the indication of all offsets, fittings, sleeves, and similar items; however, these deviations shall be provided as work of this Section at no additional cost to the Owner. (No change in Contract price). 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Interior Water Pipe: Hot and cold water supply piping up to a point five feet outside the building line shall be type L hard drawn seamless copper water tube conforming to ASTM B88- 89. 2.02 Fittings: Wrought copper, pressure type conforming to ASTM B16.22-1989. 2.03 Solder: Lead free, 95-5 non-corrosive flux. 2.04 Pipe Protective Coating (Interior): Protect hot and cold water piping below floor or in contact with concrete by wrapping with 20 mil thickness vinyl tape equal to Permacel No. 307. 2.05 Dielectric Isolators: A. Unions: For pipe sizes two inches (2') and smaller, EPCO or Rockford-Eclipse insulated unions with joint connection to suit pipe and equipment F B. Flanges: For pipe sizes two and one-half inches (2-1/2') and over; Plico Products flange insulation sets with: phenolic retainer, nitrile rubber seal element, polyethylene sleeves and double washer sets. Spring lock type with set screw. 2.06 Relief Valves: ASME rated; size and setting as recommended by equipment manufacturer and/or indicated on drawings. 2.07 Valves: A. All valves shall have the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the guaranteed working pressure cast or stamped on the body. Adapters shall be provided for all valves on copper lines. B. All stop valves used on this work, unless otherwise specified or required, shall be of the gate pattern, suitable for 125 pound working pressure. C. All gate valves shall be packed and left perfectly tight at the completion of work. D. Gate Valves: Gate valves two inches (2') and smaller shall be made of the best brass of screwed pattern of the solid wedge type, double seat, non-rising stem, with gland stuffing box and iron wheel, NIBCO T-133, Stockham B-128 or Jenkins 370C. Gate valves two and one-half inches (2-1/2') or larger shall be iron body, brass trimmed, flanges ends and otherwise same type as smaller valves, NIBCO F617-0, Stockham 9-623 or Jenkins 651C. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15210 -1 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 49 E. Check Valves: check valves two inches (2') and smaller shall be made of the best grade brass, screwed pattern, swing check, one disc for hot and cold water; NIBCO T4-413- BY, Jenkins 996 or Stockham B-319. Check valves two and one-half inches (2-1/2') and larger shall be iron body. F. Ball valves two inches (2') and smaller shall be all bronze of compact pattern with solder joint connections rated at 400 pounds WOG. Stem extensions shall be furnished for use in insulated lines where insulation exceeds 1/2" Ball valves may be substituted for gate valves in sizes two inches (2') and smaller. NIBCO S-580, Milwaukee BA 1001150 Apollo 70-100/200. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Joints and Connections: A. General: Joints and connections shall be made permanently air, gas and watertight. B. Equipment Connections: Final connections to services and connections to equipment shall be made with unions for pipe sizes two inches (2') and under and with companion flanges for pipe two and one-half inches (2-1/2') and larger. Where incompatible piping material comes in contact, except for the use of valves, isolate the two materials using dielectric isolates as specified herein before. C. Piping drops to points of use shall each be valved for individual shut-offs. 3.02 Valves: All valves, stops, pressure regulators and similar items shall be installed in an easily accessible location. Provide access panel (refer to Section 15000 entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work') for all concealed valves. 3.03 Sterilization: All potable water piping shall be disinfected with a mixture containing not less than 0.6 pounds of high-test (70% available chlorine) calcium hypochlorite, or two pounds of chlorinated lime to each 1,000 gallons of water to provide no less than 50 ppm of available chlorine. The mixture shall be injected into the system and retained for not less than 12 hours. The system shall then be drained, flushed with potable water and placed in service. 3.04 Tests: Upon completion of the water supply system it shall be tested and proved tight under a water pressure no less than 25 PSI above the working pressure under which it is to be operated and retained for not less than 24 hours s shall be observed by a representative of the Project Architect/Engineer before it is removed. (End of Section 15210) • DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15210 - 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15220 - SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide soil, waste and vent piping systems complete as indicated on specifications and drawings. Drawing scales prohibit the indication of all offsets, fittings, sleeves and similar items; however, these deviations shall be provided as work of this section at no additional cost to Owner (no change in Contract price). 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Pipe and Fittings: A. Interior above first floor slab shall be service weight cast iron, no-hub soil pipe conforming to CISPI Std. 301-85 with stainless steel clamps and shield with neoprene sealing sleeve conforming to CISPI Std. 301.85.. If located in return air plenum or in fire rated walls only. B. Interior above first floor slab shall be schedule 40 polyvinylchloride pipe with PVC solvent welded fittings. C. Interior below floor slab and up to a point five feet (5'-0") beyond the building walls shall be type PVC DWV pipe and fittings (ASTM 2665-88). 2.02 Floor Drains: * Floor drains shall be as manufactured by Zuru, Josam, J.R Smith, Wade or Mifab. Provide flashing clamp devices where required by floor construction. Refer to schedule on drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: Contractor shall promptly install all sewer and drain piping after excavating, chasing, or cutting for same has been done, so as to keep the openings for such piping open as short a time as possible. No piping shall, however, be permanently closed up, furred in or covered before the examination of same by the authorities having jurisdiction. 3.02 Scope: All piping shall be run in the most direct manner. Horizontal pipe shall have a grade of one-quarter inch (1/4") per foot wherever possible and not less, in any case, than one-eighth inch (1/8") per foot. All offsets shall be 45 degrees or less. 3.03 Insulation: Refer to Section 15400 entitled "Thermal Insulation". 3.04 Cleanouts: Refer to Section 15201 entitled "Plumbing Fixtures Trim and Specialties". 3.05 Vents: Vent branches shall be kept above the fixtures in such a manner as to preclude the use of the vents as waste pipes should the latter become obstructed. All branches shall be so graded as to prevent accumulation of water or scale therein. All vent pipes shall be properly graded without drops or sags and so connected as to drip back to waste pipes by gravity. Wherever practicable, two or more vents shall be connected together and extended as one vent through the roof. is SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM 15220 -1 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.06 Escutcheons: Where waste and vents are exposed at fixtures, pipes shall be chrome-plated brass (iron pipe size) and have chrome-plated escutcheons where they pass through floors, walls, or ceilings. 3.07 Flashing: At all points where the vents pass through the roof: the openings shall be flashed with sheet lead flashing weighing not less than four (4) pounds per square foot. The flashing shall be made absolutely water-tight at the roof line and shall be extended up, over and down at least two inches (2") into the pipe. Each flange shield shall extend not less than fourteen inches (14") in all directions from the respective vent, underneath the roofing material. 3.08 Tests: After all soil, waste and vent stacks have been installed, the outlets shall be plugged and the piping system filled with water to the highest point of the system, but with no less than 10 ft head of water, and allowed to remain filled for twenty-four (24) hours and proved tight under such conditions. This test may be conducted in segments as required by the sequence of construction. All tests shall be observed by a representative of the Project Architect/Engineer before tests are removed. (End of Section 15220) • • SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM 15220 - 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15221- WATER HEATER: ELECTRIC. 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Refer to Section 15000 entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.02 Equipment Capabilities shall be as indicated on drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 General: UL approved vertical electric tankless heaters. A. Ener M Conservation: 1. All automatic, electric, tankless water heater(s) shall have a stand-by loss not exceeding 4 watts per square foot of tank surface area per hour. All water heaters shall be labeled to indicate compliance with ASHRAE 90. lb-1992. B. Construction: Heaters, waterways, and coils shall be stainless steel construction. C. Trim: Shall have brass drain, magnesium rod anode and stamped AS1vIE rated temperature and pressure relief valve. D. Accepable: A.O. Smith, Rheem or Ruud. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Install in accord with manufacturer's recommendations or as otherwise specified or shown on drawings. (End of Section 15221) ?J WATER HEATER: ELECTRIC 152211 of 1 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15400 - INSULATION, THERMAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide plant, labor, and materials to insulate equipment, piping and miscellaneous items in the piping and duct systems as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 Relation to Other Work: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". No insulation adhesives, materials or finishes shall be applied until the item to be insulated has been completely installed and tested and proved tight. 1.03 Shop Drawings: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.04 NFPA 90A: All materials and adhesives used in or on ductwork shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 90A as to flame spread and smoke developed ratings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Insulation Materials, General: Insulation materials shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: A. Type I-1: Preformed cellular glass pipe insulation. Pittsburgh Corning "Foamglas". B. Type I-3: Preformed nitrile rubber based elastomeric pipe insulation. Johns-Manville "Aeratube". C. Type I4: Preformed glass fiber pipe insulation. Johns-Manville Flame Safe with VBC vapor barrier jacket. D. Type I-5: Fiberglass blanket insulation. Johns-Manville Microlite fiberglass one and one-half (1-1/2) inch thick, one (1) pound per cubic foot density with reinforced foil scrim kraft vapor barrier. E. Type I-6: Nitrile rubber based elastomeric sheet insulation. John-Mansville "Aerotube". F. Type I-7: Cellular glass block insulation, Pittsburgh Corning "Foamglas". 2.02 Ductwork Insulation Materials: A. Insulation, Fiberglass Blanket Wrap (Type DI-1): Manville Microlite fiberglass duct insulation with reinforced foil scrim kraft vapor barrier with a minimum thermal resistance of 6.0. B. Insulation, Fiberglass Rigid Board (Type DI-2): Manville "Micro-Aire" MIF fiberglass dud board, stiffness of 800 El, heavy duty foil facing on exposed surface consisting of foil, fiberglass scrim reinforcement and two layers of kraft paper in a foil-kraft scrim-kraft pattern, with a thermal resistance of 6.0. C. Tape (Type T-1): Tape shall be 0.75" (19 mm) wide fiber reinforced tape such as Scotch #880 or equal. D. Wire (Type W-1): Dead soft, 16 gauge, stainless steel wires. INSULATION, THERMAL 15400 - 1 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 E. Straps (Type ST-1): Stainless steel T-304 (18-8) soft annealed with deburred edge with stainless steel wing seals. Childers Products Co., "Febstraps". 2.03 Adhesives, Mastics, Sealants, Bore Coats: Adhesives, mastics, sealants, and bore coatings shall include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: A. Cellular Glass Insulation (Types I-1, I-7): 1. Bore Coating (Type BC-1): Factory applied vinyl base anti-compound specifically designed for use with cellular glass insulation. Pittsburgh Coming "Anti Abrasive Compound 2A" or Hydrocal B-11. 2. Joint Sealant; Exterior Applications (Type JS-1): Non-hardening vapor barrier sealant specifically designed for use with cellular glass. Foster's "30-45 Foamseal Sealant". 3. Joint Sealant; Interior Applications (Type JS-2): Pittseal 727 sealant. B. Glass Fiber Insulation (Types I-5, DI-1 and DI-2): 1. Adhesive (Type AGF-1): Foster 85-20. 2. Mastic (Type MGF-1): Foster 35-00. C. Nitrile Rubber Based Elastomeric Insulation: 1. Adhesive (Type AEI-1): Johns-Manville No. 57 adhesive. 2.04 Finishes: Insulation finishes shall include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: A. Cellular Glass Insulation (Types I-1, I-7): 1. Flexible Insulation Jacket (Type J-1): Prefabricated laminate containing a 10 x 10 asphalt impregnated glass fabric and a one mil thick aluminum foil sandwiched between three layers of a bituminous mastic. The exposed (outer) surface shall be coated with a plastic film and the inner surface with a release paper. Pittsburgh Coming "Pittwtap HD". 2. Finish Mastic (Type MF-1): Waterproof; weather, acid and alkali resistant mastic compound of high molecular weight bituminous polymers. Pittsburgh Corning "Pittcote 404". 3. Glass Fabric (Type FG-1): 10 x 10 Mesh asphalt impregnated glass fabric. Pittsburgh Coming "Glass Fab". 4. Fabric (Type F-1): 10 x 10 Mesh fiberglass fabric for reinforcing coatings. Pittsburgh Coming "PC Fabric 79". 5. Pipe Jacketing (Type JP-1): Jacketing for outdoor applications may be 0.016" (0.4 mm) factory painted (non-silver) aluminum jacketing with 0.5" x 0.015" (13 x 0.38 mm) bands with matching seals. Jacketing materials are available from RPR Products, Premetco International, or other manufacturers. INSULATION, THERMAL 15400 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 6. Pipe Jacketing (Type JP-2): PVC jacket as manufactured by Proto or equal, that is W resistant and 20 mils thick or greater is acceptable. Apply per manufacture's recommendations. 7. Pipe Fitting Covers (Type PFC-1): Aluminum fitting covers, 0.020 inches minimum thickness, type 3003 alloy, H-14 temper prefabricated fitting covers with baked epoxy moisture barrier for pipe sizes through 24". Filed fabricate fitting covers for pipe sizes larger than 24" using 0.020 inches thick aluminum roll jacketing with laminated polyethylene/kraft moisture barrier. Childers Products "Ell-Jacs", "Gore Ell-Jacs", "Tee-Jack", "End-Caps", "Beveled Collars", "Valve Fitting Covers", and "Flange Jacs". B. Nitrile Rubber Based Elastomeric Insulation (Types I-3, I-6): 1. Finish Type FE-1: Johns-Manville "Aerotube Finish White". Do not store this finish within the building. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Chilled, Heating Hot Water, Dual Temperature and Condenser Water Piping: A. General: Water pipe insulation shall be two inches (2") thick in interior locations and three inches (3") thick in exterior locations. All piping shall be cleaned of foreign substances and free of surface moisture prior to the application of insulation. All insulation materials shall be stored in an area protected from the weather and kept dry before and during application. Testing of the piping system shall be completed prior, to application of insulation. B. Interior, Concealed (e.g., in plenums, chases): Insulate with factory bore coated (BC-1), prefabricated, cellular *glass pipe insulation (I-1). Butter joints with joint sealant (JS-2) and secure each section with not less than two bands of tape (T-1) Finish with a layer of fabric (F-1) applied between two glove coats of mastic (MY-2). Mastic and fabric shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do same for fittings. C. Interior, Exposed to View (e.g. mechanical rooms): Insulate with factory bore coated (BC-1), prefabricated, cellular glass pipe insulation.. (1-1). Butter joints with joint sealant (JS-2) and secure each section with not less than two bands of tape (T-1). Finish with jacketing (JP-2). Secure jacketing with straps. Finish elbows and fittings with mastic (1VIF-2), reinforced with fabric (F-1). Finish materials shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do same for fittings. D. Exterior Exposed: Insulate with factory bore coated (BC-1), prefabricated, cellular glass pipe insulation (I-1). Butter all joints with joint sealant (JS-2) and secure each section with not less than two bands of tape (T-1) then apply fabric (FG-1) between two glove coats or mastic (Aff-1). Then apply aluminum jacketing (JP-1). Do same for fittings. E. Use Type I-7 insulation where necessary. 3.02 Condensate Drain (Cold) Piping: Insulate with preformed nitrile rubber based elastomeric is pipe insulation (I-3), secured with adhesive (AEI-1). Insulation thickness shall be three quarter inch (3/4"). INSULATION, THERMAL 15400 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.03 Water Pumps and HVAC Apparatus: Insulate volutes and related cold surfaces with nitrile rubber based elastomeric sheet insulation (I-6) out to and including pump flanges.• Provide cutouts or removable sections as required to provide access to grease fittings and similar items. Secure the insulation with adhesive (AEI-1) applied to a clean surface. Insulation thickness shall be one and one-half (1-1/2) inches. 3.04 Refrigerant Piping (suction line): Insulate with preformed nitrile rubber based elastomeric pipe insulation (I-3), secured with adhesive (AEI-1), insulation thickness shall be one inch (V). 3.05 Ductwork: A. General: 1. Internal Insulation: See Section entitled "Ductwork". The Section entitled "Ductwork" describes all of the ductwork used on this project, and defines whether the ductwork should be insulated internally as work of the "Ductwork" Section or externally as work of the "Insulation, Thermal" Section. B. Medium and Low Pressure Interior Concealed: All supply return, and outside air ductwork that is not internally insulated shall be insulated externally with fiberglass blanket wrap Type DI-1. Overlap internal insulation a minimum of one foot beyond any such internal insulation, and vapor seal raw end as specified herein for joints. Adhere duct insulation (DI-1) using adhesive (AGF-1) applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where duct width exceeds twenty-four inches (24"), the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of the duct using mechanical fasteners spaced one foot (1') on center. Insulation shall be applied with edges tightly butted, and all joints and breaks in the vapor barrier sealed using glass fabric and mastic applied in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Medium and Low Pressure, Interior Exposed: Insulate externally with fiberglass ductboard Type DI-2. Adhere to sheet metal ductwork in accord with manufacturer's instructions. This applies to rectangular duct only; when duct is round or flat-oval, insulate with Type DI-1 as in Paragraph 3.06-B above. D. Medium and Low Pressure Exterior Exposed: All supply and return air ductwork which is exterior to the building shall be insulated externally (in addition to any internal insulation) with cellular glass insulation (Type I-7). Apply the cellular glass insulation (minimum thickness: 2 inches) to exterior surfaces in accord with insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Taper thickness of insulation applied to top horizontal surfaces from 2 inch thickness at edges to 3 inch thickness at the center to provide a crowned surface so that water will not stand on the surface. Provide a mastic-glasscloth-mastic glassclothmastic finish (using mastic Type MF-1 and glasscloth Type FG-1) on the insulation surface. Paint exterior ductwork finish with an approved exterior paint to match building wall color. 3.06 Flexible Duct Connections: Insulate with nitrile based elastomeric insulation (Type I-6); thickness shall be 1 inch. Adhere with adhesive Type AEI-1. Finish with Type FE-1. 3.07 Domestic Hot Water Piping: Insulate all pipe with one (1) inch thick, for piping upto 2", 1 1/2" for piping fiberglass insulation. Insulate fittings, valves and similar items; insulate INSULATION, THERMAL 15400 - 4 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 completely. 2 1/2" and up for run-outs (0.5') inch for piping up to 2" and max to 12' (feet) in length. 3.08 Sanitary Drain and Stacks: Insulate back of floor drains receiving discharge from condensate drain (cold) piping with 1-1/2 inch thick flexible insulation (I-5) with vapor barrier. Adhere insulation to floor drain. Insulate piping from floor drain, "P" trap horizontal run and vertical stack whether exposed or concealed inside the building. Provide a vapor barrier using Foster's 30-36 for all joints and laps. 3.09 Insulation Fit: Where insulation is applied to pipe or equipment, it shall be installed with all joints fitted to eliminate voids. Voids shall not be filled with joint sealant, but shall be eliminated by refitting or replacing insulation. 3.10 Control Devices: Provide thermal insulation for all control devices (bulb well extensions, nipples, and pipe connections and control valve bodies) as required to prevent condensation and dripping where these devices may be below the dew point temperature of their environment. (End of Section 15400) • E INSULATION, THERMAL 15400 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15611- FANS, CEILING CABINET CENTRIFUGAL, LIGHT DUTY 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide light duty inline centrifugal fans with characteristics indicated on drawings. 1.02 Shop Drawings: Refer to requirements of Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.03 Certified Performance: Be AMCA certified as to both sound and performance ratings. 1.04 Manufacturer: Acceptable: Acme Engineering and Manufacturing Company; Greenheck Fan and Ventilator Corp.; Loren Cook Company; Penn Ventilator Company, or approved equal. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Fan Housing: Fan housing including longitudinal, traverse, and diagonal stiffeners, motor mounts, bearing and drive supports shall be constructed of steel. Entire fan housing shall be internally lined with 1/2 inch thick or greater, three pound per cubic foot density fiberglass acoustical duct liner with a stabilized surface. Liner shall be held in place with adhesive and mechanical fasteners. All insulation and adhesives shall meet requirements of NFPA 90A as to flame spread and smoke developed ratings. Housing, including all bracing, stiffeners and motor mounted assembly shall be factory finished with a baked on alkaloid enamel finish over a corrosion resistant primer. Removable panel in bottom of housing for complete access to motor and fan. Inlet and outlet duct connections. 2.02 Fan Wheel: Shall be centrifugal type and shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Single or twin impeller as necessary to provide indicated performance. 2.03 Fan Motor: Permanently lubricated shaded pole motor mounted on resilient isolators to minimize vibration and noise. 2.04 Backdraft Damper: Mounted in throat of fan discharge. 2.05 Drive Assembly: Drive shall be direct drive type as indicated on drawings, and shall conform with the requirements of Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 2.06 Disconnect Switch: Fans shall include factory mounted disconnect switches prewired to the drive motor. 2.07 Speed Control: Solid state speed controller for speed reduction to 40%. Mounted on housing or as otherwise indicated, to be used for setting CFM not as an on/off switch. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Fan Placement and Mounting: Fan locations shall be essentially as shown on drawings; however, actual fan placement shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to equipment approved for actual installation on this project. Mount fan in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Wiring: See Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". FANS, CEILING CABINET CENTRIFUGAL, LIGHT DUTY 15611- 1 of 2 11 • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.03 Sound and Vibration Control: Refer to Section entitled, "Ductwork" for air side sound control and to Section entitled, "Vibration Isolation" for vibration control. 3.04 Duct Connections: Inlet and discharge ducts shall be connected to the fan duct collars using flexible connectors. These connectors shall be installed properly so that they are not in tension and are aligned with their respective ducts. 3.05 Test and Balance: All fan performance shall be certified by test and balance procedures as specified in section describing test and balance procedures. (End of Section 15611) • E FANS, CEILING CABINET CENTRIFUGAL, LIGHT DUTY 15611- 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15671- ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR, AIR TO AIR 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide light duty inline centrifugal fans with characteristics indicated on drawings. 1.02 Shop Drawings: Refer to requirements of Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.03 Certified Performance: Be AMCA certified as to both sound and performance ratings. 1.04 Manufacturer: Acceptable: ERV Systems; Semco; Greenheck Fan and Ventilator Corp., or approved equal. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Series, Fresh Air Pre-conditioner A. CASING - Standard panels shall be 20 gauge galvanized steel, lined with 1/2 inch thick neoprene insulation where required. The housing shall be supported by a formed structural base that forms a pan to ensure weather tight construction. Lifting holes shall be provided at the unit base. The outdoor air intake opening shall include an automatic shutoff damper with electric operator. The exhaust air discharge shall be include a gravity back draft damper. The exterior of the unit shall be coated with an epoxy primer and a polyurethane enamel painting. B. ACCESS - Access to components shall-be provided through a large, tightly sealed and easily removable access panel. Access panels shall be constructed of the same materials as the unit casing. The wheel cassette shall be easily removable from the unit. The roof of the unit shall also be removable for access. C. UNIT CONFIGURATION - The supply air inlet and exhaust air outlet must be oriented at opposite ends of the Energy Recovery System to maximize the distance between the two airstreams in order to minimize the risk of short circuiting exhaust air into the supply air intake. C. FANS - Fans shall be double width double inlet design with forward curve type wheels. The blades shall be designed for maximum efficiency and quiet operation. Impellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be driven by direct drive motors located at the fan inlet or by motors using belts and sheaves. Motors shall be standard NEMA frame with open drip-proof enclosures. V-belt drives shall be designed for a minimum 1.2 service factor. D. TOTAL ENERGY WHEEL • • 1. The rotor media shall be made of aluminum, which is coated to prohibit corrosion. All surfaces shall be coated with a non-migrating adsorbent specifically developed for the selective transfer of water vapor. The desiccant shall utilize a 3A molecular sieve certified by the manufacturer to have an internal pore diameter distribution which limits adsorption to materials not larger ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR, AIR TO AIR 156711 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • than the critical diameter of a water molecule (2.8 angstroms). Verification in writing shall be presented from the desiccant manufacturer confirming that the internal pore diameter distribution inherent in the desiccant being provided limits adsorption to materials not larger than the critical diameter of a water molecule (2.8 angstroms). In addition, the face of the media shall be coated with an acid resistant coating to provide maximum protection against face oxidation. Equal sensible and latent recovery efficiencies shall be clearly documented through a certification program conducted in accordance with ASHRAE 84 and ARI 1060 standards. The media shall be cleanable with low temperature steam, hot water or light detergent, without degrading the latent recovery. Dry particles up to 600 microns shall freely pass through the media. Wheel media shall be independently tested and shown to conform to the requirements of NFPA-90A, documenting a flame spread of less than 25 and a smoke generation rating of less than 50. 2. Manufacturers using wheels with a rotor based on non-aluminum materials (i.e., paper, plastic or Mylar) that require periodic replacement, shall provide the owner with a spare wheel or equivalent wheel segments for future use and storage. 3. Cross-Contamination: The cross-contamination characteristics of the selected desiccant shall also be certified by an independent third party of good repute. If said certification is not available, the outside air requirement for each specified unit shall be multiplied by a factor given in the table below for each desiccant. It shall be the contractors responsibility to resize the duct work / air conditioning • equipment and take responsibility for proper system operation at the higher OA CFM if a desiccant other than 3A is used. This factor has been determined by the research performed at the Georgia Institute of Technology. With Purge Desiccant 3A* 4A* Silica Gel Ventilation Factor 1.00 1.16 1.40 Without Purge Desiccant 3A* 4A* Silica Gel Ventilation Factor 1.03 1.20 1.46 3A* = 3 Angstrom Molecular Sieve 4A* = 4 Angstrom Molecular Sieve Note: Any desiccant not listed above requires manufacture to contact the engineer for the correct Ventilation Factor. E. ROTOR CASSETTE - The rotor cassette shall be a sheet metal framework, which limits the deflection of the rotor due to air pressure. The cassette shall be made of galvanized steel to prevent corrosion. The rotor cassette shall be easily removable from the Energy Recovery Unit to facilitate rigging (if necessary) and ease of service. The wheel cassette design shall use pillow block bearings for long life. A non-adjustable purge sector shall be included in the cassette. ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR, AIR TO AIR 156712 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 F. FILTERS - The filters shall be 1 inch thick permanent aluminum washable type mounted in the outside air hood and in the return air plenum. The filters shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories as Class 2. G. AIRFLOW MONITOR - Unit shall include an integral airflow monitoring station with the ability to read both ventilation and exhaust airflow expressed in CFM. Monitor gauge to be flush mounted on unit exterior and watertight. Monitor shall be SEMCO Model AQFlow or Ruskin Model IAQ50 Integral Monitor/Damper, or approved equal. H. ELECTRICAL - Units shall require a single 60-cycle power connection. See schedule for voltage and phase requirements. The electrical panel shall consist of individual motor contactors, short circuit and overload protection and control power transformer. The NEMA electrical panel shall be mounted on the unit exterior for ease of access. Unit shall be ETL listed and labeled. 1. WARRANTY - Manufacturer warrants to Buyer that for a period of eighteen months from the date of shipment by manufacturer the goods to be delivered to Buyer will in all material respects be free from defects in material and workmanship when used in a proper and normal manner. Should any failure to conform to the above appear within eighteen months after the date of shipment and upon prompt notification thereof during the Limited Warranty Period and confirmation to manufacturer's satisfaction that the goods have been stored, installed, operated and maintained properly and in accordance with standard industry practice, to correct the non-conformity at manufacturer's option either by repairing any defective part or parts or by making available replacement park 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Placement and Mounting: Locations shall be essentially as shown on drawings; however, actual placement shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to equipment approved for actual installation on this project. Mount in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Wiring: See Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 3.03 Sound and Vibration Control: Refer to Section entitled, "Ductwork" for air side sound control and to Section entitled, "Vibration Isolation" for vibration control. 3.04 Duct Connections: Inlet and discharge ducts shall be connected to the duct collars using flexible connectors. These connectors shall be installed properly so that they are not in tension and are aligned with their respective ducts. 3.05 Test and Balance: All performance shall be certified by test and balance procedures as specified in section describing test and balance procedures. (End of Section 15671) • ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR, AIR TO AIR 156713 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 SECTION 15717 - SPLIT SYSTEM, DX CONDENSING UNIT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Furnish and install units of the types, sizes and capacities indicated on drawings. 1.02 Shop Drawings: Refer to the requirements of Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.03 Manufacturer: Basis of design is similar to that shown on drawings. c e t ble: Trane, American Standard. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Condensing Units: A. Condensing units shall be of the size and capacity as scheduled on the drawings and shall be of the same manufacturer as the air handling units. B. Condenser coil shall be of copper tube, aluminum fins construction and shall be circuited for subcooling. C. Fans shall be direct driven, propeller type fans arranged for vertical discharge. Condenser fan motors shall have inherent protection, and shall be of the permanently lubricated type, resiliently mounted. Each fan shall have a safety guard. D. Compressors shall be of the serviceable hermetic design with external spring isolators and shall have an automatically reversible oil pump. E. Controls shall be factory wired and located in a separate enclosure. Safety devices shall consist of high and low pressure switches and compressor overload devices. Timer shall prevent compressor from restarting for approximately five (5) minutes after shutoff. F. Casing shall be galvanized steel, zinc phosphatized and finished with baked enamel. G. Units shall be capable of starting and operating at 20 degrees F, (low ambient cooling). H. Provide condensing unit with sight glass. 1. Provide condensing unit with low / high pressure controls, service valves for suction / high / liquid lines. J. Provide time delay for compressor cycling. K. Unit shall include a five (5) year manufacturer's guarantee for replacement of motor/compressor assembly. SPLIT SYSTEM, DX CONDENSING UNIT 157171 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 Equipment Placement: Equipment shall be located essentially as shown on drawings; however, actual placement of the unit shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to the units approved for actual installation on this project. 3.02 Piping: Connect all piping to unit as shown by flow diagram on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Arrange piping to allow easy access to items for routine maintenance and to allow adequate clearances from related equipment in the space. (End of Section 15717) • • • SPLIT SYSTEM, DX CONDENSING UNIT 15717 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 SECTION 15800 - AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide all air distribution devices as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein for a complete and operable system. No perforated diffusers allowed 1.02 Relation to Other Work: Coordinate with work of the ceiling, drywall, and plastering trades as required to insure an orderly progression of work and a fast class finished system with respect to placement, alignment, finish, general fit, and absence of conflict with lighting systems and fire protection systems. 1.03 Design Conditions: A. Acoustic : Noise produced at each diffuser, register, grille, or other air distribution device shall not exceed a noise criteria level of NC 25 based on sound pressure levels in db re 0.0002 microbars unless otherwise indicated Coordinate air distribution devices, sound attenuation measures, and equipment actually provided to insure that this design constraint is not exceeded by the system installed B. Pressure drop across any air distribution device shall not exceed 0.10 in w.g. static pressure unless otherwise indicated. C. Gu r n e: Air distribution equipment shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to operate without excessive noise and with velocities in the five foot occupancy zone, when handling air with temperature differentials as high as 25 degrees, not to exceed 30 fpm at 2 degree difference, 50 fpm at 1-1/2 degree difference, or 75 fpm at a 1 degree difference when operating with an average 75 degree room temperature and measured no closer than 6 inches from a wall surface. 1.04 Shop Drawings: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.05 Manufacturer: Titus, Price, or approved equal. Manufacturers style and series numbers indicated are examples of products to be provided 1.06 Manufacturers must be members of the Air Distribution Council unless otherwise indicated. 1.07 All aluminum is to be extruded unless otherwise indicated. 1.08 Appearance: Each air distribution device which has a portion thereof (frame, core, etc.) exposed to view in the finished area shall have a factory applied finish which matches and is compatible with the color of the surrounding surface on which the device is installed. Colors must be approved by Architect prior to device fabrication. 1.09 All louvers, dampers, and/or shutters shall be rated by their manufacturer in accordance with AMCA Standard in effect. 1.10 Integral Components: All dampers, blank-off baffles and other companion devices which form an integral part of air distribution devices shall be factory made items produced by the manufacturer of air distribution device. AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 15800 -1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Ceiling Mounted Conditioned Air SuPP1Y Diffusers, Return Air Exhaust Air and Outside Air Registers. A. Designated on drawings by the manner of indicated system function for the device. B. Sponge Rubber Gaskets. C. Aluminum or steel, as specified. D. Companion adjustable volume dampers. 2.02 Ceiling Mounted Transfer Grilles: A. Designated on drawings by the manner of the indicated system function for the device. B. Aluminum or steel as specified. C. Sponge rubber gaskets. 2.03 Linear Supply Diffusers (for ceiling applicationl- A. Designated on drawings by the manner of the indicated system function for the device or as otherwise indicated. B. Adjustable to horizontal or vertical projection pattern through 180 degree angle. C. Integral volume control damper. D. Anodized extruded aluminum. 2.04 Linear Return Devices: A. Shall match with corresponding supply air devices. B. Adjustable volume dampers (interval). C. Anodized extruded aluminum. D. Slot width: same as Linear Supply Diffusers unless otherwise indicated. 2.05 Distribution Plenums: A. Designed to be compatible with applicable linear supply diffusers. B. Insulated to prevent condensation. C. Air tight connection to diffuser. D. Provided with each linear diffuser assembly in size and quantity which will provide uniform supply air flow over entire active portion of the linear diffuser. AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 15800 - 2 of 3 • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 E. Air supply duct connections spaced at nominal 4 foot increments unless otherwise indicated. 2.06 Mounting Screws: Where grilles, diffusers, or registers are specified which require mounting screws visible from the face of the device, these screws shall be furnished with the air distribution equipment or register in which they are to be used. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: A. Install neatly where indicated in accord with manufacturer's recommendations and in accord with SMACNA recommendations and as otherwise indicated. B. Properly test, balance and adjust to produce quiet, draftless operating to best degree possible. C. Do not install blank-offs under continuous linear diffuser distribution plenums. Distribution plenums shall cover only active portion of the diffuser. • 0 3.02 Rectangular Diffusers: Where diffusers are in lay-in type, they shall be supported by the inverted T-bar suspension system, but all ducts connected thereto shall be supported independently of the ceiling as specified under Section entitled "Ductwork". Surface mounted diffusers shall be supported by the duct runouts or drops where sheet metal ducts are indicated and by separate hangers where flex runouts are indicated. All rectangular ceiling diffusers shall be installed with their lines parallel and perpendicular to the building line and properly aligned with ceiling. 3.03 Sidewall Grilles and Registers: Mount securely to the duct system flanges using finish screws and in accordance with accepted good practice. 3.04 Ceiling Mounted Exhaust and Return Registers/Grilles: Mount as specified hereinbefore for surface mounted ceiling diffusers except use finished screws provided and secure to duct and finished ceiling (or finished ceiling for non-ducted returns) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Where required to provide adequate support for non-ducted registers or grilles, prove appropriate mounting frame for incorporation into the ceiling system. AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT (End of Section 15800) 15800 - 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15810 - TERMINAL UNITS; SINGLE INLET; ELECTRIC HEATING - VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS: 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide where indicated on drawings. Unit capacity and operating conditions shall be as scheduled on the drawings. 1.02 Shop Drawings: Refer to the requirements of Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.03 Acceptable Manufacturer: Price, Titus, Metalaire, Carrier, Trane or equal. 1.04 Noise Criteria: Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, the maximum allowable NC level in any occupied space (unless otherwise indicated) shall not exceed NC-30 as a result of radiated or discharged noise from any terminal unit 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Frame: Completely factory assembled. 2.02 Casing: The assembly casing shall be constructed of 22 gauge zinc coated steel, internally lined with 3/4 inch thick (min.), engineered polymer foam. All edges self sealing and in compliance with UL-181(Air Erosion), UL-181 (Mold Growth & Humidity), UL-723 (25/50 Flame & Smoke), ASTM E 84 (25/50 Flame & Smoke), ASTM C 665 (Fungi Resistance). . 2.03 Volume Damper: Shall be a pressure independent, variable volume control device designed for electronic thermostat reset The primary air valve damper shall be heavy gauge metal, with peripheral gasket and solid steel shaft, pivoted in self-lubricating bearings. In the full closed position, air leakage past the closed damper shall not exceed 2% of the nominal catalog rating at 3"w.g. inlet static pressure, when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 130. 2.04 Control Requirement: A. Terminal units must be independent of inlet pressure fluctuation in the main or branch duct system. Units must have controls which are factory installed, factory calibrated and factory tested to be pressure-independent. This pressure-independent feature must be a standard catalogued feature available as a standard catalogued option. 1. Units shall maintain constant discharge flow for any given setpoint with any variation in inlet static pressure between 0.2 inch w.g. and 6.0 inch w.g. 2. All terminal units must be factory set for design air flows. 3. The maximum air pressure drop across the terminal unit at maximum design cooling air flow and at which the unit will operate under proper control shall not exceed static pressures as indicated on drawings. B. Unit must have capability for easy field adjustment of maximum and minimum air quantities by resetting of control mechanism(s) on terminal unit. 0 TERMINAL UNITS: SINGLE INLET; ELECTRIC HEATING - 15810 -1 of 3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. Discharge volume setting controlled throughout indicated variable operating range by operation under thermostatic control. D. Electronic controls integral with the terminal unit shall be provided by the control contractor and installed by the terminal unit manufacturer. This includes damper motors and similar items. E. Controls must be completely compatible in all respects with the related components of the LON communication building automation system. 2.05 Operating Sequence: Terminal units shall have all necessary controls and accessories to operate as follows: Terminal unit shall function as a single inlet VAV terminal unit such that at maximum cooling demand, terminal unit passes maximum cold air. As cooling demand decreases, terminal unit will throttle down discharge air to space in response to room thermostat until it reaches a preset minimum (for example, 40 percent of maximum air flow). As demand for heating takes over in response to thermostat signal, electric reheat coil shall be actuated to heat the air being conveyed by the terminal unit 2.06 Access: A gasketed access panel shall be provided in the unit casing. 2.07 Electric Heating Coil: Electric heating coils shall be provided of the capacity scheduled on the drawings. The heating coils shall be factory mounted. Terminal assembly shall be UL 1995 certified. Overall length of assembly from inlet panel to discharge shall be 48 inches maximum. The heater frame and cabinet shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel. Heating elements shall be constructed of High Grade nickel chrome wire. Elements shall be low density and designed to minimize hot spots and nuisance cycling of the thermal protectors. Elements shall • be insulated from the steel frame by floating ceramic bushings. An automatic reset thermal cut- out shall be provided as primary protection against overheating. Heaters shall be equipped with a manual reset cut-out for secondary protection. Fused secondary thermal devices are not acceptable. A differential pressure switch, complete with pressure sensing tap strategically located shall be provided to ensure that there is adequate airflow before heater is energized, regardless of downstream static pressure. Heater controls to be accessible from the same side as the primary air controls, and mounted in protective metal shroud complete with hinged access door and door interlock disconnect switch. B. Wiring Diagrams: Provide complete control wiring diagrams furnished by the terminal unit manufacturer to the mechanical systems control manufacturer and the Electrical Contractor. This wiring diagram shall completely indicate in full detail all electrical and control wiring requirements, terminal, etc. necessary to allow the control manufacturer and Electrical Contractor to completely coordinate their respective wiring portions of the terminal unit system installation. 2.08 Air flow sensor. Shall be of a cross configuration located at the inlet of the assembly. The sensor shall have twelve total pressure sensing ports and a center averaging chamber designed to accurately average the flow across the inlet of the assembly. Sensor shall provide accuracy within 5% with a 90° sheet metal elbow directly at the inlet of the assembly. The air flow sensor shall amplify the sensed air flow signal. 2.09 General;, At an inlet velocity of 2,000 fpm, the differential static pressure for any unit with attenuator section, sizes 4 through 16, shall not exceed 0.11" w.g. Performance shall be ARI Certified 3.0 EXECUTION TERMINAL UNITS: SINGLE INLET; ELECTRIC HEATING - 15810 - 2 of 3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.01 Unit Location: Unit location shall essentially be as shown on the drawings; however, actual placement of the unit shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to the equipment approved for actual installation on this project. Coordinate location with all ducts, beams, joists, conduit, lights, piping, air distribution devices and other items in immediate vicinity of indicated locations. Make minor adjustments in exact locations shown to best fit available space. 3.02 Additional Installation Requirements: A. Locate boxes so that access for repair, maintenance and adjustment is easily facilitated without removal of other permanently located items which are in the immediate vicinity of boxes (this excludes removable ceiling panels, removable air distribution devices attached to flexible ductwork and other similar items). B. No terminal unit outlet shall be nearer than 60 inches from the first flexible duct connection take-off to the first downstream air distribution device. C. Coordinate controls to take into account reverse of direct acting thermostats, whether terminal units are normally open or normally closed, and similar interfacing. (End of Section 15810) • C TERMINAL UNITS: SINGLE INLET; ELECTRIC HEATING - 15810 - 3 of 3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • SECTION 15850 - DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide complete duct systems as indicated. Systems shall include, but not be limited to, the following: outside air, exhaust air, and air conditioning supply and return air duct systems as shown on drawings. Drawing scales prohibit the indication of all offsets, fittings, and like items; however, these items shall be installed as required for the actual project conditions at no change in contract price. A. Items Included: This section generally includes, but is not limited to, the following major items: 1. Low pressure sheet metal ductwork. 2. Low pressure flexible ducts. 3. Duct system accessories. a. Flexible duct connections. b. Sputters. C. Low pressure metal turning vanes. d. Extractors. C. Manual volume dampers. £ Low pressure access doors. 1.02 Relation to Other Work: Coordinate shop drawings ordering, delivery, and placement of all 0 items affecting the duct systems including, but not limited to, the following items: air handling units, exhaust fans, supply fans, sound attenuators, duct mounted coils, access panels, air distribution devices, fire dampers, outside air louvers, hoods, filters, roof curbs, structural framing, roof construction, roofing, and the work of all trades to insure an orderly and timely progression of the work. Refer to the requirements of the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.03 Shop Drawings: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". Include complete data on: all prefabricated duct and fittings; access doors; flexible connectors; manual volume dampers including operating hardware; extractors; turning vanes; automatic shutters; duct liner including mechanical fasteners and adhesives; and all other items. 1.04 Air Handling Unit and Ductwork Configuration Shop Drawings: A. Air handling unit manufacturer and model or series which has been used as the design basis for this project is indicated If Contractor elects to submit for approval any unit which is made by any other manufacturer which is listed as acceptable, the Contractor shall submit a shop drawing for each air handling unit for which he proposes to use a unit which is different than the design basis. Such shop drawings shall meet the following requirements: 1. Be drawn at the same scale as the unit is shown on the Drawings. Contractor may elect to use a larger scale if he desires (i.e., if drawing of unit is at 1/4" _ V-0", 1/2" =1'-0" may be used). • DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 1 of 11 APA - 03.07 B. C. Training Building Fire Station # 48 2. Clearly show all proposed ductwork configuration changes (sizes, routing, and similar differences) which are different in any respect from the Drawings. Extent of shop drawings shall show all ductwork to and from each unit beginning with and terminating at those points where ductwork is intended to remain unchanged as shown on Drawings. 3. Where proposed changes affect any other work such as structure, housekeeping pads, piping, equipment, electrical work or any other work, shop drawings shall clearly show those proposed changes. 4. Proposed changes shall be at no additional change in contract price. 5. Where Drawings show units in plan only, shop drawings shall show proposed units in plan and also in elevation. 6. Shop drawings shall also show exact locations of related work (such as bar joists, columns, beams, sound attenuators, and like items) which affect the proposed ductwork routing and unit location and configuration. 7. Each section of each air handling unit shall be clearly identified (i.e., coil section, fan section, filter section, mixing box section, etc.). Failure to submit these shop drawings together at the same time with the air handling unit shop drawings will result in total disapproval of the proposed air handling units. Time delays or other reasons will not be considered These shop drawings shall be prepared as work of this section in coordination with the work of section describing the air conditioning unit(s). 1.05 Other Requirements: A. Provide all ductwork and components thereof in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. All ductwork dimensions indicated are nominal free clearance internal dimension which do not include insulation thickness. 1.06 Definitions: A. "SMACNA" means "Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc." B. Low Pressure Ductwork: Any and all ductwork conveying air or other gases at velocities less than 2000 fpm and static pressure less than 2.0 inches w.g. This ductwork may also be referred to in these specifications as "Low Velocity Ductwork". SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible," First Edition, 1985, shall govern construction of this ductwork unless otherwise specified; construct duct in accord therewith • is DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 2 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. Pressure and Velocity Classifications: Pressure and velocity classifications, (hereinafter called "PNC") for ducts are defined as follows: Positive or SMACNA Static Pressure Negative SMACNA Velocity PNC Pressure Class Rating Pressure Seal Class (fpm) 2 Low 2" + or - B 2500 do 1 Low 1" + or - C 2500 do Low + or - D 2000 do Note: All seams, joints, fasteners penetrations and connections to be sealed with hard cast. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Low Pressure Sheet Metal Ductwork Systems operating at two inches of water static pressure or less, shall, unless specifically specified otherwise; conform to the following requirements: A. Material: Prime quality forty-eight inch wide resquare tight coat galvanized steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A-526. B. Reinforcing, Cross Breaking, Seams, Joints: Be in accordance with latest SMACNA construction standard for low pressure sheet metal duct. 2.02 Glass Fiber Low Pressure Ductwork: None allowed on this project. 0 2.03 Low Pressure Round Ductwork: A. Conduit: Shall be "zinc grip" steel of spiral lock-seam construction. Duct shall be made using galvanized steel as per ASTM A-527 G-90. Gauge shall be as follows: Round Duct: Fitting Size Duct Gauge Gauge Up through 8" diameter 26 24 Sr through 14" diameter 26 24 15" through 26" diameter 24 22 2T' through 36" diameter 22 20 3T' dmmgh 50" diameter 20 20 51" through 60" diameter 18 18 61" through 84" diameter 16 16 2.04 Acoustically Lined Sound Attenuating RoundDuct and Fittings: General construction is specified m paragraphs above. Flame spread and smoke developed ratings shall comply with NFPA 90A. Double walled with zinc coated solid sheet steel outer wall and zinc coated perforated sheet steel inner wall. One inch thick annular space between inner and outer walls uniformly packed with fiberglass insulation with effect thermal conductivity of 0.27 BTUH per sq. ft. (F degrees per inch). Exception: 2" thick annular space with insulation of same type and thickness where specifically indicated Equal to United Sheet Metal Co. AcoustiK27. A. Fittings: United Sheet Metal, Impulse Air or R.V. Money per SMACNA. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 3 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1. Material: 20 inch diameter and smaller shall be constructed from 22 gauge zinc grip steel; 22 inch diameter and larger shall be constructed from 20 gauge, zinc grip steel or as per SMACNA. Steel shall conform to ASTM A527. 2. Elbows: Five inch diameter and larger shall be five section construction; three and four inch diameter shall be die formed construction 3. Divided Flow Fittings: All divided flow configurations are to be furnished as separate fittings. Tap covers welded into spiral duct sections are not acceptable. All tees, crosses and laterals up to and including 12" diameter tap size, will have a minimum of 3/8" radius rounded entrance into the tap, produced by machining, press forming, or hand grinding to a smooth entrance. The entrance will be free of projections, weld build-ups, burrs or irregularities. All fittings will have continuous welds along all seams. 4. Tees and Crosses: All tees and crosses shall be the spun conical type with branch entrances through 12" size, to be rounded laminar flow as noted in Paragraph 3 above. 5. Connections: Each connection of conduit to fittings shall be made with a synthetic rubber sealing compound conforming to NFPA 90A as to flame spread and smoke developed ratings and mechanically fastened with drive or twist screws, and all joints tested in accordance with test procedure described hereinafter. Raychem TDB duct sealing bands may be used in lieu of the sealing compound. Connection between conduit and terminals shall be made with a maximum of 48" of flexible duct. Runout connections shall be assembled in same manner as conduit and fittings. 2.05 Low Pressure Flexible Ducts: 45 degree take offs to final runs acceptable, 8' (feet) maximum length. 2.06 Duct System Accessories: A. General: 1. Provide all necessary duct system accessories to assure proper balance, quiet and draftless distribution and conveyance, and minimization of turbulence, noise and pressure drop for all supply, return, and exhaust and ventilation air quantities indicated. 2. Be recommended by the manufacturer for the application. B. Flexible Duct Connections: 1. Provided where air handlers, fans and blowers connect their ductwork. 2. At least 4 inches long. 3. Connected on each side to metal (either metal ductwork, air handling apparatus, or heavy gauge steel sleeves). 4. For use in low pressure duct systems. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 4 of 11 • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 5. Ventfabrics, Inc., "Ventglas Metaledge". C. Sputters: Provide for adjustments of air volume to their respective branches, where indicated. Constructed of at least the same gauge galvanized steel as the cut wherein they are used, and in no instance be less than twenty-two (22) US gauge. Use in low pressure duct systems only. Adequately sized to close off air to applicable branches. Rigidly attached to pivot rod and operating linkage. Installed on raised insulation base when used in internally insulated ductwork. Splitter blades formed in two thickness of metal so that entering edge presents rounded nose to air flow length no less than one and one half times the width of the smaller branch served or twelve inches whichever is larger. Hardware used for the construction, assembly, and operation of sputter dampers shall be as follows: Operators for exposed splitters and those located above "lay-in" or accessible ceilings shall be Ventlock #690 splitter damper assembly. 2. Operators for concealed splitters shall be Ventlock #691 with #680 miter and #677 concealed regulator. • D. Low Pressure Metal Turning Vanes: Provide in all elbows, bends and tees of all low velocity supply air ducts whether or not shown in detail; provide in all elbows, bends and tees of all other low velocity ducts where portions of such ducts convey air at greater than 700 fpm average velocity. Adequate rigidity and strength to be complete flutterproof; properly designed; permanently fixed type. Aluminum, or steel with corrosion resistant coating, or galvanized steel. Air foil type in all mitered elbows, mitered bends and mitered tees. Air foil type must be manufactured by Titus, Tuttle & Bailey, Anemostat, Waterloo, Metalaire, Barber-Colman, "Airturns", Tuttle & Bailey "Ducturns", or Dura-Dyne "VR' with 24 gauge rails and hollow vanes. E. Extractors: 1. Provide at rectangular branch duct take-offs. 2. Use in low pressure duct systems only. 3. Properly designed to deflect, proportion and direct the indicated air quantities to the branch duct and/or to the registers, grilles or other outlets without causing objectionable noise or pressure drop. 4. Multivaned and adjustable. 5. Aluminum, or steel with corrosion resistant coating, or galvanized steel. E 7 6. Provided with devices for adjusting and securing the position of these deflectors; these devices shall allow adjustment of the deflectors from outside the completed ductwork without necessity for puncturing or otherwise penetrating ductwork and/or its vapor barrier. 7. Made by Titus, Metalaire, Young Regulator. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 5 of 11 APA - 03.07 F Training Building Fire Station # 48 8. Be similar to Titus Model AG-45 or AG-225 Volume Extractor or Young • , Regulator "890" or "890A". Manual Volume Dampers: (Other than those specified as being integral with each register, diffuser and other air outlet or inlet): 1. Provide where indicated in the complete air distribution system(s) (including ductwork, return air plenums, etc.) to allow complete balancing of the air supply, return, ventilation and exhaust system(s). 2. Opposed blade type. 3. 8" Maximum blade width. 4. Made of galvanized steel, or steel with a sprayed or dipped aluminum rust resistant finish; flutterproof. 5. Provided so that all damper adjustments can be made from outside the completed ductwork without necessity for puncturing or otherwise penetrating ductwork and/or its vapor barrier. 6. Fully adjustable and with locking device. 7. Manufactured by Titus, Metalaire, or other approved manufacturer. 8. Provided at a point in the ductwork which is a sufficient distance upstream from an outlet (or downstream from an inlet) to attenuate objectionable noise due to damper throttling and to preclude adverse affects on the distribution characteristics (throw, drop, patter, etc.) of the air distribution device. 9. Based upon location of the duct in which the damper is to be installed, provide the following types: a. Dampers in ducts which are exposed or located above "lay-in" or "accessible ceilings": Young Regulator Company Model 896. b. Dampers in ducts concealed above plaster ceilings or behind dry wall construction: Young Regulator company Model 896. G. Low Pressure Duct Access Doors: 1. Provided for: Each manual and motorized damper, fire damper; smoke damper; electric duct heater; and where access is otherwise necessary for ductwork inspection over hood ceiling areas. Access shall be every 10-20 feet for service or inspection. 2. Factory prefabricated double wall insulated type of 24 US gauge galvanized steel (of same or thicker gauge than ductwork panel in which installed, whichever is greater). • DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 6 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3. Minimum size shall be as large as is compatible with duct size, but in no case less than the following (provide larger sizes if necessary to permit proper access operating): Maximum Duct Dimensions Access Door Size 11" or less 10" x IT, 12" through 16" 1T' x 16" 17" and over 16" x 24" 4. Doors shall be provided with hand operated adjustable tension catches and shall be completely gasketed around their perimeters. Doors shall be Ventlock "Access Doors". Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations using Ventlock #360 sealant. H. Test Openings: Furnish and install gasketed applied test openings for test equipment (pitot tubes, etc.) on the entering and leaving sides of air handling units and other air handling equipment and heating coils. Test openings shall be Ventlock #699-2. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: A. Construct all ductwork and accessories in accordance with the latest indicated editions of applicable Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association construction standards. B. Streamline all ductwork to the full extent practical and equip with proper and adequate devices to assure proper balance and quiet draftless distribution of indicated air quantities. C. Protect all ductwork and system accessories from damage during construction until Architect's final acceptance of project. D. Prior to ductwork fabrication, verify if all ductwork as dimensioned and generally shown will satisfactorily fit allocated spaces. Take precautions to avoid space interferences with beams, columns, joists, pipes, lights, conduit, other ducts, equipment, etc. Notify Architect if any spatial conflicts exist, and then obtain Architect's approval of necessary routing. Make any such necessary revisions which are minor at no additional cost. E. Carefully correlate all duct connections to air handling units and fans to provide proper connections, elbows and bends which nu m»E noise and pressure drop. F: Provide all curved elbows with radius ratios of not less than 1.5, unless otherwise shown or approved by Architect. Provide all mitered elbows with turning vanes. G. Properly suspend all ductwork so that no objectionable conditions result (such as vibration, sagging, etc.). H. Coordinate any and all dimensions at interfaces of dissimilar type of ductwork and at interfaces of ductwork with equipment so that proper overlaps, interfaces, etc., of insulation and continuity of vapor barriers are maintained. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 7 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 I. If necessary, where ducts interface and have different types of insulation, provide transitions so that internal free-clear dimensions of duct remain unchanged. J. Install horizontal low pressure ductwork at a level which maximizes length of any vertical rectangular duct connections to rectangular diffuser necks; however, such vertical duct connections are not required to be over 24 inches in length. K. Install horizontal rigid ductwork as high as practical above suspended ceilings so that movable light fixtures may be relocated without interference to meet any future partition relocation requirements. 3.02 Special Conditions: The following duct system installation requirements shall be done to maximize flexibility of relocation of lighting systems, duct systems and fire sprinkler systems in the event of partition relocation and in order to facilitate ease of servicing components of the systems contained within the ceiling plenum. These requirements are: A. Install all horizontal rigid ductwork against the underside of the steel structure. Coordinate ductwork reinforcing such that standing seams, angles and similar space-consuming reinforcement does not occur on the top surface of ducts where such ducts pass below steel beams. B. Make minor field adjustments as necessary to the locations of terminal units as shown on the drawings such that 1. Each terminal unit is essentially in the center of a ceiling module and is not obstructed from access from below by the main runners or cross tees of the ceiling system. 2. Each terminal unit is not installed over a light fixture or such that a light fixture does not obstruct service access to the unit. 3. Each terminal unit is supported at an elevation such that the bottom of the terminal unit is at least 10-inches above the bottom of the ceiling. To accomplish this, each terminal unit may be recessed upward into the main structural bay cavity and provided at its outlet with a downwardly-sloped supply air duct which contains two angular offsets (each of which is not greater than 15 angular degrees) to allow the supply duct to drop to the same horizontal plane as the remainder of the low pressure ductwork 4. No terminal unit is located so that access to it is obstructed by fire sprinkler system piping. 5. No rigid duct is located to obstruct access to an electrical lighting system junction box. 3.03 Field Measurement: Refer to the requirements of the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 3.04 Hangers and Supports: A. General: Comply with latest applicable SMACNA construction standards. Where sprayed fireproofing occurs, install hangers before application of such treatment and withhold installation of ducts until after application. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 8 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Supports: Vertical risers and other duct runs where the method of support specified above is not applicable shall be supported by substantial angle brackets designed to meet field conditions and installed t0 allow for duct expansion. C. Fasteners: Secure hangers to steel beams or metal deck with beam clamps to drop through connections from metal or concrete deck. Refer to the requirements of the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 3.05 Insulated Duct: Where ducts will be insulated, make provision for neat insulation finish around damper operating quadrants, splitter adjustment clamps, access doors,, and similar operating devices. A metal collar equivalent in depth to insulation thickness and of suitable size to which insulation may be finished shall be mounted on duct 3.06 Partition and Floor Openings: All openings in floor slabs or partitions through which ducts pass shall be filled tightly with mineral or glass wool batting. 3.07 Change In Shape or Dimension: Where duct size or shape is changed to effect a change in area, the following shall apply: 'A. Where the area at the end of the transformation results in an increase in area over that at the beginning, the slope of the transformation shall not exceed one inch in seven inches. B. Where the area at the end of the transformation results in a decrease in area from that at the beginning, the slope of the transformation may be one inch in four inches, but one inch in seven inches if preferable, space permitting. C. The angle of transformation at connections to heating coils or other equipment shall not exceed thirty degrees from a line parallel to the air flow in the entering side of the equipment, nor fifteen degrees on the leaving side. The angle of approach may be increased to suit limited space conditions when the transformation is provided with vanes approved by the Architect D. At contractor's option, connection from low pressure rectangular ductwork to air distribution devices via flexible ductwork may be made from bottom of rectangular ductwork in lieu of side connection providing contractor makes appropriate size. transitions (if necessary) to maintain same free clear internal area at connection and also allows dimensional clearance for spin-in fitting with integral damper. E. At contractor's option, he may eliminate a low pressure duct transition and hold the upstream duct size to the next downstream transition and make the necessary size transition at that point 3.08 Changes in Direction: Changes in direction shall be basically as indicated on the drawings and the following shall apply: A. Supply ducts turns of ninety degrees in low pressure duct shall be made with mitered elbows fitted with closely spaced turning vanes designed for maintaining a constant velocity through the elbow. B. Return and exhaust duct turns of ninety degrees in low pressure duct shall be made mitered elbows, as specified hereinbefore, for supply ducts, unless radius elbows are DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 - 9 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 indicated, in which case they shall be vaned and constructed with a throat radius three-quarters the duct width and a full radius heel. C. Tees in low pressure duct shall conform to the design requirements specified hereinbefore for elbows. D. Branch take-offs in low pressure duct shall be made with extractors, splitter dampers, or 450 take-off with volume dampers, as indicated on drawings. 3.09 Other Requirements: A. If ductwork materials are installed which do not meet these specifications, Contractor shall remove such ductwork materials and replace them with the specified materials. Any delay in job progress will be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Properly install all control related devices which are part of the duct system. See Section(s) describing HVAC control systems. 3.11 Exterior Ductwork: A. All ductwork which is exterior to the building shall be supported with appropriate steel support system which is firmly secured to supporting base. Make any and all ductwork penetration points and any and all ductwork support penetration points permanently watertight by use of properly designed flashings and other necessary appurtenances. B. All exterior ductwork shall be completely permanently weatherproof including .3 connections at air conditioning units, wall penetration points and all other points. 104 3.12 Definitions and Locations: A. Definitions of Type Designations: The following type designations are "letter abbreviations" of the duct types. The abbreviations are intended to make any drawings notes or other references more concise. 1. Type LPW: Low pressure, wrapped. 2. Type LPSA: Low pressure, rectangular, sound attenuating thermally lined. 3. Type LP: Low pressure, rectangular, no insulation. 4. Type LPFDI: Low pressure flexible round duct with factory insulation. 5. Type LPW-1: Low pressure, wrapped not connected to a unit. B. Location of Duct Type: The following descriptions cover the locations of each duct type. 1. Type LPSA: Where indicated 2. Type LPFDI: All flexible supply air ductwork from any type of low pressure ductwork to connection with applicable air distribution devices. 3. Type LPW: Rectangular return and supply air ductwork to and from air conditioning units. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 -10 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 4. Type LPW-1: Rectangular ductwork not connected to an air handling unit, but which conveys air from a conditioned space or from a plenum above a conditioned space to another conditioned space or to another plenum (e.g., return air transfer ducts). 5. Type LP: Rectangular exhaust air ductwork. (End of Section 15850) • • DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - LOW PRESSURE 15850 -11 of 11 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15855 - DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scope: Provide complete duct systems as indicated. Systems shall include, but not be limited to, the following: outside air, exhaust air, and air conditioning supply and return air duct systems as shown on drawings. Drawing scales prohibit the indication of all offsets, fittings, and like items; however, these items shall be installed as required for the actual project conditions at no change in contract price. A. Items Included: This section generally includes. but is not limited to the following major items: 1. High pressure round ductwork 2. High pressure rectangular ductwork. 3. Duct system accessories. a. Flexible duct connections. b. High pressure access doors. 1.02 Relation to Other Work: Coordinate shop drawings ordering, delivery, and placement of all items affecting the duct systems including, but not limited to, the following items: air handling units, exhaust fans, supply fans, sound attenuators, duct mounted coils, access panels, air distribution devices, fire dampers, outside air louvers, hoods, filters, roof curbs, structural framing, roof construction, roofing, and the work of all trades to insure an orderly and timely progression of the work. Refer to the requirements of the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 1.03 Shop Drawings: Refer to Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". Include complete data on: all prefabricated duct and fittings; access doors; flexible connectors; mechanical fasteners and adhesives; and all other items. 1.04 Air Handling Unit and Ductwork Configuration Shop Drawings: A. Air handling unit manufacturer and model or series which has been used as the design basis for this project is indicated. If Contractor elects to submit for approval any unit which is made by any other manufacturer which is listed as acceptable, the Contractor shall submit a shop drawing for each air handling unit for which he proposes to use a unit which is different than the design basis. Such shop drawings shall meet the following requirements: 1. Be drawn at the same scale as the unit is shown on the Drawings. Contractor may elect to use a larger scale if he desires (i.e., if drawing of unit is at 1/4" _ 11-011, 1/2" =1'-0" may be used). 2. Clearly show all proposed ductwork configuration changes (sizes, routing, and similar differences) which are different in any respect from the Drawings. Extent of shop drawings shall show all ductwork to and from each unit beginning with and terminating at those points where ductwork is intended to remain unchanged as shown on Drawings. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 -1 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3. Where proposed changes affect any other work such as structure, housekeeping pads, piping, equipment, electrical work or any other work, shop drawings shall clearly show those proposed changes. 4. Proposed changes shall be at no additional change in contract price. 5. Where Drawings show units in plan only, shop drawings shall show proposed units in plan and also in elevation. 6. Shop drawings shall also show exact locations of related work (such as bar joists, columns, beams, sound attenuators, and like items) which affect the proposed ductwork routing and unit location and configuration. 7. Each section of each air handling unit shall be clearly identified (i.e., coil section, fan section, filter section, mixing box section, etc.). B. Failure to submit these shop drawings together at the same time with the air handling unit shop drawings will result in total disapproval of the proposed air handling units. Time delays or other reasons will not be considered C. These shop drawings shall be prepared as work of this section in coordination with the work of section describing the air conditioning unit(s). 1.05 Other Requirements: A. Provide all ductwork and components thereof in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. All ductwork dimensions indicated are nominal free clearance internal dimension which do not include insulation thickness. 1.06 Definitions: A. "SMACNA" means "Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.": B. High Pressure Ductwork Any and all ductwork conveying air or other gases at velocities equal to or greater than 2000 fpm p[ static pressure equal to or greater than 2.0 inches w.g. This ductwork may also be referred to in these specifications as "High Velocity Ductwork" or "Medium Pressure Ductwork", but shall be considered, in either terminology, to fall within the above PNC classes H-3 to H-10. SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible," First Edition, 1985, shall govern construction of this ductwork unless otherwise specified. C. Pressure and Velocity Classifications: Pressure and velocity classifications. (hereinafter called "PNC") for ducts are defined as follows: Positive Static PNC SMACNA Pressure or Negative SMACNA Velocity • Designation Pressure Class Rating Pressure Seal Class (fpm) 10 High 10" + A 2000 up DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 2 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 6 Medium 6" + A 2000 up 4 Medium 4" + A 2000 up 3 Medium 3" + or - A 4000 do Note: All seams, joints, fasteners penetrations and connections to be sealed with hard cast. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Glass Fiber Low Pressure Ductwork: None allowed on this project 2.02 High Pressure Round Ductwork: A. Conduit: Shall be "zinc grip" steel of spiral lock-seam construction. Duct shall be made using galvanized steel as per ASTM A-527 G-90. Gauge shall be as follows: 1. Round Duct Duct Fitting Size Gauge Gauge Up through 8" diameter 26 24 9" through 14" diameter 26 24 15" through 26" diameter 24 22 27' through 36" diameter 20 20 3T' through 50" diameter 20 20 51" through 60" diameter 18 18 61" through 84" diameter 16 16 2.03 Acoustically Lined Sound Attenuating Round and Flat Oval Duct and Fittings: General construction is specified in paragraphs above. Flame spread and smoke developed ratings shall comply with NFPA 90A. Double walled with zinc coated solid sheet steel outer wall and zinc coated perforated sheet steel inner wall. One inch thick annular space between inner and outer walls uniformly packed with fiberglass insulation with effect thermal conductivity of 0.27 BTUH per sq. & (F degrees per inch). Exception: 2" thick annular space with insulation of same type and thickness where specifically indicated. Equal to United Sheet Metal Co. Acousti-K27. A. Fitting _s: United Sheet Metal or Semco "Standard" design and fittings, gauges or per SMACNA. 1. a 'a : 20 inch diameter and smaller shall be constructed from 22 gauge zinc grip steel; 22 inch diameter and larger shall be constructed from 20 gauge, zinc grip steel or as per SMACNA. Steel shall conform to ASTM A527. 2. Elbows: Five inch diameter and larger shall be five section construction 3. Divided Flow Fittings: All divided flow configurations are to be furnished as separate fittings. Tap covers welded into spiral duct sections are not acceptable. All tees, crosses and laterals up to and including 12" diameter tap size; will have a minimum of 3/8" radius rounded entrance into the tap, produced by machining, press forming, or hand grinding to a smooth entrance. The entrance will be free of projections, weld build-ups, burrs or irregularities. All fittings will have continuous welds along all seams. DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 3 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) • • • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • 4. Tees and Crosses: All tees and crosses shall be the spun conical type with branch entrances through 12" size, to be rounded laminar flow as noted in Paragraph 3 above. 5. Connections: Each connection of conduit to fittings shall be made with a synthetic rubber sealing compound conforming to NFPA 90A as to flame spread and smoke developed ratings and mechanically fastened with drive or twist screws, and all joints tested in accordance with test procedure described hereinafter. Raychem TDB duct sealing bands may be used in lieu of the sealing compound. Connection between conduit and terminals shall be made with a maximum of 48" of flexible duct. Runout connections shall be assembled in same manner as conduit and fittings. 2.04 High Pressure Rectangular Ductwork: A. Airtight and structurally stable at maximum system operating pressure. B. Any welding shall be continuous and corrosion resistant C. Galvanized sheet steel. • D. Reinforced and supported to neither cause nor convey any objectionable vibrations. E. Be in accordance with latest SMACNA construction standards for high pressure ductwork. 2.05 Duct System Accessories: A. General 1. Provide all necessary duct system accessories to assure proper balance, quiet and draftless distribution and conveyance, and minimization of turbulence, noise and pressure drop for all supply, return, and exhaust and ventilation air quantities indicated. 2. Be recommended by the manufacturer for the application. B. Flexible Duct Connections: Provided where air handlers, fans and blowers connect their ductwork. 2. At least 4 inches long. 3. Connected on each side to metal (either metal ductwork, air handling apparatus, or heavy gauge steel sleeves). 4. For use in high pressure duct systems. 5 Ventfabrics, Inc., "Ventglas Metaledge". DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 4 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. High Pressure Access Doors: Provide suitable size for access to heaters, dampers, and other equipment installed in duct, and at other points indicated on drawings. Size shall be compatible with duct size but not smaller than 8" X 12". All main duct lines shall have access doors every 10-20 feet for service and inspection. Doors shall be 24 US gauge galvanized steel hinged to a 24 gauge galvanized mounting frame and for insulated duct shall be double panel construction with 1/2 inch rigid insulation material between metal panels. Doors shall be United Sheet Metal Type AR or approved equal. D. Test Openings: Furnish and install gasketed applied test openings for test equipment (pitot tubes, etc.) on the entering and leaving sides of air handling units and other air handling equipment and heating coils. Test openings shall be Ventlock #699-2. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: A. Construct all ductwork and accessories in accordance with the latest indicated editions of applicable Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association construction standards. B. Protect all ductwork and system accessories from damage during construction until Architect's final acceptance of project. C. Prior to ductwork fabrication, verify if all ductwork as dimensioned and generally shown will satisfactorily fit allocated spaces. Take precautions to avoid space interference's with beams, columns, joists, pipes, lights, conduit, other ducts, equipment, etc. Notify Architect if any spatial conflicts exist, and then obtain Architect's approval of necessary . routing. Make any such necessary revisions which are minor at no additional cost. D. Carefully correlate all duct connections to air handling units and fans to provide proper connections, elbows and bends which minimize noise and pressure drop. E. Provide all curved elbows with radius ratios of not less than 1.5, unless otherwise shown or approved by Architect. Provide all mitered elbows with turning vanes. F. Properly suspend all ductwork so that no objectionable conditions result (such as vibration, sagging, etc.). G. Coordinate any and all dimensions at interfaces of dissimilar type of ductwork and at interfaces of ductwork with equipment so that proper overlaps, interfaces, etc., of insulation and continuity of vapor barriers are maintained. H. If necessary, where ducts interface and have different types of insulation, provide transitions so that internal free-clear dimensions of duct remain unchanged 1. Make connections from all types of high pressure ductwork to terminal units with round rigid duct same size of terminal unit inlet. Install horizontal rigid ductwork as high as practical above suspended ceilings so that movable light fixtures may be relocated without interference to meet any future partition relocation requirements. 0 DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 5 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.02 Special Conditions: The following duct system installation requirements shall be done to maximize flexibility of relocation of lighting systems, duct systems and fire sprinkler systems in the event of partition relocation and in order to facilitate ease of servicing components of the systems contained within the ceiling plenum. These requirements are: A. Install all horizontal rigid ductwork against the underside of the steel structure. Coordinate ductwork reinforcing such that standing seams, angles and similar space-consuming reinforcement does not occur on the top surface of ducts where such ducts pass below steel beams. B. Make minor field adiustinents as necessary to the locations of terminal emits as shown on the drawings such that 1. Each terminal unit is essentially in the center of a ceiling module and is not obstructed from access from below by the main runners or cross tees of the ceiling system. 2. Each terminal unit is not installed over a light fixture or such that a light fixture does not obstruct service access to the unit. 3. Each terminal unit is supported at an elevation such that the bottom of the terminal unit is at least 10-inches above the bottom of the ceiling. To accomplish this, each terminal unit may be recessed upward into the main structural bay cavity and provided at its outlet with a downwardly-sloped supply air duct which contains two angular offsets (each of which is not greater than 15 angular degrees) to allow the supply duct to drop to the same horizontal plane as the remainder of the low pressure ductwork. 4. No terminal unit is located so that access to it is obstructed by fire sprinkler system piping. 5. No rigid duct is located to obstruct access to an electrical lighting system junction box. 3.03 Field Measurement: Refer to the requirements of the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". 3.04 Hangers and Supports: A. eral: Comply with latest applicable SMACNA construction standards. Where sprayed fireproofing occurs, install hangers before application of such treatment and withhold installation of ducts until after application. B. Supper: Vertical risers and other duct runs where the method of support specified above is not applicable shall be supported by substantial angle brackets designed to meet field conditions and installed to allow for duct expansion C. Fasteners: Secure hangers to steel beams or metal deck with beam clamps to drop through connections from metal or concrete deck. Refer to the requirements of the Section entitled "Common Requirements for Mechanical Work". • DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 6 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.05 Insulated Duct: Where ducts will be insulated, make provision for neat insulation finish around damper operating quadrants, splitter adjustment clamps, access doors, and similar operating devices. A metal collar equivalent in depth to insulation thickness and of sortable size to which insulation may be finished shall be mounted on duct. 3.06 Partition and Floor Openings: All openings in floor slabs or partitions through which ducts pass shall be filled tightly with mineral or glass wool batting. 3.07 Test: All high pressure ductwork shall be tested for leaks at the time of installation and before application of exterior insulation or prior to enclosing ductwork. Tests shall be made, using a fan having a minimum capacity of 300 cfm. Each duct to be tested shall be capped and tested by building up a pressure 20% greater than the rated supply fan static pressure by means of the fan provided. An orifice meter shall be used to determine the quantity of air leakage. Leakage shall not exceed 1% of the air handling capacity of duct sections tested. If the leakage exceeds 1% or if leaks can be detected by ear, leaks are to be corrected by application of suitable duct sealer and tape. 3.08 Change In Shape or Dimension: Where duct size or shape is changed to effect a change in area, the following shall apply: A. Where the area at the end of the transformation results in an increase in area over that at the beginning, the slope of the transformation shall not exceed one inch in seven inches. B. Where the area at the end of the transformation results in a decrease in area from that at the beginning, the slope of the transformation may be one inch in four inches, but one inch in seven inches if preferable, space permitting. C. The angle of transformation at connections to heating coils or other equipment shall not exceed thirty degrees from a line parallel to the air flow in the entering side of the equipment, nor fifteen degrees on the leaving side. The angle of approach may be increased to suit limited space conditions when the transformation is provided with vanes approved by the Architect. D. At contractor's option, connection from low pressure rectangular ductwork to air distribution devices via flexible ductwork may be made from either top or bottom of rectangular ductwork in lieu of side connection providing contractor makes appropriate size transitions (if necessary) to maintain same free clear internal area at connection and also allows dimensional clearance for spin-in fitting with integral damper. E. At contractor's option, he may eliminate a high pressure duct transition and hold the upstream duct size to the next downstream transition and make the necessary size transition at that point. 3.09 Changes in Direction: Changes in direction shall be basically as indicated on the drawings and the following shall apply: A. In high pressure duct, branch take-offs and connections to flexible duct supplying air to terminal units shall be made with conical taps. 3.10 High Pressure Round Ductwork: In addition to other requirements, this ductwork shall be as follows: • • DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 7 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 A. Any welds shall be continuous and corrosion resistant. B. Reinforced and supported to cause and/or to convey no objectionable vibrations. C. All seams and joints permanently sealed and joined in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.11 Other Requirements: A. If ductwork materials are installed which do not meet these specifications, Contractor shall remove such ductwork materials and replace them with the specified materials. Any delay in job progress will be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Properly install all control related devices which are part of the duct system. See Section(s) describing HVAC control systems. 3.12 Definitions and Locations: A. Definitions of TUa Designations: The following type designations are "letter abbreviations" of the duct types. The abbreviations are intended to make any drawings notes or other references more concise. 1. Type HPOSA: High pressure, round, sound attenuating acoustically lined. 2. Type HPOEI: High pressure, round, external insulation (see Section, "Thermal Insulation"). 3. Type HPOSA: High pressure, flat oval, sound attenuating acoustically lined. 4. Type HPOEI: High pressure, flat oval, external insulation (see Section, "Thermal Insulation"). 5. Tyne HPRSA: High pressure, rectangular, sound attenuating, acoustically lined (see Section, "Thermal Insulation"). 6. Tvpe HPFDI: High pressure flexible round duct with factory insulation. B. Location of Duct I=: The following descriptions cover the locations of each duct type. 1. Supply air duct from medium pressure exterior air conditioning unit supply outlet connection to connection with round or flat oval ductwork: Type HPRSA; this ductwork shall have 2 inch thick internal fiberglass duct liner. 2. Supply air ductwork from termination of HPRSA ductwork (as specified in Paragraph B-1 above) to the point on the drawings indicated as 'Toint X": Types HPOSA or HPOSA as applicable; annular space of this double-walled ductwork shall be 2 inches duck and filled with fiberglass insulation as specified elsewhere in this section. 3. Supply air ductwork from "Point X" (i.e., termination of HPOSA or HPOSA) downstream to where high pressure flexible ducts extend to terminal units; DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 8 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 Type HPOEI or HPOEI. 0 4. Flexible supply air ductwork connecting from any type of high pressure ductwork to terminal unit inlets: Type HPFDI. 5. Return air ductwork to air conditioning unit which is shown as round or flat oval: Type HPOSA or Type HPOSA as applicable; this double-walled ductwork shall have annular space of 2 inches thickness between duct walls with space filled with fiberglass insulation as specified elsewhere in this section. (End of Section 15855) DUCTWORK - SHEET METAL - HIGH PRESSURE 15855 - 9 of 9 (ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BETWEEN AIR HANDLER UNIT AND INLET TO VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT) APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 15963 - BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 1. Part 1- General Requirements 1.1 System Summary 1.2 Related Work Specified in Other Sections A. Where work specified under other Sections of these Specifications connects to equipment or systems which is a part of this Section, provide proper connection(s) to such equipment including trade coordination. The following sections may have direct links to the installation of the FMS system: B. Section 15000 - Common Requirements for Mechanical Work C. Section 15717 - Split system, DX Condensing Unit D. Section 15810 - Air Terminal Units E. Section 15810 - Ductwork F. Section 15980 - Testing, Balancing & Adjusting G. Division 16 - Electrical Work H. Additional.related work as specified in Part 3 or as shown on the design drawings. 1.3 Definitions A. Algorithm: A software procedure for solving a recurrent mathematical or logical problem. B. Analog: A continuously varying signal or value (temperature, current, velocity, etc.). C. Binary: A two-state system where an "ON" condition is represented by a high signal level and an "OFF' condition is represented by a low signal level. D. Facility Management System (FMS): The entire system of hardware and software specifically designed to centrally manage building HVAC and related utilities. The FMS includes the DDC subsystem, open system ports, and open protocol bus or integrators and network routers for connection to information networks. E. FMS Contractor: The Facility Management System Contractor responsible for the installation of the Facility Management System specified herein. F. Control Process: The software required to perform a complete control loop from input signal to interlock logic, process calculation to final output signal control. G. Control Wiring: Includes conduit, wire and wiring devices to install a complete Control System including motor control circuits, interlocks, thermostats, PE and EP switches and like devices. Includes all wiring from a DDC cabinet to all sensors and points defined in the Points List summary or specified herein and required to execute the sequence of operation. Includes necessary power wiring to all FMS devices, digital controllers including terminal units and actuators. • H. Deadband: A temperature range over which no heating or cooling energy is supplied, such as 72-78 degrees F, i.e. as opposed to single point changeover or overlap, or a range from setpoint over which no control action is taken. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 -1 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 I. Direct Digital Control System: The portion of the FMS which provides closed loop control of all HVAC equipment. J. Distributed Control: A system whereby all control processing is decentralized and independent of a central computer. The control system is built up of stand-alone controllers. A single controller failure shall not impact more than one system. K. Integration: The ability of control system components from different manufacturers to connect together and provide coordinated control via real-time data exchange through a common communications data exchange protocol. Integration shall extend to the operator's workstation software, which shall support user interaction with all control system components. Methods of integration include industry standard protocols such as: BACnet, LonMark/LonTalk, OLE for Process Control (OPC) or integrator interfaces between cooperating manufacturer's systems. L. Network: A system of distributed control units that are linked together on a communication highway. A network allows sharing of point information between all control units. Additionally, a network provides central monitoring and control of the entire system from any distributed control unit location. First tier networks shall provide "Peer-to-Peer" communications. Second tier networks shall provide either "Peer-to- Peer", Master-Slave or Supervised Token Passing communications. M. Operator-Machine Interface: A method by which an operator communicates with a FMS System. Operator-machine interfacing allows an operator to command, monitor, and program the system. N. Peripheral: Input/Output equipment used to communicate with the computer and make copies of system outputs. Peripherals include CRT, printer, tape deck, diskette, etc. 0. PID Control Loop: A mathematical calculation used to evaluate a control input and. determine the control output value required to maintain the input value at setpoint. The PID (Proportional, Integral, Derivative) control loop shall have operator adjustable maximum rate of change, P and D gains and loop response time delay. The loop shall be self-integrating so that no integral constant is required and the loop shall not be subject to "Integral Windup" P. The term "provide" means "provide complete in place", that is, furnished and installed and ready for operation and use. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. General 1. The Facility Management System (FMS) herein specified shall be fully integrated and installed as a complete package by the Facility Management System Contractor. The System shall include all wiring, piping, installation supervision, calibration, adjustments, and checkout necessary for a complete and fully operational system. 2. The FMS Contractor shall be responsible for all work fitting into place in a satisfactory and neat workmanlike manner acceptable to the Owner/Architect/Engineer. 3. The FMS Contractor will coordinate with other Trade Contractors regarding the location and size of pipes, equipment, fixtures, conduit, ducts, openings, switches, outlets, and so forth, in order to eliminate any delays in the progress of the job. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 2 of IS AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 4. The FMS Contractor shall have been in the business of installing the specified manufacture's brand for 5 years. B. Products 1. The Facility Management System architecture shall consist of the products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of Facility Management Systems, and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard of design. Controllers and DDC (Direct Digital Control) system components shall be current production products. 2. All other equipment shall be the products of the FMS manufacturers or of an approved manufacturer regularly engaged in production of specialized Facility Management System materials or equipment. 3. Following is a list of acceptable FMS Contractors: Quality Building Controls, Inc. - contact at 813-885-5005 4. Following is a list of acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Inc. C. Governing Code Compliance 1. The FMS Contractor shall comply with all current governing codes ordinances and regulations, including UL, NFPA, the local Building Code, NEC, and so forth. D. FCC Regulation 1. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Section 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference, and be so labeled. 1.5 Work Included A. Installation of Facility Management System (FMS) The FMS Contractor shall furnish and install a complete Facility Management System (FMS) for all mechanical systems and other facility systems as included in the project documents. The FMS will provide the functional features as defined in Part 1-General Requirements, Part 2-Products, and Part 3-Execution of these Specifications. The FMS Contractor shall provide a complete and operational system to perform all sequences of operations stated within Part 3 or shown on the control drawings. In addition, the following apply: a. The work under this Section shall include all materials and labor to perform all work required for the installation of the FMS as specified b. The drawings and Specifications are complementary to one another-meaning that what is called for on one is to be considered called for in both Where conflicts exist between the Specifications and/or drawings, the more stringent requirement shall apply. B. Networking of Facility Management System (FMS) 1. The FMS Contractor shall network the new network devices (Network Controller and Operator's Workstation) to the City of Seminole's Ethernet Wide Area Network such that the owner may access and monitor the system over the network. The city shall provide static IP addresses for each device. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 3 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1.6 Coordination A. Divisions 1. The FMS Contractor shall cooperate with other divisions performing work on this project as necessary to achieve a complete and neat installation. The Contractor shall also consult the drawings and specifications of all trades to determine the nature and extent of others' work B. Contractors, Sub-contractors, Employees 1. It will be the duty of this Contractor to work in cooperation with other contractors, and with other sub-contractors and employees, rendering assistance and arranging his or her work so that the entire project will be delivered in the best possible condition and in the shortest time. 1.7 Submittals A. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 1. The FMS Contractor shall submit within 60 days after award installation drawings and control strategies for review. 2. Each submittal shall have a cover sheet with the following information provided: submittal ID number, date; project name, address, and title; FMS Contractor name, address and phone number, FMS Contractor project manager, quality control manager, and project engineer names and phone numbers. 3. Each submittal shall include the following information. a. FMS riser diagram showing all DDC controllers, operator workstations, network repeaters, and network wiring. b. One-line schematics and system flow diagrams showing the location of all control devices. C. Points list for each DDC controller, including: Tag, Point Type, System Name, Object Name, Expanded ID, Display Units, Controller Type, Address, and Cable Destination. d. Vendor's own written description for each sequence of operations, to include the following: Q The sequences of operations provided in the submittal by the FMS Contractor shall represent the detailed analysis needed to create actual programming code from the design documents. Q Points shall be referenced by name, including all software points such as programmable setpoints, range limits, time delays, and so forth. e. Detailed Bill of Material list for each panel, identifying: quantity, part number, description, and associated options. f. Control Damper Schedules. This spreadsheet type schedule shall include a separate line for each damper and a column for each of the damper attributes, including: Code Number, Fail Position, Damper Type, Damper Operator, Blade Type, Bearing Type, Seals, Duct Size, Damper Size, Mounting, and Actuator Type. g. Control Valve Schedules. This spreadsheet type schedule shall include a separate line for each valve and a column for each of the valve attributes, including: Code Number, Configuration, Fail Position, Pipe Size, Valve Size, Body Configuration, Capacity, Valve CV, and Actuator Type. is BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 4 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 h. Cataloged cut sheets of all equipment used. This includes, but is not limited to, the following. DDC panels, peripherals, sensors, actuators, dampers, control air system components, and so forth. i. Range and scale information for all transmitters and sensors. This sheet shall clearly indicate one device and any applicable options. 1.8 O&M Manuals 1. Submit three sets of each manual. a. Include the following documentation in the Hardware Manual: 0 General description and cut sheets for all components. 0 Detailed wiring and installation illustrations and complete calibration procedures for each field and panel device. 0 Complete operating instructions for all systems. 0 Maintenance Instructions: Document all maintenance and repair/replacement procedures.- b. Include the following documentation in the DDC Software Manual: 0 Sequence of Operations 0 Printed listing of controller and operator workstation database files. 0 Software Point Name Abbreviation List. Include Name, Description, Controller Where Located, Point Type and Pont ID. 0 110 Point List. Include Point Name, Controller Location, Point Number, Control Device, Range and Span. C. Provide a copy of all manufacturers manuals covering the installed system. This shall include, as a minimum: 0 System Engineering Manual 0 System Installation Manual 0 Programming Manual 0 Engineering and Troubleshooting Bulletins 0 Operator Workstation Software Manual 0 All other pertinent manuals published by the control system manufacturer. 2. All manuals shall be provided in hard copy format or on a single Compact Disk (CD) as part of an on-line documentation system through the operator workstation. 3. Record Drawings 19 Warranty A. The Control System shall be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. If within one year from the date of manufacture any of the equipment herein described is defective in operation, workmanship or materials, it will be replaced, repaired or adjusted at the option of the FMS Contractor free of charge B. The Control System shall be fire from defects in installation workmanship for a period of one year from acceptance. The FMS Contractor shall, free of charge, correct any defects in workmanship within one week of notification in writing by the Owner. 2. Part 2 - Products 2.1 General Product Description BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 5 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. The Building Automation System (BAS) shall integrate multiple building functions including equipment supervision and control, alarm management, energy management, information management, and historical data collection and archiving. B. The facility management system shall consist of the following: 1. Standalone Network Controllers 2. Application Specific Controllers (HVAC etc.) 3. Personal Computer Operator Workstation. C. The system shall be modular in nature, and shall permit expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, Network Controllers (see Network Controllers below), and operator devices, while re-using existing controls equipment. D. System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for alarm reporting and control execution. Each Network Controller shall operate independently by performing its own specified control, alarm management, operator 1/0, and historical data collection. The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution of control strategies at other operational devices. E. Network Controllers shall be able to access any data from, or send control commands and alarm reports directly to any other Network Controller or combination of panels on the network without dependence upon a central processing device, such as a central file server. Network Controllers shall also be able to send alarm reports to multiple operator workstations, terminals, and printers without dependence upon a central processing device or File Server. 10) 2.2 Operator Interface - Platforms A. M-5 1. The FMS Contractor shall provide and install a personal computer workstation for command entry, information management, network alarm management, and database management functions. All real-time control fnmctions, including scheduling, history collection and alarming, shall be resident in the FMS controllers to facilitate greater fault tolerance and reliability. a. Workstation System Architecture - The architecture of the workstation shall be implemented to conform to industry standard APIs (application specific interfaces), so that it can accommodate applications provided by the FMS Contractor and by other third party applications suppliers, including but not limited to Microsoft Office Applications. 2. PC Hardware - The personal computers shall be configured as follows: a. Memory - 512 MB (Minimum) b. CPU- Pentium or greater; I GHz or Faster Clock Speed C. Hard Drive - 8.0 GB or greater hard drive d. Floppy Drive - 3 1/2" Diskette Drive e. CD ROM Drive - 32X performance f. Ports - (1) Serial and (1) parallel Ports, ESP/ BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL g. Keyboard -101 Keyboard and 2 Button Mouse 0 h. CRT - 1T' SVGA Monitor 15963 - 6 of 18 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 i. LAN communications - Ethernet communications board 3. Operating System Software . a. Windows 2000 Professional. b. Complete operator workstation software package, including any hardware or software keys. Include the original installation disks and licenses for all included software, device drivers, and peripherals. C. Provide software registration cards to the Owner for all included software. 4. Peripheral Hardware a. Alarm 8t Reports printer: Q Printer Make - Hewlett Packard DeskJet or equal Q Print Speed - 600 DPI Black, 300 DPI Color Q Buffer - 64 K Input Print Buffer Q Color Printing - Include Color Kit B. Workstation Application Components 1. Operator Interface a. An integrated software package shall be used as the operator interface program. b. All Inputs, Outputs, Setpoints, and all other parameters as defined within Part 3, shown on the design drawings, or required as part of the system software, shall be displayed for operator viewing and modification from the operator interface software. C. The operator workstation software shall provide context-sensitive help menus and instructions for each operation and/or application currently being performed. d. The operation of the control system shall be independent of the operator workstation, which shall be used for operator communications only. Systems that rely on the operator workstation to provide supervisory control over controller execution of the sequences of operations or system communications shall not be acceptable. 2. Alarms a. Each workstation shall receive and process alarms sent to it by the control system. 3. Reports a. Reports shall be generated and directed to one of the following: workstation displays, printers, or disk 4. Schedules a. A spreadsheet type schedule input form for time-of-day scheduling and override scheduling of building operations shall be provided. 5. Password a. Multiple-level password access protection shall be provided to allow the user/manager to limit workstation control, display, and database manipulation capabilities as he or she deems appropriate for each user, based on an assigned password. 6. Graphics BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 7 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 a. Provide a graphic for the overall campus depicting the individual buildings. Provide a custom graphic for each individual major mechanical system including central plant, air handling units, floor plans with variable air volume terminal boxes, etc. b. The graphics shall be able to display and provide system values based on real-time data that is acquired, derived, or entered. C. Operation from graphics - It shall be possible to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled equipment d. Graphic editing tool - A graphic editing tool shall be provided that allows for the creation and editing of graphic files. The graphic editor shall be capable of performing all drawing fimctions, defining all calculations to be executed as part of the graphic, defining all animations, and defining all runtime binding. e. It shall be easy to maintain and expand the graphics displays initially provided with the system. 7. Historical trending and data collection a. Each Network Controller shall store trend and point history data for all analog and digital inputs and outputs. b. Trend and change of value data shall be stored within the controller and then uploaded to the trend database(s). C. To enable users to easily access stored data, the system shall provide the capability to store historical data in more than one file system (i.e., removable media, separate hard drives, or a remote network file system). 2.3 Network Controllers A. Network Controller 1. The Network Controller shall be a fully user-programmable, Network Controller. The Network Controller shall monitor the network of distributed application- specific controllers, provide global strategy and direction, and communicate on a peer-to-peer basis with other Network Controllers. 2. First Tier Network - The Network Controller (NCM) shall reside on the first tier network. Each NCM shall support a sub-network of a minimum of 50 controllers on the second tier network. 3. Hardware Real Time Clock - The controller shall have an integrated, hardware- based, real-time clock. 4. Communications Ports - The NC shall provide at least two RS-232 serial data communication ports for operation of operator 1/0 devices, such as industry- standard printers, operator terminals, modems, and portable operator's terminals. Controllers shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems, printers, or terminals. 5. Diagnostics - Controller shall continuously perform self-diagnostics, communication diagnosis, and diagnosis of all panel components. The Network Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions, or repeated failures to establish communication. i BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 8 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • 6. Power Failure - In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all controllers to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Nonvolatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery backup shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. 2.4 Application Specific Controllers A. Unitary Controllers (UNT) 1. Each Unitary Controller shall operate as a standalone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each Unitary Controller shall be a microprocessor-based, multi- tasking, real-time digital control processor. 2. Point types - Each Unitary Controller shall support the following types of point inputs and outputs: a. Analog inputs shall monitor the following analog signals: 0 0-10 VDC Sensors 0 1000ohm RTDs b. Binary inputs shall monitor dry contact closures. Input shall provide filtering to eliminate false signals resulting from input "bouncing." C. Counter inputs shall monitor dry contact pulses with an input resolution of one HZ minimum. d. Analog outputs shall provide the following control outputs: 0 0-10 VDC e. Binary outputs shall provide SPDT output rated for 0.5 amps at 24 VAC. Surge and noise suppression shall be provided on all pilot relays. Inductive loads (i.e. solenoids) shall be controlled by pilot relays. 3. Unitary Controllers shall have a library of control routines and program logic to perform the sequence of operations specified in the "Execution" portion of this Specification. 4. Powerfail Protection - All system setpoints, proportional bands, control algorithms, and any other programmable parameters shall be stored such that a power failure of any duration does not necessitate reprogramming the UNT. 5. The user must be able to calibrate analog Inputs must from the operator's workstation. B. VAV Module Assembly (VMA1400 Series) 1. The VMA shall provide both standalone and networked direct digital control of pressure-independent, variable air volume terminal units. It shall address both. single and dual duct applications. 2. The VMA shall be a configurable digital controller with integral differential pressure transducer and damper actuator. All components shall be connected and mounted as a single assembly that can be removed as one piece. 3. The integral damper actuator shall be a fast response stepper motor capable of stroking 90 degrees in 30 seconds for quick damper positioning to speed commissioning and troubleshooting tasks. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 9 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 4. The VMA shall determine airflow by dynamic pressure measurement using an integral dead-ended differential pressure transducer. The transducer shall be maintenance-free and shall not require air filters. 5. Each VMA shall have the ability to automatically calibrate the flow sensor to eliminate pressure transducer offset error due to ambient temperature / humidity effects. 6. The VMA shall utilize a proportional plus integration (PI) algorithm for the space temperature control loops. 7. Each VMA shall continuously, adaptively tune the control algorithms to improve control and controller reliability through reduced actuator duty cycle. In addition, this tuning reduces commissioning costs, and eliminates the maintenance costs of manually re-tuning loops to compensate for seasonal or other load changes. 8. The VMA shall provide the ability to download and upload VMA configuration files, both locally and via the communications network Controllers shall be able to be loaded individually or as a group using a zone schedule generated spreadsheet of controller parameters. 9. VMA control setpoint changes initiated over the network shall be written to VMA non-volatile memory to prevent loss of setpoint changes and to provide consistent operation in the event of communication failure. 10. The VMA firmware shall be flash-upgradeable remotely via the communications bus to minimize costs of feature enhancements. 11. The VMA shall provide fail-soft operation if the airflow signal becomes unreliable, by automatically reverting to a pressure-dependent control mode. 12. The VMA shall interface with balancer tools that allow automatic recalculation of box flow pickup gain ("K" factor), and the ability to directly command the airflow control loop to the box minimum and maximum airflow setpoints. The VMA performance shall be self-documenting via on-board diagnostics. These diagnostics shall consist of control loop performance measurements executing at each control loop's sample interval, which may be used to continuously monitor and document system performance. 13. Inputs: a. Analog inputs with user defined ranges shall monitor the following analog signals, without the addition of equipment outside the terminal controller cabinet: Q 0-10 VDC Sensors Q 1000ohm RTDs Q NTC Thermistors b. Binary inputs shall monitor dry contact closures. Input shall provide filtering to eliminate false signals resulting from input "bouncing." C. For noise immunity, the inputs shall be internally isolated from power, communications, and output circuits. d. Provide sideloop application for humidity control. 14. Outputs a. Analog outputs shall provide the following control outputs: Q 0-10 VDC BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 10 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL • • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 b. Binary outputs shall provide a SPST Triac output rated for 500mA at 24 VAC. C. For noise immunity, the outputs shall be internally isolated from power, communications, and other output circuits. 15. Application Configuration a. The VMA shall be configured with software tools that provide a simple Question/Answer format for developing applications.and downloading. 2.5 Software Programming/Tools A. Program Editor 1. Definition of operator device characteristics, DDC panels, individual points, applications, and control sequences shall be performed through fill-in-the-blank templates and a graphical programming approach. 2. All temperature and equipment control strategies and energy management routines shall be definable by the operator. System definition and modification procedures shall not interfere with normal system operation and control. 3. Libraries of standard application modules shall be provided, such as temperature, humidity, and static pressure control. These modules may be used as "building blocks" in defining or creating new control sequences. In addition, the user shall have the capability to easily create and archive new modules and control sequences, as desired, via a word processing type format or visual object configuration type format. 4. The capability to backup and store all system databases on the workstation hard disk shall be provided. In addition, all database changes shall be performed while the workstation is on-line without disrupting other system operations. 5. A text-based programming language shall be provided to allow the user to define the software configuration of DDC control logic for HVAC system control sequences, fan interlocks, pump interlocks, PID control loops, and other control relationships. It shall be possible to edit and compile a program off-line, and upload or download the compiled program on-line. 2.6 Input Devices A. General Requirements 1. Installation, testing, and calibration of all sensors, transmitters, and other input devices shall be provided to meet the system requirements. B. Temperature Sensors 1. General Requirements: a. Sensors and transmitters shall be provided, as outlined in the input/output summary and sequence of operations. b. The temperature sensor shall be of the resistance type, and shall be two-wire 1000 ohm nickel RTD. 2. Room Temperature Sensors a. Room sensors shall be constructed for either surface or wallbox mounting. b. Room sensors shall have the following options when specified: BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 -11 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 Setpoint reset slide switch providing a ±3 degree (adjustable) range. 0 A momentary override request push button for activation of after- hours operation. 3. Thermowells a. When thermowells are required, the sensor and well shall be supplied as a complete assembly, including well head and Greenfield fitting. b. Thermowells shall be pressure rated and constructed in accordance with the system working pressure. C. Thermowells and sensors shall be mounted in a threadolet or 1/2" NFT saddle and allow easy access to the sensor for repair or replacement. 4. Outside Air Sensors a. Outside air sensors shall be designed to withstand the environmental conditions to which they will be exposed. They shall also be provided with a solar shield. 5. Duct Mount Sensors a. Duct mount sensors shall mount in an electrical box through a hole in the duct, and be positioned so as to be easily accessible for repair or replacement b. Duct sensors shall be insertion type and constructed as a complete assembly, including lock nut and mounting plate. 6. Averaging Sensors a. For ductwork greater in any dimension that 48 inches and/or where air temperature stratification exists, an averaging sensor with multiple sensing points shall be used. b. Capillary supports at the sides of the duct shall be provided to support the sensing string. C. Humidity Sensors 1. The sensor shall be a solid state type, relative humidity sensor of the Bulk Polymer Design. The sensor element shall resist service contamination 2. The humidity transmitter shall be equipped with non-interactive span and zero adjustments, a 2-wire isolated loop powered, 4-20 mA, 0-100% linear proportional output. D. Differential Pressure Transmitters 1. General Air and Water Pressure Transmitter Requirements: a. Pressure transmitters shall be constructed to withstand 100% pressure over- range without damage, and to hold calibrated accuracy when subject to a momentary 40% over-range input b. Pressure transmitters shall transmit a 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA output signal. C. Differential pressure transmitters used for flow measurement shall be sized to the flow sensing device, and shall be supplied with Tee fittings and shut- off valves in the high and low sensing pick-up lines to allow the balancing Contractor and Owner permanent, easy-to-use connection. 2. Low Differential Air Pressure Applications (0" to 5" w.c.) BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 12 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 a. The differential pressure transmitter shall be of industrial quality and transmit a linear, 0-5 VDC output in response to variation of differential pressure or air pressure sensing points. b. The differential pressure transmitter shall have non-interactive zero and span adjustments that are adjustable from the outside cover. E. Status and Safety Switches 1. General Requirements a. Switches shall be provided to monitor equipment status and generate alarms at the FMS when a failure or abnormal condition occurs. 2. Current Sensing Switches a. The current sensing switch shall be self-powered with solid state circuitry and a dry contact output. It shall consist of a current transformer, a solid state current sensing circuit, adjustable trip point, solid state switch, SPDT relay, and an LED indicating the on or off status. A conductor of the load shall be passed through the window of the device. It shall accept over- current up to twice its trip point range. b. Current sensing switches shall be used for run status for fans, pumps, and other miscellaneous motor loads. C. Current sensing switches shall be calibrated to show a positive run status only when the motor is operating under load A motor running with a broken belt or coupling shall indicate a negative run status. is 3. Air Pressure Safety Switches a. Air pressure safety switches shall be of the manual reset type with SPDT contacts rated for 2 amps at 120VAC. b. Pressure range shall be adjustable with appropriate scale range and . differential adjustment for intended service. 4. Low Temperature Limit Switches a. The low temperature limit switch shall be of the manual reset type with Double Pole/Single Throw snap acting contacts rated for 16 amps at 120VAC. b. The sensing element shall be a minimum of 8 feet in length. Element shall be mounted horizontally across duct in accordance with manufacturers recommended installation procedures. 2.7 Output Devices A. Actuators 1. General Requirements a. Damper and valve actuators shall be electronic. 2. Electronic Damper Actuators a. Electronic damper actuators shall be direct shaft mount b. Modulating and two-position actuators shall be provided as required by the sequence of operations. Damper sections shall be sized based on actuator manufacturer's recommendations for face velocity, differential pressure and damper type. The actuator mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the dampers, as BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 -13 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 required. All outside air damper actuators shall be furnished with mechanical spring return. All actuators shall have external adjustable stops to limit the travel in either direction, and a gear release to allow manual positioning. C. Modulating actuators shall accept 24 VAC and be UL listed. The control signal shall be 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA. d. Two-position or open/closed actuators shall accept 24 VAC power supply and be UL listed. 3. Electronic Valve Actuators a. Each actuator shall have current limiting circuitry incorporated in its design to prevent damage to the actuator. b. Modulating and two-position actuators shall be provided as required by the sequence of operations. Actuators shall provide the minimum torque required for proper valve close-off against the system pressure for the required application. The valve actuator shall be sized based on valve manufacturer's recommendations for flow and pressure differential. All actuators shall fail in the last position unless specified with mechanical spring return in the sequence of operations. The spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the valves, as required. All direct shaft mount rotational actuators shall have external adjustable stops to limit the travel in either direction. C. Modulating Actuators shall accept 24 VAC power supply and be UL listed. The control signal shall be 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA. d. Two-position or open/closed actuators shall accept 24 VAC power supply and be UL listed. Butterfly isolation and other valves, as specified in the sequence of operations, shall be furnished with adjustable end switches to indicate open/closed position or be hard wired to staiVstop the associated pump or chiller. B. Control Dampers 1. The FMS Contractor shall furnish all automatic dampers. All automatic dampers shall be sized for the application by the FMS Contractor or as specifically indicated on the Drawings. 2. All dampers used for throttling airflow shall be of the opposed blade type arranged for normally open or normally closed operation, as required. The damper is to be sized so that, when wide open, the pressure drop is a sufficient amount of its close- off pressure drop to shift the characteristic curve to near linear. 3. All dampers used for two-position, open/close control shall be parallel blade type arranged for normally open or closed operation, as required. 4. Damper frames and blades shall be constructed of either galvanized steel or aluminum. Maximum blade length in any section shall be 48". Damper blades shall be 16-gauge minimum and shall not exceed six (6) inches in width. Damper frames shall be 16-gauge minimum hat channel type with comer bracing. Additional stiffening or bracing shall be provided for any section exceeding 48" in height. All damper bearings shall be made of stainless steel or oil-impregnated bronze. Dampers shall be tight closing, low leakage type, with synthetic elastomer seals on the blade edges and flexible stainless steel side seals. Dampers of 48"x48" size shall not leak in excess of 8.5 cfin per square foot when closed against 4" w.g. static pressure when tested in accordance with AMCA Std. 500. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 14 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. Control Valves 1. All automatic control valves shall be fully proportioning and provide near linear heat transfer control. The valves shall be quiet in operation and fail-safe open, closed, or in their last position. All control valves shall be sized by the control manufacturer, and shall be guaranteed to meet the heating and cooling loads, as specified. All control valves shall be suitable for the system flow conditions and close against the differential pressures involved. Body pressure rating and connection type (sweat, screwed, or flanged) shall conform to the pipe schedule. 2. Chilled water control valves shall be modulating plug, ball, and/or butterfly, as required by the specific application. Modulating water valves shall be sized per manufacturer's recommendations for the given application. In general, valves shall be sized for a pressure drop of no less than 4 PSI. 3. Part 3 - Performance / Execution 3.1 Installation Practices A. HVAC Control System Low Voltage Wiring (< 30 VAC) 1. All conduit, wiring, accessories and wiring connections required for the installation of the Facility Management System, as herein specified, shall be provided by the FMS Contractor unless specifically shown on the Electrical Drawings under Division 16 Electrical. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of applicable portions of Division 16 and all local and national electric codes, unless specified otherwise in this section. 2. All system input wiring shall be twisted shielded pair, minimum 18 gauge wire. All system analog output wiring shall be twisted shielded pair/3-wire as required, minimum 18 gauge wire. Preconfigured cables between Terminal Unit Controllers and Thermostats are acceptable, minimum 24 gauge. 3. Low voltage control wiring and 24VAC can be run in the same conduit. Power wiring 120VAC and greater must be in a separate conduit 4. Enclosed but accessible locations may be run in plenum rated cable. Cables shall be secured to the building structure in a neat and workmanlike manner. Do not run cable such that it will interfere with the ductwork system, allowing _for duct modifications and insulation. 5. All wiring in mechanical roams shall be in conduit Minimum control wiring conduit size 31,C. B. Identification Standards 1. Controller Identification A nameplate fastened to the outside of the controller enclosure shall identify all controllers. 2. Space sensors. A typed label shall identify all space sensors. 3. Wire Identification A number or point name, as referenced to the associated control diagram, shall identify all low voltage control wiring. C. Digital Controller Systems BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 -15 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1. Each system will be provided with its own dedicated direct digital controller or application specific controller. D. Input Devices 1. All Input devices shall be installed per the manufacturers recommendation. The mechanical contractor shall install all in-line devices such as temperature wells, pressure taps, duct smoke detectors, air flow stations, etc. E. Output Devices 1. All output devices shall be installed per the manufacturers recommendation. The mechanical contractor shall install all in-line devices such as control valves, dampers, etc. 2. Actuators: All control actuators shall be sized capable of closing against the maximum system shut-off pressure. The actuator shall modulate in a smooth fashion through the entire stroke. 3. Control Dampers: Shall be opposed blade for modulating control of air flows. Parallel blade dampers shall be installed for two position applications. 4. Control Valves: Shall be sized for proper flow control with equal percentage valve plugs. The maximum pressure drop for water applications shall be 4 PSI. 3.2 Training 1. Controls contractor shall provide 16 hours of operator training for the owner's representatives (up to 4). Each training session shall be no longer than 4 hours each. 2. Operator training shall include the detailed review of the control installation drawings, points list, and equipment list. The instructor shall-then walk through the building identifying the location of the control devices installed. For each type of systems, the instructor shall demonstrate how the system accomplishes the sequence of operation. 3. From the workstation, the operator shall demonstrate the software features of the . system. As a minimum, the operator demonstrate and explain logging on, setting passwords, setting up aschedule, trend, point history, alarm, and archiving the database. 3.3 Commissioning Commissioning the Facility Management System is a mandatory performance requirement of the selected FMS Contractor for all control systems detailed in this Specification and sequence of operations. Commissioning shall include verification of proper installation practices by the FMS Contractor and subcontractors under the FMS Contractor,. point verification and calibration, system/sequence of operation verification with respect to specified operation, and network/workstation verification. Documentation shall include a complete system summary that includes all hardware and software points and their current values at the completion of the system start-up. A. Testing Procedure 1. Upon completion of the installation, the FMS Contractor shall start-up the system and perform all necessary testing and run diagnostic tests to ensure proper operation. BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 16 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Field Points Testing 1. This step shall verify that all of the installed points receive or transmit the correct information prior to loadinglactivating the system software. 2. ON/OFF commands from the workstation shall be performed in order to verify each binary output point. 3. All binary input points are to be tested using the HAND/OFF/AUTOMATIC selector switch on the associated motor control center. 4. All analog output points shall be tested using a command from the workstation to modulate the output device from minimum calibrated signal to maximum calibrated output. 5. All analog input points are to be tested by comparing the reading obtained through the workstation or portable terminal to the value of an independent testing meter. C. VAV box performance verification and documentation: 1. As part of the commissioning of the terminal unit control and air distribution system, the Contractor shall initiate an automated test where the dampers in one half of a group of boxes are stepped towards full open while the other half are stepped towards full closed. At each step, after a settling time, box airflows and damper positions will be sampled Following the cycle, a pass/fail report indicating results shall be produced. Possible results are Pass, No change in flow between full open and full close, Reverse operation, or Maximum flow not achieved. The report shall be submitted as documentation of the installation. 3.4 Systems Integration/FMS Specific Requirements A. FMS Remote Access 1. The Facility Management System provided shall include the capability for users to access the FMS from remote locations via an analog phone line modem. Interface shall be to the entire FMS and provide the capability to monitor all 1/0 and adjust parameters. B. Open Systems Integration 1. The supplied Facility Management System shall use an open architecture and fully support a multi-vendor environment. To accomplish this effectively, the FMS shall not be limited to use only open communication protocol standards, but be able to also integrate a wide variety of third-party devices and applications via existing vendor protocols and through the latest software standards. a. Must be able to use TCP/IP networking protocol. b. Workstation applications must be able to use data. supplied through third party OPC (OLE for Process Control) Servers. 3.5 Alarm Management Alarm management shall be provided to monitor, buffer, and direct alarm reports to operator devices and memory files. Each DDC panel shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non- critical alarms, to minimize network traffic, and to prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC panel's ability to report alarms be affected by either operator activity BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 - 17 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 at a PC Workstation or local 1/0 device, or communications with other panels on the network. 3.6 Dynamic. Animated Color Graphic Displays Color graphic floor plan displays, and system schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment (including air handling units, variable air volume boxes, exhaust fans, chilled water systems, and so forth) shall be provided, as specified in the point list portion of this Specification, in order to optimize system performance analysis, speed alarm recognition, and simplify user interaction. The FMS Contractor shall fully configure the color graphics and plot all associated control/monitoring points on the screen. 0 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM/ 15963 -18 of 18 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL • 0 APA - 03.07 SECTION 15980 - TEST AND BALANCE - FINAL 1.0 . GENERAL Training Building Fire Station # 48 1.01 Scope: HVAC Contractor shall provide the services of an independent test and balance agency to test, balance and certify the performance of the complete heating and air conditioning system, including supply and makeup air systems and all exhaust systems. 1.02 Job Reauirements: The Contractor shall provide to the approved test and balance agency a complete set of plans and specifications and an approved copy of all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment shop drawings. The Contractor shall include the cost of all pulley, belt, and drive changes, as well as balancing dampers required to achieve proper system balance recommended by the test and balance agency. 1.03 Agency Qualifications: The test and balance agency shall be an approved member of AABC or NEBB that specializes in testing and balancing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. c e 1 : Test and Balance Corp. of Tampa, Phoenix Agency, Southern Independent Test and Balance or other agency approved by Engineer. 1.04 u rant : The test and balance agency shall include a warranty period of ninety (90) days after completion and acceptable of test and balance work. During the warranty period, the Architect may request a re-check or re-setting of any outlet, supply fan, exhaust fan, or pump. The test and balance agency shall provide technicians, instruments, and tools to assist the Architect in conducting any test that he may require during this time. The foregoing shall be in addition to the A.A.M.C. National Project Certification Performance Guaranty which shall be forwarded with shop drawing data specified hereinbefore. 1.05 Perform all testing and balancing, adjusting and data recording necessary to establish and confirm capacity, quality and completed status of work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Instruments used for test and balance shall have been calibrated within a period of six (6) months prior to the testing and balancing of this project. Letter of certification listing instrumentation used and last date of calibration shall be furnished to Architect with test report. 3.0 3.01 National Standards: Testing and balancing shall be performed in accordance with A.A.B.C. National Standards. 3.02 IJOgSi : Shall clearly indicate the following: A. All inlet and outlet areas. • B. All applicable duct, pipe and coil sizes. C. Outside, inside, mixed and supply air conditions. TEST AND BALANCE - FINAL 15980 -1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 D. All fluid velocities, flow rates, temperatures and pressures at significant locations (e.g., fluid pressures before and after each pump and fan, temperatures and pressures at supply and return headers and at chiller and boiler inlets and outlets, etc.) E. All fan speeds. F. All motor ampere ranges. G. Descriptions of each test method used. H. Use Associated Air Balance Council log and data forms. 3.03 Adjust and calibrate all applicable items (e.g., controls, dampers, registers, diffusers, balancing cocks, valves, thermometers, gauges, etc.). 3.04 Set all distribution devices to properly distribute conditioned air. 3.05 Check all safety devices for proper operation. 3.06 Verify adequacy, acceptable quietness and proper continuous operation of at least 24 hours duration of all motors, compressors, pumps, fans, etc. 3.07 Perform spot check tests or complete tests to fully reconfirm prior test results if required by the Architect as dependent upon extent, completeness and accuracy of prior tests and logs. Do in Architect's presence if called for. 3.08 After air distribution devices have been balanced to distribute calculated design indicated air quantities and if temperature in any area (where such area does no have the particular zone temperature control thermostat located therein) of any zone is not maintained within 2 degrees plus or minus of the zone area which does have the zone temperature control thermostat, then notify the Architect in writing of such conditions and obtain Architect's approval to rebalance devices to obtain air quantities other than those indicated so that air temperature in entire zone will be as even as possible regardless of calculated design air quantities. After obtaining Architect's written approval to rebalance, perform such necessary rebalancing. 3.09 When the mechanical work is in a state of readiness for test and balance work to proceed, the test and balance contractor shall proceed with his work. If, upon this proceeding, the test and balance contractor determines that there are other items of the work (control items, sheet metal items and/or other similar specialties and proper completion of which affects the ability of the test and balance contractor to properly perform his work) which have not been completed to an extent which will allow him to complete test and balance work, then he shall make a detailed written report of these items and shall send written notification to the Contractor of such incomplete work. The Contractor shall then send a copy of this report to the Architect. The test and balance work shall not proceed until these items are corrected; such correction shall be subject to approval of Architect. 3.10 All mechanical systems shall be balanced to optimum performance capabilities of the equipment and the design. This shall be done in accordance with the standards published by the Associated Air Balance Council unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 a or : Upon completion of all testing and balancing and prior to requesting final inspection and acceptance of the project, submit three (3) complete copies of the Test and Balance Report to TEST AND BALANCE - FINAL 15980 - 2 of 3 • • • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 the Architect/Engineer for approval. No final inspection will be conducted until the final Test and Balance Report has been accepted by the Engineer. Measurements shall be taken by methods recommended in the 1989 AABC (Associated Air Balance Council) National Standards. All reports submitted for review shall contain all of the information required in the reports shown in Chapter 27 of the 1989 AABC National Standards. (End of Section 15980) 0 0 TEST AND BALANCE - FINAL 15980 - 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding electrodes and conductors; bonding methods and materials; conduit and equipment supports, anchors and fasteners; and nameplates and wire markers. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use metal underground pipe metal frame of building and driven ground rod as grounding electrodes. Grounding system connections use mechanical fasteners for building frame and exothermic welds for ground rods. B. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners, and supports to carry loads of equipment and raceway, including weight of wire and cable in raceway. Anchor and fasten electrical products to building elements and finishes as follows: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Expansion anchors and preset inserts. 2. Steel Structural Elements: Beam clamps, spring steel clips and[welded fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Self-drilling anchors 1/4"minimum and expansion anchors3/8"minimum or as required by manufacturer. 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Toggle bolts " minimum. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Sheet metal screws #10 minimum. 7. Wood Elements: Wood screws #10 minimum. C. Identify Electrical components as follows: 1. Nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2. Wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, and outlet and junction boxes. Label each outlet and junction box with circuits contained within. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog data for grounding electrodes and connections; for fastening components; and nameplates, labels, and markers. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROD ELECTRODES A. Manufacturers: 1. Erico 2. Substitutions: Permitted. • BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 -1 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Product Description: Copper or copper-clad steel, 3/4 inch diameter rod electrode, 10 feet in length. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. Product Description: Engraved tbree-layer laminated plastic nameplate, black letters on white background B. Letter Size: 1. 1/8" letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4" inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. 2.03 WIRE MARKERS A. Product Description: Cloth tape type wire markers with circuit or control wire number permanently stamped or printed. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install rod electrodes at locations indicated. B. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members. C. Install sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. D. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or rivets. (End of Section 16050) • BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rod electrodes. 2. Wire. 3. Mechanical connectors. 4. Exothermic connections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02590 - Site Grounding: Site related grounding components for buildings and facilities. 2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement: Bonding or welding bars when reinforcing steel is used for electrodes. 3. Section 10270 - Access Flooring: Grounding systems for access flooring. 4. Section 13100 -Lightning Protection: Grounding of lightning protection system. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 0" 2. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Existing and new Metal underground water pipe. 2. Metal building frame. 3. Concrete-encased electrode. 4. Metal underground gas piping system. 5. Rod electrode. 6. Generator Frame. Do not bond Generator Neutral to ground. B. Construct and test grounding systems for access flooring systems on conductive floors accordance with IEEE 1100. GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 1 of 5 Training Building Fire Station # 48 APA - 03.07 0 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Grounding System Resistance: 25 ohms maximum. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit data on grounding electrodes and connections. C. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for active electrodes. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide grounding materials conforming to requirements of NEC, IEEE 142, and UL labeled. B. Perform Work in accordance with State of Florida Department of Management Services standard. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer. Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.09 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. D. Do not deliver items to project before time of installation. Limit shipment of bulk and multiple-use materials to quantities needed for immediate installation. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination. B. Complete grounding and bonding of building reinforcing steel prior concrete placement. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROD ELECTRODES A. Furnish materials in accordance with State of Florida standards. B. Product Description: 1. Material Copper. 2. Diameter: 3/4 inch. 3. Length: 10 feet. C. Connector: exothermic welded connection. 2.02 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Foundation Electrodes: #3/0 AWG. C. Grounding Electrode Conductor. Copper conductor insulated. D. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor insulated. 2.03 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Furnish materials in accordance with State of Florida standards. B. Description: Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. 2.04 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cadweld, Erico, Inc. Model. 2. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements. GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 B. Product Description: Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove paint,rust, mill oils,surface contaminants at connection points. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with IEEE 142, 1100. B. Install rod electrodes at locations as indicated on Drawings Install additional rod electrodes to achieve specified resistance to ground. C. Install grounding and bonding conductors concealed from view. D. Install grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing Electrically bond steel together. E. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. F. Equipment Grounding Conductor. Install separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. G. Install continuous grounding using underground cold water system and building steel as grounding electrode. Where water piping is not available, install artificial station ground by means of driven rods or buried electrodes. H. Permanently ground entire light and power system in accordance with NEC, including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panelboards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment. I. Install branch circuits feeding isolated ground receptacles with separate insulated grounding conductor, connected only at isolated ground receptacle, ground terminals, and at ground bus of serving panel. J. Accomplish grounding of electrical system by using insulated grounding conductor installed with feeders and branch circuit conductors in conduits. Size grounding conductors in accordance with NEC. Install from grounding bus of serving panel to ground bus of served panel, grounding screw of receptacles, lighting fixture housing, light switch outlet boxes or metal enclosures of service equipment. Ground conduits by GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 4 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 means of grounding bushings on terminations at panelboards with installed conductor to grounding bus. 0 K. Permanently attach equipment and grounding conductors prior to energizing equipment. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements 01700 - Execution Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. D. Perform ground.resistance testing in accordance with IEEE 142. E. Perform leakage current tests in accordance with NFPA 99. F. Perform continuity testing in accordance with IEEE 142. G. When improper grounding is found on receptacles, check receptacles in entire project and correct Perform retest. (End of Section 16060) GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 SECTION 16070 - ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUIVEMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3. Spring steel clips. 4. Sleeves. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to electrical work. 7. Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire stops. 4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. B. FM Global: 1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. 1.03 DEFINMONS A. Firestopping Through-Penetration Protection System: Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070-1 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119 ASTM E814 UL 263 UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. 1. Ratings may be 3-hours for firestoppmg in through-penetrations of 4-hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes. B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 UL 723 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/450. C. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to Florida Building Code FM UL for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Section 0,1330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers. C. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze hangers and hangers and supports. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. H. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. • ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 2 of 9 • APA - 03.07 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F- Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1- hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. • D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Burning Characteristics: 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with State of Florida standard. G. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.09 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. is B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 3 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. •? , C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt,. water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F . C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Electroline Manufacturing Company. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free running threads " minimum. C. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel. D. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten. E. Conduit clamps - general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits. 2.02 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Unistrut Corp. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Stainless steel 30212 gage thick. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center. 2.03 SLEEVES A. Furnish materials in accordance with Pinellas County standards. 0 B. Sleeves for through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 4 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 C. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: PVC coated Steel pipe. D. Sleeves for Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed. E. Fire-stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Specified Technology, Inc 2. Substitutions: Permitted B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestoppmg: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single] component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral ceramic fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.05 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer. Type recommended by Frestoppmg manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting] 3. Sheet metal. 4. Alumina silicate fire board C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Furnish UL listed products or products tested by independent testing laboratory. M 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 5 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond C. Install backing damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.] D. Do not drill or cut structural members. 3.03 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Anchors and fasteners shall be stainless steel 2. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide precast inserts, expansion anchors, and preset inserts. 3. Steel Structural Elements: Provide beam clamps, spring steel clips, and welded fasteners. 4. Concrete Surfaces: Provide self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 5. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts. 6. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 7. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 8. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws. B. 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 6 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above recessed into and grouted flush with slab. C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC. D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. E. Install multiple conduit rums on common hangers. F. Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts. 2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 3. In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall. 4. Support vertical conduit at every floor. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating to uniform density and texture. D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size] E. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required F. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured.] G. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 2. Where cable tray, bus, conduit, wireway, trough, and penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Non-Rated Surfaces: ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 7 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening] as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install escutcheons where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at clean rooms, laboratories, hospital spaces] computer rooms, telecommunication rooms data room and. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit 3.05 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads for free standing panels, switchboards and transformers of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment Refer to Section 03300. B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct supports of steel members, or formed stainless steel channel. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. 3.06 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking rubber links. B. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. C. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. D. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. E. Extend sleeves through floors linch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. F. Where conduit or raceway penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with stuffing, fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. G. Install stainless steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 8 of 9 LJ • • APA - 03.07 0 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements 01700 - Execution Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.08 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.09 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. (End of Section 06070) • • ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16070- 9 of 9 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16075 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Labels. 3. Wire markers. 4. Conduit markers. 5. Stencils. 6. Underground Warning Tape. 7. Lockout Devices. Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature for each product required. 2. Submit electrical identification schedule including list of wording, symbols, letter size, color coding, tag number, location, and function. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged devices; include tag numbers. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State of Florida standard. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer. Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 -1 of 5 • • A APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept identification products on site in original containers. Inspect for damage. C. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. D. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install labels and nameplates]only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions for adhesive are within range recommended by manufacturer. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for extra materials. B. Furnish two containers of spray-on adhesive. C. Furnish two blank nameplates for panels. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Thomas and Betts. 2. Substitutions: Permitted B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on white contrasting background color. C. Letter Size: 1. 1/8] inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4" inch high letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. D. Minimum nameplate thickness: 1/8 inch. 2.02 LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thomas and Betts. 2. Substitutions: Permitted ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. 2.03 WERE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thomas and Betts . 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Description: Cloth tape type wire markers. C. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number as indicated on Drawings. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number as indicated on. shop drawings. 2.04 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY MAIRKFRS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thomas and Betts 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Furnish materials in accordance with State of Florida standards. C. Description: Labels fastened with adhesive]. D. Color: 1. Medium Voltage System: Black lettering on white background. 2. 480 Volt System: Black lettering on white background 3. 208 Volt System: Black lettering on white background 4. Fire Alarm System: Red lettering on white background. 5. Telephone System: Blue lettering on white background. 6. Communication System Blue lettering on White background. E. Legend: 1. Medium Voltage System: HIGH VOLTAGE 2. 480 Volt System: 480 VOLTS. HIGH VOLTAGE. 3. 208 Volt System: 208 VOLTS. 4. Fire Alarm System: FIRE ALARM. 5. Telephone System: TELEPHONE 6. Communication System: COMMUNICATION. 2.05 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Description:4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored yellow with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 2.06 LOCKOUT DEVICES A. Lockout Hasps: 1. Manufacturers: a. Square D b. Substitutions: Permitted 2. Anodized aluminum hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7-1/4 x 3 inches. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09900 for stencil painting. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting. B. Nameplate Installation: 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 4. Secure nameplate to equipment fiont using [screws] [, rivets] G or] [adhesive]. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following: a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. C. Transformers. d. Service Disconnects. e. Telephone Cabinets. C. Label Installation: 1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install label for identification of individual control device stations, and telephone outlets. 3. Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. D. Wire Marker Installation: 1. Install wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes and] each load connection. 2. Mark data cabling at each end Install additional marking at accessible locations . along the cable run. 3. Install labels at data outlets identifying patch panel and port designation . ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 4 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 E. Conduit and Raceway Marker Installation: 1. Install conduit and raceway]marker for each conduit or raceway]longer than 6 ?' . feet. 2. Conduit, Raceway]Marker Spacing: 10 feet on center. 3. Raceway Painting: Identify conduit using field painting in accordance with Section 09900 a. Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet. b. Paint bands 10 feet on center. C. Color: 1) 480 Volt System: Blue. 2) 208 Volt System: Yellow 3) Fire Alarm System: Red 4) Telephone System: Green. 5) Communication System: Orange F. Stencil Installation: 1. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09900. G. Underground Warning Tape Installation: 1. Install underground warning tape along length of each underground conduit, raceway, or cable 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried conduit, raceway, or cable. (End of Section 16075) • ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16100 - WIRING METHODS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes building wire and cable, conduit and tubing, surface raceway, boxes, wiring devices, wiring connectors, and connections. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Wiring Products: 1. Solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. 2. Stranded conductors for control circuits. 3. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 4. Conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. 5. 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet B. Wiring Methods: 1. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Building wire, Type THHNPTHWN insulation, in raceway. 2. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway 3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Building wire, Type THHNMIWN insulation, in raceway 4. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire, Type THHNM-IWN insulation, in raceway. 5. Exterior Locations: Building wire, Type XHHW insulation, in raceway. 6. Underground Locations: Building wire, Type XHHW insulation, in raceway C. Conductor shall be copper. D. Raceway and boxes are located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations where required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. . • E. Raceway Products: 1. Underground More than 5 Feet outside Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit, . Use composite nonmetallic handhole. 2. Underground Within 5 Feet outside Foundation Wall: Use PVC coated rigid steel conduitUse cast metal boxes. 3. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit,. Use cast metal boxes. 4. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Use PVC coated rigid steel. Use cast metal outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 5. In Slab Above Grade: Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit Use cast boxes. 6. Wet and Damp Locations: Use PVC coated rigid Use cast metal, junction, and pull boxes. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. WIRING METHODS 16100 - 1 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 7. Concealed Dry Locations: Use rigid steel conduit,. Use sheet-metal boxes. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Use hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 8. Exposed Dry Locations: Use rigid steel. Use sheet-metal boxes. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Use hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. F. Minimum Raceway Size: "inch unless otherwise specified. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information for each wiring device. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Walker. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface metal raceway, with manufacturer's standard enamel finish Furnish manufacturer's standard accessories; match finish on raceway. 2.02 WIREWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Walker. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: General purpose Raintight type wireway with hinged screw cover and manufacturer's stainless steel finish. 2.03 WALL SWITCHES A. Single Pole Switch: 1. Leviton Model. 1 121-2W 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Double Pole Switch: 1. Leviton Model. 1122-2W 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. C. Three-way Switch: 1. Leviton Model. 1 123-2W 2. Hubbell WIRING METHODS 16100 - 2 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. D. Four-way Switch: 1. Leviton Model. 1124-2W 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted E. Indicator Switch: 1. Leviton Model. 1121-7PC 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted F. Locator Switch: 1. Leviton Model. 1 121-7LW 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted G. Color. White. 2.04 RECEPTACLES A. Single Convenience Receptacle: 1. Leviton Model.5341-W 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted B. Duplex Convenience Receptacle: 1. Leviton Model.5341-2W 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. C. GFCI Receptacle: 1. Leviton Model.8898-W 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted D. Color: Ivory. 2.05 WALL PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Hubbell 3. Slater WIRING METHODS 16100 - 3 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Medium Cover Plate% Smooth stainless steel. C. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal In use style plate with hinged threaded and gasketed device cover. 2.06 MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Hubbell 3. Slater 4. Wiremold 5. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Multioutlet Assembly: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, with pre-wired receptacles, suitable for use as multioutlet assembly. Furnish manufacturer's standard enamel finish. C. Receptacles: NEMA WD 6, type 5-15R, single receptacle. D. Receptacle Spacing: 12 inches on center. E. Fittings: Furnish manufacture's standard couplings, elbows, outlet and device boxes, and connectors. 3.0 EXE CUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Route raceway and cable to meet Project conditions. B. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. C. Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough-in when required to accommodate intended purpose. D. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; install boxes with minimum 24 inches separation. (End of Section 16100) • WIRING METHODS 16100 - 4 of 4 r-1 L---A APA - 03.07 SECTION 16123 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Si,TMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes building wire and cable; nonmetallic-sheathed cable; direct burial cable; service entrance cable; armored cable; metal clad cable; and wiring connectors and connections. 1.02 A. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. • 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Product Requirements: Provide products as follows: 1. Solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. 2. Stranded conductors for control circuits. 3. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 4. Conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. 5. 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet feet . B. Wiring Methods: Provide the following wiring methods: 1. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 2. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 4. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN in raceway. 5. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire XHHW in raceway. 6. Underground Locations: Use only building wire, Type XHHW in raceway. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conductor shall be copper. B. Aluminum conductors shall not be installed. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. 0 B. Product Data: Submit for building wire. BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123-1of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination. B. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required. C. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WERE A. Manufacturers: 1. Essex Group Inc. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C. Conductor. Copper. D. Insulation: 600 volt rating; material rated 90 degrees C. 2.02 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Split Bolt Connectors: 1. Erico. 2. Substitutions Permitted. B. Solderless Pressure Connectors: 1. Ilsco PTA style. 2. Substitutions Permitted. C. Spring Wire Connectors: 1. Ideal. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 2 of 4 APA - 03.07 D. Compression Connectors: 1. Bumdy. 2. Substitutions Permitted. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify interior of building has been protected from weather. C. Verify mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. D. Verify raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Route wire and cable to meet Project conditions. B. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. C. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 16075. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. D. Special Techniques--Building Wire in Raceway: 1. Pull conductors into raceway at same time. 2. Install building wire 4 AWG and larger with pulling equipment. E. Special Techniques - Cable: 1. Protect exposed cable from damage. 2. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels. 3. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. • F. Special Techniques - Wiring Connections: 1. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. 2. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. 3. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor . 4. Install split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. 5. Install solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. 6. Install insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 3 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 7. Install suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adaptors for connecting copper conductors to mechanical lugs where required. 0. G. Install solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. H. Install stranded conductors for branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. However, when stranded conductors are used in lieu of solid, then install crimp on fork terminals for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under screws. 3.04 WIRE COLOR A. General 1. For wire sizes 10 AWG and smaller, install wire colors in accordance with the following: a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. 2. For wire sizes 8 AWG and larger, identify wire with colored tape at terminals, splices and boxes. Colors are as follows: a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. B. Neutral Conductors: White. When two or more neutrals are located in one conduit, individually identify each with proper circuit number. C. Branch Circuit Conductors: Install three or four wire home runs with each phase uniquely color coded. D. Feeder Circuit Conductors: Uniquely color code each phase. E. Ground Conductors: 1. For 6 AWG and smaller: Green. 2. For 4 AWG and larger: Identify with green tape at both ends and visible points including junction boxes. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. (End of Section 16123) • BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 4 of 4 • APA - 03.07 SECTION 16130 - RACEWAY AND BOXES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and hndholes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02581- Underground Ducts and Manholes. 2. Section 16132 - Indoor Service Poles. 3. Section 16133 - Cable Trays. 4. Section 16134 - Underfloor Raceway Assemblies. 5. Section 16141- Floor Boxes. 1.02 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Raceway: 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes materials, delivery, handling, and installing. B. Boxes: 1. Basis of Measurement: By cubic foot. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes materials, delivery, handling, and installing. 1.03 A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C80.1- Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated 2. ANSI C80.3 - Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. 3. ANSI C80.5 - Aluminum Rigid Conduit - (ARC). B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA FB 1- Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. 3. NEMA OS 1- Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 4. NEMA RN 1- Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. ?J 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned Provide raceway to complete wiring system. RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 -1 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Underground More than 5feet outside Foundation Wall: Provide plastic coated rigid conduit,. Provide composite nonmetallic handholes with PVC junction boxes within the -handhole. C. Underground Within 5 feet from Foundation Wall: Provide plastic coated rigid conduit,. Provide cast metal boxes. D. In or Under Slab on Grade: Provide plastic coated rigid conduit. Provide cast iron boxes. Provide plastic coated rigid conduit at all slab penetrations. E. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide plastic coated rigid steel conduit. Provide cast metal outlet, pull, and junction boxes. F. In Slab Above Grade: Provide plastic coated rigid steel conduit. Provide cast iron boxes. G. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, Provide cast metal outlet, junction, and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. H. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. I. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: _" 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Pr& 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. uct Data: Submit for the following: Flexible metal conduit. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit Raceway fittings. Conduit bodies. Surface raceway. Wireway. Pull and junction boxes. Handholes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. t RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 2 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 -Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: 1. Record actual routing of conduits larger than 1 inch trade size 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect conduit from contusion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight 1.09 COORDINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 16150. C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Rigid Steel Conduit ANSI C80.1. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; all steel fittings. 2.02 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. • 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 3 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Product Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating 40 mil thick. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coating to match conduit. 2.03 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted B. Product Description: Interlocked steel construction. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.04 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.05 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface metal raceway. C. Size 12x12 inch D. Finish: Gray enamel 0 RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 4 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station 4 48 E. Fittings, Boxes, and Extension Rings: Furnish manufacturer's standard accessories; match finish on raceway. 2.06 WIREWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted B. Product Description: Raintight type wireway. C. Knockouts None. D. Size: 12 x 12 inch; length as indicated on Drawings. E. Cover: Hinged cover with full gaskets. F. Connector: Slip-in Flanged. G. Fittings: Lay-in type with removable top, bottom, and side; captive screws drip shield. H. Finish: Stainless Steel. 2.07 OUTLET BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3.- Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; fumish U2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. C. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. D. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Furnish gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Furnish duvaded hubs. E. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16140. F. Wall Plates for Unfinished Areas: Furnish gasketed cover. RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 5 of 9 APA - 03.07 2.08 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. C. Hinged Enclosures: As specified in Section 16131. D. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4 4X 6; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron Cast aluminum. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough- in. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 16060. B. Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 16070. C. Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 16075. D. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 3.03 INSTALLATION - RACEWAY A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system. B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. C. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 6 of 9 • r1 • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • D. Group related raceway; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel specified in Section 16070; provide space on each for 25 percent additional raceways. E. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports F. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. G. Construct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 16070. H. Route all raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. 1. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. I Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point K. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab Above Grade: 3/4 inch. Do not cross conduits- in slab L. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. M. Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F N. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. • 0. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. P. Install conduit hubs to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. Q. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Install hydraulic one-shot bender to fabricate, factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. R. Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. S. Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses, control and expansion joints. T. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples. Label each end of pull string with designation of opposite end U. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. V. Surface Raceway: Install flat-head screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces; mount plumb and level. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and comer fittings. 0 W. Close ends and unused openings in wireway. RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130-7of 9 APA - 03.07 3.04 INSTALLATION - BOXES Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. . Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated on Drawings. Or as specified in section for outlet device. B. Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough-in to accommodate intended purpose. C. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16140. D. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. E. In Accessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or fiom removable recessed luminaire. F. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. G. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation. Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. H. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. I. Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. J. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. K. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box L. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. M. Support boxes independently of conduit. N. Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box 0. Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. 3.05 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods in accordance with Section 07840. B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation specified in Section M. C. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on Drawings reflected ceiling plan. • • D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 8 of 9 APA - 03.07 • 3.06 ADJUSTING Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.07 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. (End of Section 06130) • • RACEWAY AND BOXES 16130 - 9 of 9 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 16131 - CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes hinged cover enclosures, cabinets, terminal blocks, and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA ICS 4 - Industrial Control and Systems: Terminal Blocks. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard data for enclosures, cabinets, and terminal blocks. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each key. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Hoffmann Enclosures. 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Permitted. B. Construction: NEMA 250, Type 1,3R and 4x stainless steel enclosure. CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 16131- 1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by key or hasp and staple for padlock. D. Furnish interior metal panel for mounting terminal blocks and electrical components; finish with white enamel. E. Enclosure Finish: stainless steel. 2.02 CABINETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Hoffmann Enclosures 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Permitted. B. Boxes: Stainless Steel steel.. C. Box Size: 24 inches wide x 24 inches high x 6 inches deep. D. Backboard: Furnish 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks. Paint matte white. E. Fronts: Steel, surface type with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinge, and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard. Finish with gray baked enamel. F. Knockouts: none. G. Furnish metal barriers to form separate compartments wiring of different systems and voltages. H. Furnish accessory feet for free-standing equipment. 2.03 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wining Devices 3. Panduit. 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Permitted B. Terminal Blocks: NEMA ICS 4. C. Power Terminals: Unit construction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts. D. Signal and Control Terminals: Modular construction type, suitable for channel mounting, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. 0 E. Furnish ground bus terminal block, with each connector bonded to enclosure. F. Furnish suitable end caps for terminal block strips. CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 16131- 2 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 G. Terminal blocks shall be finger touch safe. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosures and boxes plumb. Anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each comer in accordance with Section 16070. B. Install cabinet fronts plumb. 3.02 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials. C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. (End of Section 16131) • • CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 16131- 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes wall switches; wall dimmers; receptacles; multioutlet assembly; and device plates and decorative box covers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16130 - Raceway and Boxes: Outlet boxes for wiring devices. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1- General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. C B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each wiring device and wall plate illustrating materials, construction, color, and finish. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer. Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each style, size, and finish wall plate. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: • 1. Leviton 2. Slater 3. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices 4. Eagle Electricl. 5. Siemens Co.. 6. Square D. WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 1 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 7. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Not permitted B. Product Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-Duty, AC only snap switch. C. Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with toggle rocker handle. D. Indicator Light: Lighted handle type switch Separate pilot strap; clear color handle lens. E. Locator Light: Lighted handle type switch; white color handle. F. Ratings: 1. Voltage: 120-277 volts, AC. 2. Current: 20 amperes. G. Ratings: Match branch circuit and load characteristics. 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Slater 3. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices 4. Eagle Electricl. 5. Siemens Co.. 6. Square D. 7. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Not permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-duty use receptacle. C. Device Body: white plastic. D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as indicated on Drawings. E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20. F. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. 2.03 WALL PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Slater 3. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices 4. Eagle Electricl. 5. Siemens Co.. 6. Square D. 7. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Not permitted B. Cover Plate: Medium Size. Smooth lined 302 stainless steel. 0 WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 C. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal plate with hinged in use gasketed device cover. 2.04 MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Slater 3. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices 4. Eagle Electricl. 5. Siemens Co.. 6. Square D. 7. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Not permitted B. Multi-outlet Assembly: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, with pre-wired receptacles, suitable for use as multi-outlet assembly. C. Size As indicated on Drawings. D. Receptacles: NEMA WD 6, type 5-15R, single receptacle. E. Receptacle Spacing: 12 inches on center or as indicated on Drawings. F. Receptacle Color: white. G. Channel Finish: white Buff enamel. H. Fittings: Furnish manufacturer's standard couplings, elbows, outlet and device boxes, and connectors 3.0 EXE CUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. C. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and completely covered by wall plates. D. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean debris frown outlet boxes. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install devices plumb and level. WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 B. C. D. E. F. G. Training Building Fire Station # 48 Install switches with OFF position down. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Connect wiring devices by wrapping solid conductor around screw terminal. Install stranded conductor for branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. When stranded conductors are used in lieu of solid, use crimp on fork terminals for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under device screws. I. Use jumbo size 302 stainless steel plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. J. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain mounting heights as specified and as indicated on drawings. B. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor. C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor. D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above counter back splash of counter or horizontally in backsplash in pass through counter areas. E. Install dimmer 48 inches above finished floor F. Coordinate installation of wiring devices with underfloor raceway service fittings provided under. Section 16134. G. Coordinate installation of wiring devices with floor box service fittings provided under Section 16135. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 4 of 5 • • • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 D. Verify each receptacle device is energized E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.07 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. (End of Section 06140) • WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16150 - WIRING CONNECTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes electrical connections to equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable. 2. Section 16130 - Raceway and Boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1- General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit wiring device manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, configurations, and construction. C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations, sizes, and configurations of equipment connections. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections. C. Determine connection locations and requirements. D. Sequence rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment. E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment. • • WIRING CONNECTIONS 16150 - 1 of 3 APA -03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CORD AND PLUGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Daniel Woodhead. 3. Arrow-Hark 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Permitted B. Attachment Plug Construction: Conform to NEMA WD 1. C. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet furnished for equipment. D. Cord Construction: Type SO multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations. E. Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. 3.0 EXECUTION • 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection, for wiring, and to be energized. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Make electrical connections. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D. Install receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Install cord and cap for field-supplied attachment plug. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. WIRING CONNECTIONS 16150 - 2 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. J. Coolers and Freezers: Cut and seal conduit openings in freezer and cooler walls, floor, and ceilings. Install connections to cooler and freezer solenoids, thermostats and timeclocks. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Cooperate with utilization equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide personnel to operate electrical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations. (End of Section 16150) • • WIRING CONNECTIONS 16150 - 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 16210 - ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes arrangement with Utility Company for permanent electric service; payment of Utility Company charges for service; service provisions; and utility metering equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete pads. 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Utility Company: Progress Energy B. System Characteristics: 120/208 volts, three phase, four- wire, 60 Hertz. C. Service Entrance: Underground D. Underground Service Provisions: Underground service entrance to building service entrance equipment. 1. Utility Raceway Connection: At Utility Company's pad-mounted transformer. 2. Utility Service-Entrance Conductor Connection: Utility Company's pad-mounted transformer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Submit Utility-Company-prepared drawings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Utility Company written requirements. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings and Utility Company drawings. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with utility company, relocation of overhead or underground lines interfering with construction Where power lines are to be relocated, bill utility costs, directly to Owner. ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES 16210 -1 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Contact utility company regarding charges related to service installation. Include utility charges in this contract. 0 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 UTILITY METERS A. Furnished by Utility Company. 2.02 UTILITY METER BASE A. Manufacturers: 1. Milbank. 2. Substitutions: Utility company Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Meter base rated 200 amperes continuous duty for panel SL. Meter base rated for 600 amps for panel DP. 2.03 TRANSFORMER PAD A. Product Description: cast-in-place concrete or Precast concrete transformer pad with cable pit sized as indicated on Drawings or as directed by the utility company. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify service equipment is ready to be connected and energized 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install service entrance conduits to building service entrance equipment. Utility Company will connect service lateral conductors to service entrance conductors. Connect service lateral conductors to service entrance conductors. B. Install cast-in-place concrete pad for Utility Company transformer, in accordance with Section 03300. (End of Section 16210) E ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES 16210 - 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 SECTION 16411- ENCLOSED SWITCHES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes fusible and nonfusible switches. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16491- Fuses. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA FU 1- Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 2. NEMA KS 1- Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS M A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 -Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches and ratings of installed fuses. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D 2. Siemens 3. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements not Permitted ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16411- 1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Product Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position, enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU 1, Class R and J fuses. D. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from stainless steel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R 4. 3. Industrial Locations: Type 4 4X 5 12 12K. E. Service Entrance: Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application. Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. F. Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. 2.02 NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D 2. Siemens 3. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements not Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from stainless steel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R 4. 3. Industrial Locations: Type 4 4k 5 12 12K. D. Service Entrance: Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application. Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. E. Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. 2.03 SWITCH RATINGS A. Switch Rating: Horsepower rated for AC or DC as indicated on Drawings. B. Short Circuit Current Rating: UL listed for 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class H or K fuses (30-600 ampere) 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class R or Class J fuses (30-600 ampere switches employing appropriate fuse rejection schemes). 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class L fuses (800-1200 ampere). C] • • ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16411- 2 of 3 • • • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosed switches plumb. Provide supports in accordance with Section 16070. B. Height: 5 feet to operating handle. C. Install finis for fusible disconnect switches. Refer to Section 16491 for product requirements. D. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 16075. E. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fimd switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and Inspection Services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. hwect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. (End of Section 16411) ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16411 - 3 of 3 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16423 - ENCLOSED CONTACTORS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUIVIlVIARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes enclosed contactors for lighting and general purposes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16491- Fuses. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 2. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. 4. NEMA ICS 5 - Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices. 5. NEMA ICS 6 - Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures. 6. NEMA KS 1- Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit dimensions, size, voltage ratings and current ratings. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and ratings of enclosed contactors. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for replacing and maintaining coil and contacts. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. ENCLOSED CONTACTORS 16423 - 1 of 4 A • • • APA - 03.07 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PURPOSE CONTACTORS Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D 2. Siemens 3. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements not Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA ICS 2, AC general purpose magnetic contactor. C. Coil operating voltage: 120volts, 60 Hertz. D. Poles: To match circuit configuration and control function. • E. Product Features: 1. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5, heavy-duty type with Form Z contacts, rated A150 2. Pushbutton: ON/OFF function, with shrouded lockable configuration. 3. Selector Switch: ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC fimction, with rotary action 4. Indicating Light: GREEN lens, led lamp. 5. Auxiliary Contacts: One, normally open normally closed field convertible in addition to seal-in contact. 6. Relays: NEMA ICS 2. 7. Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary, 100VA minimum, in each enclosed contactor. Furnish fiased primary and secondary, and bond unfused leg of secondary to enclosure. F. Combination Contactors: Combine contactors with enclosed knife switch conforming to NEMA KS 1, with externally operable handle and fim clips designed to accommodate NEMA FU 1, Class R J fuses. G. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel aluminum gray plastic. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R 4. 3. Locations: Type. 2.02 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D 2. Siemens 3. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements not Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA ICS 2, magnetic lighting contactor. is C. Configuration: Mechanically held, 3 wire control. ENCLOSED CONTACTORS 16423 - 2 of 4 APA - 03.07 D. E. F. Training Building Fire Station # 48 Coil operating voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hertz. Poles: To match circuit configuration and control function. Contact Rating: Match branch circuit overcurrent protection, considering derating for continuous loads. G. Accessories: 1. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5, heavy-duty type with Form Z contacts, rated A150. 2. Pushbutton: ON/OFF function, with shrouded lockable configuration. 3. Selector Switch: ON/OFF/AUTOMATIC function, with rotary action. 4. Indicating Light: GREEN lens, led lamp. 5. Auxiliary Contacts: One, normally open normally closed field convertible in addition to seal-in contact 6. Relays: NEMA ICS 2. 7. Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary, 100VA minimum, in each enclosed contactor. Furnish fused primary and secondary, and bond unf iced leg of secondary to enclosure. H. Combination Contactors: Combine contactors with enclosed knife switch conforming to NEMA KS 1, with externally operable handle and fuse clips designed to accommodate NEMA FU 1, Class R J fuses. • 1. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel aluminum gray plastic. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R 4. 3. Locations: Type. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosed contactors as indicated on Drawings, in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install enclosed contactors plumb. Provide supports in accordance with Section 16070. C. Height: 5 8 to operating handle. D. Install fuses for fusible switches. Refer to Section 16491 for product requirements. E. Install engraved plastic nameplates. Refer to Section 16075 for product requirements and location. • ENCLOSED CONTACTORS 16423 - 3 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and Inspection Services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.16.1. (END OF SECTION 16423) • ENCLOSED CONTACTORS 16423 - 4 of 4 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUA01ARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes distribution and branch circuit panelboards, electronic grade branch circuit panelboards, and load centers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding. 2. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification 3. Section 16491- Fuses. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE C62.41- Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA AB 1- Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 2. NEMA FU 1- Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. 4. NEMA ICS 5 - Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices. 5. NEMA KS 1- Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). 6. NEMA PB 1- Panelboards. 7. NEMA PB 1.1- General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. C. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 67 - Safety for Panelboards. 2. UL 1283 - Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 3. UL 1449 - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. s 01'? • PANELBOARDS 16442 - 1 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. C. Product Data Submit catalog data showing specified features of standard products. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01789 - Closeout Submittals: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements. C. Operation and Maintenance Data Submit spare parts listing, source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 0 A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements 01782 - Operation and Maintenance Data: Requirements for maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each panelboard key. Panelboards keyed alike to Owner's current keying system. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D 2. Siemens 3. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements not Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. C. Panelboard Bus: Copper, current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard, furnish insulated ground bus as indicated on Drawings. D. For non-linear load applications subject to harmonics furnish 200 percent rated, plated copper, solid neutral. PANELBOARDS 16442 - 2 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 volt panelboards; 14,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards, or as indicated on Drawings. F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on plug-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits, Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits, Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers as indicated on Drawings. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. G. Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, coordinated with automatically resetting current limiting elements in each pole. Interrupting rating 100,000 symmetrical amperes, let-through current and energy level less than permitted for same size NEMA FU 1, Class RK-5 fuse. H. Enclosure: Stainless steel NEMA PB 1, Type 1 or Type 3R. I. Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards, 20 inches wide for 480 volt panelboards. J. Cabinet Front: Flush Surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's stainless steel 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and load centers in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1. B. Install panelboards and load centers plumb. C. Install recessed panelboards and load centers flush with wall finishes. D. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard and load center; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. E. Install filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. F. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard and load center. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes to balance phase loads. G. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 16075. H. Install spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to accessible location above ceiling and below floor in raised floor areas. Minimum spare conduits: 5 empty 1 inch. Identify each as SPARE. • PANELBOARDS 16442 - 3 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fiore Station # 48 I. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 16060. Connect equipment ground bars of panels in accordance with NFPA 70. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and Inspection Services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform circuit breaker inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6. D. Perform switch inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. E. Perform controller inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.16.1. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements 01750 - Starting and Adjusting. Requirements for starting and adjusting. • B. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder, rearrange circuits in panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. (END OF SECTION 16442) • PANELBOARDS 16442 - 4 of 4 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16491- FUSES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fuses and spare fuse cabinet 1.2 REFERENCES Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA FU 1- Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Select fuses to provide appropriate levels of short circuit and overcurrent protection for the following components: wire, cable, bus structures, and other equipment Design system to maintain component damage within acceptable levels during faults. B. Select fuses to coordinate with time current characteristics of other overcurrent protective elements, including other fuses, circuit breakers, and protective relays. Design system to maintain operation of device closest to fault operates. 1.4 FUSE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Main Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay. B. Main Service Switches: Class RK1 time delay. C. Power Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay D. Power Load Feeder Switches: Class RK 1(time delay). (non-time-delay). RK5. J (non- time-delay). (time delay). T. E. Motor Load Feeder Switches: Class RKI time delay. F. Lighting Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay. G. Lighting Load Feeder Switches: Class RK 1 time delay. H. Other Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay.. I. Other Feeder Switches: Class RKI time delay. J. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1 time delay. • • FUSES 16491-1 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data Submit data sheets showing electrical characteristics, including time- current curves. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual sizes, ratings, and locations of fuses. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer. Company specializing in mamifacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two fuse pullers. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements 01782 - Operation and Maintenance Data: Requirements for extra materials. B. Furnish three spare fuses of each Class, size, and rating installed 2.6 PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Littlefiise. 2. Bussman. 3. Shawmut. 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 -Product Requirements Permitted B. Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or as indicated on Drawings. C. Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase voltage. FUSES 16491-2 of 3 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 2.2 SPARE FUSE CABINET A. Manufacturers: 1. Littlefuse. 2. Bussman. 3. Shawmut. 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements Permitted. B. Product Description: Wall-mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified. C. Doors: Hinged, with hasp for Owner's padlock. D. Finish: Primed for field painting. Gray enamel. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fuse with label oriented so manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. B. Install spare fuse cabinet as indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION 01, • FUSES 16491-3 of 3 • APA - 03.07 SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes interior luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09547 - Integrated Ceilings. 2. Section 16530 - Emergency lighting. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C82.1- American National Standard for Lamp Ballast Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. 2. ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Ballasts-for High-Intensity- Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire. C. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data D. Samples: Submit two color chips 3 x 3 inch in size illustrating luminaire finish color where indicated in luminaire schedule or as directed by the architect. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in mamifacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Mock-up requirements. • B. Provide luminaires in ceiling assembly. C. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer. Or where indicated on Drawings. D. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work E. Remove mockup when directed by Architect/Engineer. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510-1of5 APA - 03.0`1 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each plastic lens type. C. Furnish one replacement lamps for each lamp installed. D. Furnish two of each ballast type. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES A. Product Description: Complete interior luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled. B. Refer to.Section 016M - Product Requirements for product options. Substitutions are not permitted. 2.02 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Mac 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. tufacturers: Magnetek Inc Philips Electronic North America Sylvania Universal Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Product Description: Electronic ballast less than 20 percent THD High-power-factor type certified by Certified Ballast Manufacturers, Inc. to comply with ANSI C82.1, suitable for lamps specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.03 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS A. Man 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ufachwers: Magnetek Inc Philips Electronic North America Sylvania Universal Venture Lighting International Inc Substitutions: Not Permitted. • • INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. Product Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide or high pressure sodium lamp ballast, suitable for lamp specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.04 FLUORESCENT DEW IING BALLASTS AND CONTROLS A. Manufacturers: 1. Lutron 2. Magnetek Inc 3. Philips Electronic North America 4. Sylvania 5. Universal 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Product Description: Electrical assembly of control unit and ballast to fimhish smooth dimming of fluorescent lamps. C. Control Unit: Linear slide type, rated 1000 watts minimum at 120 277 volts. D. Ballast: Selected by dimming system manufacturer as suitable for operation with control unit and suitable for lamp type and quantity specified for lumin91Te. 2.05 INCANDESCENT LAMPS 0 A. Manufacturers: 1. GE 2. Philips 3. Sylvania 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.06 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. GE 2. Philips 3. Sylvania 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.07 HID LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Philips Electronic North America 2. Sylvania 3. GE 4. Venture Lighting International Inc 5. Substitutions: Not Permitted • INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Install pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. B. Support luminaires independent of ceiling framing. C. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on Drawings. D. Install surface mounted luminaires plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement E. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface-mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly from building structure Install auxiliary members spanning ceiling grid members to support surface mounted luminaires Fasten surface mounted luminaires to ceiling grid members using bolts, or suitable clips. F. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. G. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. H. Install clips to secure recessed grid supported luminaires in place. I. Install wall-mounted luminaires at height as indicated on Drawings. J. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. K. Connect luminaires to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 16130 using flexible conduit as indicated on Drawings. L. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. M. Install specified lamps in each luminaire. N. Ground and bond interior luminaires in accordance with Section 16060. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services 01700 - Starting and Adjusting: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Operate each lummaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 4 of 5 • • APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated on Drawings. 3.04 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.05 PROTECTION OF IMBED WORK A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Protecting finished work. B. Relamp luminaires having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. • END OF SECTION • INTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16510 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16520 - EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes exterior luminaries, poles, and accessories. 1.02 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Exterior Luminaire: 1. Basis of Measurement: Each. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes luminaire with lamps and accessories and connection to power source. 1.03 A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C82.1- American National Standard for Lamp Ballast-Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. 2. ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Ballasts-for High-Intensity- Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire. C. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data. D. Samples: Submit two color chips 3 x 3 inch in size illustrating luminaire finish color where indicated in him-nai_re schedule or as directed by the architect. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Mock-up requirements. B. Construct mock-up of to measure luminaire performance. Include 4 luminaries. C. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer. Or where indicated on Drawings. D. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16520 -1 of 5 • P-A APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 E. Remove mockup when directed by Architect/Engineer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1.09 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each lamp installed C. Furnish two gallons of touch-up paint for each different painted finish and color. D. Furnish two ballasts of each lamp type installed 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINARIES A. Product Description: Complete exterior luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled B. Substitutions are not permitted 2.02 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1: Magnetek Inc 2. Philips Electronic North America 3. Sylvania 4. Universal 5. Substitutions: Not Permitted B. Product Description: Electronic ballast certified by Certified Ballast Manufacturers, Inc. to comply with ANSI C82.1, suitable for lamps specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.03 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Magnetek Inc EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16520 - 2 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 2. Philips Electronic North America • 3. Sylvania 4. Universal 5. Venture Lighting International Inc 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted B. Product Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide or high pressure sodium lamp ballast, suitable for lamp specified, with voltage to match lum naire voltage. 2.04 INCANDESCENT LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. GE 2. Philips 3. Sylvania 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted 2.05 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. GE 2. Philips 3. Sylvania 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.06 HID LAMPS A. Man 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ufacturers: Philips Electronic North America Sylvania GE Venture Lighting International Inc Substitutions: Not Permitted 2.07 METAL POLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Whitco 2. Valmont. 3. KW Industries. 4. Substitutions -Not Permitted. B. Material and Finish: Steel with factory powder coat finish. Poles shall be galvanized inside and out prior t0 painting. Finish shall be guaranteed for seven (7) years minimum. KW Industries K Clad or equivalent. Section Shape and Dimensions: Round Tapered. C. Height: As indicated on Drawings. • EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16520 - 3 of 5 APA - 03.07 D. Base formed reinforced concrete. E. Accessories: 1. Handhole. 2. Anchor bolts. 3. Training Building Fire Station # 48 F. Loading Capacity Ratings: 1. Luminaire Weight: pounds 2. Luminaire and Bracket Effective Projected Area: square feet 3. Steady Wind: 130 miles per hour, minimum. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and Project conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install concrete bases for lighting poles at locations as indicated on Drawings, in accordance with Section 03300. B. Install poles plumb. Install shims double nuts to adjust plumb. Grout around each base. Provide all poles with base covers and pole caps. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Bond and ground luminaries,metal accessories and metal poles in accordance with Section 16060. Install supplementary grounding electrode at each pole. E. Verify foundations are ready to receive fixtures. F. Aim light fixtures at night as directed by the owner, architect or engineer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and Inspection Services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Operate each lummaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and operation. C. Measure illumination levels to verify conformance with performance requirements. D. Take measurements during night sky, without moon or with heavy overcast clouds effectively obscuring moon. EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16520 - 4 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 4.8 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Aim and adjust luminaries to provide illumination levels and distribution as indicated on Drawings. 3.05 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Protecting finished work B. Relamp luminaries having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. (END OF SECTION 16520) s • 17J EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES 16520 - 5 of 5 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 0 SECTION 16530 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes emergency lighting units and exit signs. B. Related Sections: C. Section 16510 -Interior Luminaires: Exit signs. 1.02 A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Emergency lighting to comply with requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: B. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish one replacement lamps for each lamp installed. C. Furnish one replacement battery for each battery type and size. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Industries 2. Hubbell 3. Daybrite EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16530 -1 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 4. Lithonia. 5. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Product Description: Self-contained incandescent emergency lighting unit. C. Battery: 12 volt, nickel-cadmium, with 1.5 hour capacity. D. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. E. Lamps: 12 watt minimum, sealed beam type in nickel or chrome plated steel housing. F. Remote Fixtures: Match fixtures on unit. G. Housing: Steel. H. Indicators: Lamps to indicate AC ON and RECHARGING. Self diagnostic function. I. TEST switch: Transfers unit from external power supply to integral battery supply. J. Electrical Connection: Conduit connection. K. Input Voltage: 120 277 volts. 2.02 EXIT SIGNS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Industries 2. Hubbell 3. Daybrite 4. Lithonia. 5. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Product Description: Exit sign fixture with integral battery power supply. C. Face: Translucent face with red letters on white background. D. Input Voltage: 120 or 277 volts. E. Directional Arrows: Universal type for field adjustment. F. Mounting: Universal, for field selection. G. Battery: 12 volt, nickel-cadmium type, with 1.5 hour capacity. H. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. I. Lamps: LED. 0 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16530 - 2 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 J. Input Voltage: 120 277 volts. K. Accessories. Self Diagnostic Functions 2.03 FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY A. Manufacturers: 1. Bodine 2. Magnetek Inc 3. Philips Electronic North America 4. Sylvania 5. Universal 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted B. Product Description: Emergency battery power supply suitable for installation in ballast compartment of fluorescent lummaire. C. Lamp Ratings: One lamp providing 1100 lumens, minimum. D. Battery: Sealed, rated for 10 year life. E. Include TEST switch and AC ON indicator light, installed to be operable and visible from outside of assembled luminaire. • 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install suspended exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Install pendant length required to suspend sign at indicated height B. Install swfacemounted emergency lighting units and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with, building lines and with each other.. Secure to prevent movement C. Install wall-mounted emergency lighting units and exit signs at height as indicated on Drawings. D. Install accessories furnished with each emergency lighting unit and exit sign. E. Connect emergency lighting units and exit signs to branch circuit as indicated on Drawings. F. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within unit G. Install specified lamps in each emergency lighting unit and exit sign. • EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16530 - 3 of 4 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 H. Ground and bond emergency lighting units and exit signs in accordance with Section 16060. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Operate each unit after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Aim and adjust lamp fixtures as indicated on Drawings. C. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated on Drawings. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Protecting finished work. B. Relamp emergency lighting units and exit signs having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION C EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16530 - 4 of 4 SECTION 16620 EMERGENCY GENERATOR SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Sig: This Section includes all requirements for a complete and working standby diesel electric generator set and power system consisting of engine, generator, controls, starting system, cooling system, exhaust system, and other necessary components. Main fuel tank and all required piping including transfer pumps are provided as part of this section. The generator set shall be a standard model or series in regular production. A. Engine Generator Set: Provide one engine generator set consisting of engine, generator, controls, starting system, cooling system, exhaust system, fuel system, steel support framing, spring isolation, and other necessary materials to ensure properly operating system. Rated output for standby service shall be not less than 250 KW, 0.8 P.F., 312.5 KVA at 120/208 volts wye, 60 Hz., with fan and all auxiliaries connected. B. Fuel Sy. : Fuel piping is provided as a part of the generator package by this Contractor. C. Standard Products: All elements of the system shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. D. Basis of Design: Onan. Catapiller & Detroit Diesel are approved equals. 1.02 Service Facilities: Manufacturer shall show satisfactory evidence that a local distributor maintains a fully equipped service organization, within a 75 mile radius of the project site, capable of famishing to this system adequate inspection and maintenance service, including standard replacement parts. 1.03 Rating: Rating of the engine generator set shall be based on operation of the set at rated generator RPM when equipped with all necessary operating accessories such as radiator, air cleaners, lubricating oil pumps, fuel injection pumps, jacket water pump, governor, alternating current generator, and exciter. The diesel electric set shall be capable of delivering to the load its rated KW output at 0.8 power factor continuously for the duration of any utility power outage. Output rating shall not be less than that specified. Unit shall be capable of picking up entire connected load, including inrush from connected motors in a single step. System shall be capable of starting, coming up to rated speed, frequency and voltage and transferring load within a maximum time of 10 seconds. 1.04 M a n : Equipment furnished under this section shall be guaranteed against defective parts of workmanship under terms of the manufacturer's and dealer's standard warranty, for a period of two (2) years fiom date of start-up of the system. 1.05 Service Contract: The supplier of the emergency-generator power system shall include a five (5) year full service contract for maintenance of the complete engine-generator set. Scheduled oil sampling shall be included in order to forecast and minimize engine failure, the supplier of the equipment shall provide a quarterly (every three months) oil sampling analysis. is 1.06 System Operation: It is intended that the emergency electric power generation system shall operate automatically in response to start signals from load transfer devices provided as part of power systems switchboards. In addition, it shall be possible to start the engine generator Emergency Generator System 16620-1 of 9 set manually without load transfer for testing and exercise. The general operating sequence for automatic operation shall be as follows: r A. Upon signal (contact closure) automatically start up engine. B. Upon signal to stop (contact opening), automatically stop engine after specified cool down period. 1.07 Submittals: Provide shop drawings and technical descriptive data for complete system including diesel generator set, day tank, transfer pumps, underground fuel tank starting system, exhaust system, controls and vibration isolators. Provide complete installation drawings. 1.08 Tests: A. Factory: Load test shall include 4 hour running tests at full rated KW load at 1.0 P.F. Manufacturer shall provide certified copies of factory testing. B. On Site: Conduct operating tests to show that generator set will start automatically, pick up the load, shut down and reset as specified. In addition, manual operation shall be satisfactorily demonstrated. Load test shall include two separate 4 hour running tests at full rated KW load at 1.0 P.F. after installation at the site. One four (4) hour test shall be conducted with an ambient temperature of 90 degrees F. Starting tests to include two automatic starts with engine cold. Demonstrate capability of one 45 second cranking cycles at firing speed. Demonstrate capability of picking up full load in one step at 90 degrees F. ambient. 1.09 Instruction Manuals: Include complete instructions for operation, maintenance, service, wiring diagrams, spare parts, name and location of closest service facility, and other pertinent data. 1.10 Belated Sections: The following sections of this specification are referenced in regard to the overall performance and installation of the diesel generator set. A. Section 16625 Automatic Load transfer Switches. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Engle: A. neral: Stationary, liquid cooled, solid injection, full compression ignition type engine. Either vertical or V-type. Nominal brake horsepower rating, 1.5 BHP per rated KW. Engine speed, 1800 RPM at normal full load operation. Under any conditions of steady load, over the range from no load to full load, the govemor shall maintain the engine speed within 1/2% of the average value at that load and govemor droop shall not exceed 3% from no load to full load. B. Fuel 'ection Equipment: Injection pumps and injection valves shall be of a type not requiring adjustment in service. Fuel injection pumps; positive action, constant stroke pumps, actuated by gear drive from the engine. Fuel lines between injection pumps and valves, heavy seamless tubing and (to eliminate irregularity of fuel injection) of the same length for all cylinders. Fuel system equipped with fuel filter having replaceable elements which may be easily removed from their housing for replacement without breaking any fuel line connections or disturbing the fuel pumps Emergency Generator System 16620-2 of 9 or any other part of the engine. All fuel filters conveniently located in one accessible housing, ahead of the injection pumps so that fuel will have been thoroughly filtered before it reaches the pumps. No screens or filters requiring cleaning or replacement shall be used in the injection pump or injection valve assemblies. Engine equipped with a built-in gear type, self-priming, engine driven fuel transfer pump capable of lifting fuel against a head of 12 feet and supplying fuel from the main fuel storage tank through the filters to the injection pump at constant pressure. C. cylinder Liners: Removable wet type cylinder liners of close-grained alloy iron, heat treated for proper hardness for obtaining maximum liner life. D. Lubrication: Engine driven gear type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to main bearings, crank pin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, valve rocker mechanism and governor. Provide effective lubricating oil filters, so located and connected that all oil being circulated is continuously filtered and cleaned. Filters shall be accessible, easily removed and cleaned, and equipped with a spring loaded bypass valve as an insurance against stopping of lubricating oil circulation in event the filters become clogged. Engine shall have a suitable watercooled lubricating oil cooler. E. Air Cleaner. Provide one or more dry type air cleaners of sufficient capacity to protect effectively the working parts of the engine from dust and grit. Provide service signal when air cleaner requires service due to clogged filters. F. Fuel: The engine shall be capable of satisfactory performance on a commercial grade of distilled petroleum fuel oil such as No. 2 domestic burner oil. Diesel engines requiring a premium fuel will not be considered. G. Prevention of Carbonization: The engine shall be capable of operating at light loads for extended periods of time with provision for precombustion of the fuel or a similar means to prevent carbonization. H. Wig: Equip engine with an automatic electric starting system, 24 volts D.C. minimum. Provide controls to automatically start the engine and automatically shut down the engine. Automatic starting controls arranged to provide continuous 45 second cranking with lockout. Starter to be positive shift, gear engaging type designed to automatically disengage when engine starts. Provide necessary jacket waxer heaters to maintain engine at 100 degrees F for rapid starting. Cooling: Provide cooling system of sufficient capacity for properly cooling engine when delivering full rated horsepower. Provide unit mounted radiator and fan of a type and capacity recommended by the engine manufacturer for use in an ambient temperature not to exceed 110 degrees F. The engine shall have an engine driven, centrifugal type water circulating pump for circulating water through the cooling system. Provide manufacturer's recommended anti-freeze for operation down to minus 10 degrees F. I S Aft Device s: Provide safety devices to shut down the engine in event of low lubricating oil pressure, excessive jacket water temperature, engine overspeed, or engine overcrank with individual alarm light for each and a common audible signal. 2.02 Engine Control Panel: Provide digital type oil pressure gauge, water and oil temperature . gauge, remote "start-stop" terminals, fault condition indicators, safety shutdown pilot lights Emergency Generator System 16620-3 of 9 and remote alarm 'signal contacts on engine control panel. Provide "local-remote" selection switch and "stop-off-auto-run" switch for engine control. With selector switch in "local" position, engine may be operated from engine control panel and remote operation shall be inhibiteW..itheIectowitciln"remotgD'bsitiobecadontr<pla.n01 shall be inhibited and control shall only be remote. "Stop" position shall always stop the engine regardlessof selector switchmade. "Local" selection and "stop" position shall cause a remote alarm condition. Engine control panel shall be shock mounted on engine. 2.03 Gengrato Designed for standby duty at rated KW, 208Y/120 volts, 4 wire, 3 phase, 60 Hz. Shall conform to NEMA and IEEE Standards. Minimum efficiency, 92% at rated output. Windings shall have Class F insulation protected by 100% epoxy impregnation and anti- fungus treatment. Provide static silicon rectifier type voltage regulator. Regulator shall be shock mounted and epoxy encapsulated. Regulation ± 5% voltage adjustment. Generator shaft connected to the engine flywheel through a suitable flexible coupling. Provide direct connected, brushless type generator exciter matched with generator. Exciter shall be alternator type with solid state, hermetically sealed silicon rectifiers mounted on its armature and directly connected to generator field windings shall be stationary. Stable alternator operating conditions shall be re-established within two seconds following any sudden change in load between no load and full load or between full load and no load. Stable alternator operation is defined as operation with terminal voltage held constant within ± 1% of rated voltage. 2.04 Generator Control Panel: A. General: Constructed of code gauge steel and shock mounted on engine set. Mount all control devices in panel with operators, instruments and indicators mounted on front for easy access to all terminals and components. Provide necessary cable lugs for power cables. Provide the following instruments and controls: 1. AC voltmeter, 3-1/2 inch, 2% accuracy. 2. AC ammeter, 3-1/2 inch, 2% accuracy. 3. Frequency meter, 3-1/2 inch, dial type. 4. Voltmeter selector switch, 4-position, including "off'. Phase selector switch. 5. Ammeter selector switch, 4-position, including "off'. Phase selector switch. 6. AC load circuit breaker (molded case circuit breaker) with auxiliary contact for remote signaling of "OPEN". 7. Voltage adjustment rheostat. 8. Totalizing type running time meter. 9. Panel illumination lights and switch. 10. Automatic starting controls. 11. Dry contacts wired to terminal strips for remote alarms. B. Automatic Exerciser: Provide automatic exerciser controls to exercise plant at selectable times. Duration of exercise period shall be adjustable from fifteen minutes to one hour. Time of exercise shall be adjustable over a seven day period. It is intended to operate the plant at a selectable time, once each week. Provide the additional features and controls described below, all located inside the generator control panel housing. 1. Mode Selector Switch: Provide a switch marked "Load Exercise", "No Load Exercise". In "Load Exercise" position, system shall operate under load conditions as follows: (1) start engine and run unloaded for a period of time adjustable from one minute to five minutes; (2) after time delay, signal Emergency Generator System 16620-4 of 9 transfer switch to transfer load to generator. At termination of exercise period, signal transfer switch to retransfer to normal power source and after normal idle delay, shut down engine. In "No Load Exercise", exercise engine without transferring load. 2. Controls and Interlocks: Provide all necessary controls and interlocks to interface with automatic load transfer switch for exercise and for emergency operation of system. Should loss of normal power occur during any period of no load operation of the generator set, immediately pick up load upon operation of load. 2.05 Battery; 24 volt minimum, lead acid type with steel rack suitably treated to inhibit rust and finished with acid resistant paint. Battery shall be sized as recommended by manufacturer. Provide voltage relay to signal low battery voltage condition at approximate 90% of cell voltage. Provide flame retardant caps. 2.06 Bey Ch , ger: Solid state type with automatic charge designed to maintain batteries at nominal full voltage. Provide On-Off switch with red pilot light (to show A.C. "on"), D.C. voltmeter and D.C. ammeter. Designed so that high rate charge is automatically applied when batteries are discharged to excessive levels. As battery voltage increases, automatically reduce rate until float level is reached and battery voltage is maintained. Include integral fuse protection. Arrange charger so that A.C. power is always present, either from normal source or from standby source. Locate pilot light and meters on front cover of charger enclosure so that they are visitable with door closed. The charger shall have two ranges, float at 2.17 VPC and equalize at 2.33 VPC. Charger shall provide continuous charging to maintain rated output voltage with ±1% from no load to full load. Provide 0 - 24 hour equalizing timer with D.C. cranking relay so that charge is automatically applied when batteries are discharged due to engine starting. Rated for minimum 10 amps output. Acceptablg: "Master Control" automatic equalization charger series MBC or approved equal. 2.06 Fuel System: A. Fuel Tank: Provide a skid base fuel oil storage tank with capacity of 72 hours at full load. Tank shall be provided with a full tank of #2 diesel fuel. Anchoring shall consist of concrete deadmen, fiberglass strapping, and etc. As recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a 130 mph wind load. Provide fill piping, piping to generator and venting as required. Furnish shop drawings for tank, anchoring and piping for approval. 2.07 Exhaust Syst me : A. Silencer. Provide Critical Grade Silencer with flexible, stainless steel adapter of necessary length (24 inches minimum) for connection to engine outlet. Silencer shall be located with vertical discharge to outside generator enclosure. B. Eager: All black iron piping sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and meeting all regulatory codes. Provide bug screen and rain cap at terminal end. Rain cap shall have stainless steel bearings to prevent sticking in open position after engine shutdown. C. Heat Shield: Provide suitable heat shield between silencer exhaust piping and enclosure penetration through wall. Emergency Generator System 16620-5 of 9 2.08 Unit Skid and Housing: A. The generator unit shall be properly mounted on a suitable base.Provide floor plate suitable for maintaining correct alignment of the generator unit when the skid is installed on the flat top of a concrete pad. The unit and all associated equipment excluding the exhaust silencer and piping shall be enclosed in the weatherproof housing. The housing material shall be formed aluminum housing with white powder coat paint. The housing shall have double doors, as required to provide full access to the generator set for proper servicing. B. The enclosure shall be of formed aluminum construction, modular design, with side and rear accessibility. The structure and roof shall be constructed of 12 gauge sheet aluminum with 14 gauge doors and with adequate exhaust silencer supports. The assembled enclosure shall provide a complete free standing, weatherproof unit. C. The roof shall be pitched and have a rainlip on all four sides. D. Side panels and doors shall not exceed 36" width. All doors and hinged louvers shall have stainless steel hinges with stainless steel pins and 2 point recessed door handles with keylocking provisions. All doors will be keyed alike and the rear door shall have a print pocket. All screws, nuts and washers shall be cadmium plated. E. Air intake louvers shall be formed and welded construction and shall be sized a minimum of 150% the radiator exhaust area. F. The enclosure shall have lifting eyes for lifting the enclosure only. G. The radiator exhaust cutout shall be sized and located for the particular unit to be installed according to information supplied by the engine supplier. H. All grilles and opens shall be screened to prevent the entrances of birds and rodents. L. Mounts inside of enclosure one fluorescent light fixtures with switch control, a duplex outlet receptacle. Circuit light and outlet to battery chaarger circuit. M. Generator main circuit breaker is unit mounted. Enclosure shall have a hinged door for easy access for circuit breaker operation. Provide the main circuit breaker in an oversized enclosure. N. Air Intake: Sound Attenuated Hood with Bird Screen. Air Discharge: Sound Attenuated Hood with Back Draft Damper, and Bird Screen 0. 3" Sound Attenuation in Walls, Ceilings, and Doors to Provide Approximately 25dB(A) Sound Reduction (Qa 7 Meter P. (1) Single Lockable Access Doors with Corrosion Resistant Hardware (1) Double Lockable Access Doors with Corrosion Resistant Hardware on Circuit Breaker Side Q. Silencer Supports for Enclosure Mfr. Furnished Exterior Mounted Critical Silencer. Provide Exhaust Flexible Connectors, Gaskets and Bolt Kits, Exhaust Discharge Emergency Generator System 16620-6 of 9 • • Elbow and Rain Cap, Aluminum Rain Collar and Rain Shield at Exhaust Penetration in Roof R. Provide a Minimum of 24" Between Generator Frame Rails and Enclosure Along Sides (Exclusive of Radiator). Provide NEC required clearances in from of all electrical equipment. S. 130 MPH Wind Load Bracing (PE Certificates, are required.) T . (2) Sets Aluminum Stairs and Platform with Hand Rails (Ship Loose) U. UL-2048, FDEP Fuel Tankwith rupture Basin Mechanical Fuel Level Gauge (Visible at Fill Point), 2" Fuel Fill with Overspill Containment Normal and Emergency Vents for Inner and Outer Tanks, Low Level, High Fuel Level Switches Wired to Control Panel Terminal Strip, FDEP Approved Leak Detection Switch Wired to Control Panel Terminal Strip, Supply and Return Connections. V. Cable Stub Up Opening Under Circuit Breaker X. Generator Mounting Pads ,2 Lifting Points per Side (4 Total) for Lifting Generator Set, Enclosure and Tank (Empty) Y. System Integration: 1. Unload Supplied Generator Set, Fuel Tank and Components from Trucks 2. Install Generator to Fuel Tank Base with Vibration Isolators 3. Plumb Fuel Tank to Generator set Engine 4. Mount Supplied Battery Charger on Enclosure wall 5. Attach Enclosure to Double Wall Base Fuel Tank 6. Install Flex Connectors (Modify if Required) 7. Provide and Install Exterior Lube Oil and Coolant Drains 8. Provide and Install Exhaust Elbow and Rain Cap 9. Provide and Install Critical Grade Slim Line Silencer, Externally Mounted Z. Electrical Package: 1. Mfr to Wire Furnished Battery Charger DC to Genset 2. Mfr to Wire Furnished Battery Charger Alarms to Generator Terminal Strip 2.09 Scheduled Oil Samulines: A. In order to forecast and minimize engine failure, supplier of . the equipment failure, supplier of the equipment shall include as part of his proposal quarterly (every three months) oil sampling analysis for a period of one year from date of acceptance. B. All equipment needed to take oil samples shall be provided in kit form at the time of acceptance and shall include the following: 1. Sample gun kit (1) 2. Bottles (5) 3. Mailers (5) Emergency Generator System 16620-7 of 9 2.10 Finish: All steel parts shall be suitably cleaned and treated to inhibit rust with non-organic primer and given two coats of baked on epoxy or acrylic. Any parts which will be exposed outside of building shall be painted a color selected by the Architect. 2.11 Structural Support Vibration Isolators: The engine generator shall be mounted on a common welded steel base and spring type vibration isolators shall be provided which will effectively isolate engine vibration from the building steel framing system. The complete structural system, including vibration isolators, shall be provided as part of the engine generator assembly. Provide complete structural fabrication shop drawings and calculations for review by the Architect prior to fabrication of the assembly. 2.12 Vibration Isolation: Provide suitable spring vibration isolators to safely support complete generator set and all auxiliaries. Springs free standing within their housing; laterally stable; 1/2 inch neoprene acoustical friction pads between bottom baseplate and the supporting surface; leveling bolts; provision for bolting the mount to the equipment (unless otherwise specified); spring diameters not less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50% of the rated deflection; 2 inch minimum static deflection. Submittal shall include spring diameters, deflections, free spring heights, solid spring heights, and operating heights. Be similar to ACE or equal. 2.13 Alarm Si" s A. Provide an annunciator with individual visual signals and common audible signal at the generator control panel for indication of the conditions dicatated by NFPA 110 for a Level 1 Generator. B. Provide a remote annunciator with individual visual signals and a common audible signal in the building at a location directed by the Authority having jurisdiction for indication dicatated by NFPA 110 for a Level 1 Generator. C. Remote annunciator shall be storage battery powered. 2.14 Remote Shut Down. A. Provide two remote emergency power off break glass style buttons shipped loose. Locate adjacent to generator housing entrance and as directed by the local authority having jurisdictoin within the building. 2.15 Acceptable: Onan; Caterpillar, and Detroit Diesel. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 E •ne Generator Set: Cushion mounted on a welded structural steel base which shall provide suitable mounting to any level surface. Base shall be mounted on spring type vibration isolators. 3.02 Exhaust System: Securely support from building structure using necessary hangers and framing. Make up all joints tightly to preclude leaks. Provide rain shields and collars with suitable bug screens at all openings. Opening shall be free of all leaks. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions using necessary insulating cement, 4-oz. canvas jacket and approved lagging adhesive. Emergency Generator System 16620-8 of 9 3.03 irm : Provide all wiring and conduit and install in accordance with the appropriate e provisions of other Sections of Division 16, Electrical Work. 3.04 Coordination: Contractor shall coordinate framing system of generator set to suit concrete pad. Provide installation shop drawings indicating all necessary framing and supports to provide a safe and working installation. (End of Section 16620) is CJ Emergency Generator System 16620-9 of 9 SECTION 16625 AUTOMATIC LOAD TRANSFER SWITCHES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 Scone: This section includes provisions for Automatic Load Transfer Switches for use in conjunction with an Emergency Generator System. A. The transfer switches shall be designed, built, and tested by a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of Automatic Load Transfer Switches. To be approved as a transfer switch manufacturer, the manufacturer shall have been regularly engaged in the production of UL 1008 listed transfer switches (that are brand names, documented, and offered for sale on the open market) for a minimum of five (5) years, and shall provide factory trained parts and service support through a factory authorized distributor or service center that is regularly doing business in the area of installation. B. The transfer switches shall be furnished, and warranted by the manufacturer of the emergency generator to ensure one source of responsibility and compatibility for the complete emergency power system.. 1.02 The manufacturer shall supply printed literature containing diagrams, parts lists and description sufficient for the Owners, personnel, or subcontract supplier to install, operate, and perform normal service on the equipment. Each transfer switch component shall have manufacturers own drawings and part numbers with specifications to provide alternate sources of supply for future service and maintenance. 1.03 Testing: To provide proven reliability of the system, three series of tests shall be performed: Prototype Model Tests, Production Model Tests, and Field Tests. A. Prototype Model Tests: 1. Representative production samples of the transfer switches supplied shall have demonstrated through tests, the ability to withstand at least 10,000 mechanical operation cycles. One operation cycle is the electrically operated transfer from normal to emergency and back to normal. 2. During the development of the original switching mechanism for this family of switches, a prototype for the switching mechanism shall have passed the environmental tests listed in Military Standard 202E, which include: Method 10ID-Condition B (Salt Spray-Corrosion); Method 103B-Condition B (Humidity); Method 107D-Condition A (Thermal Shock); Method 110A (Sand and Dust). 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 Withstand and Closing Ratings: A. Transfer switches supplied for this project shall have a minimum withstand and closing ratings (amperes) as listed below; these ratings shall be obtained without contact welding. These RMS symmetrical fault current ratings shall be verified by UL witnessed tests on representative test samples and shall be the ratings listed in the UL Automatic Transfer Switches 16625-1 of 6 listing or component recognition procedures for the transfer switches supplied. All withstand tests shall be performed with the overcurrent protective devices located external to the transfer switch. Tests conducted with overcurrent protective devices internal to the switch, in such a manner that the transfer switch interrupts the current rather than withstanding the current, are not acceptable under this definition of withstand. B. Where the line side overcurrent protection is provided by circuit breakers at 250 VA.C. or less, the short circuit withstand and closing ratings shall be as follows: Transfer Switch Continuous Withstand and Current Ratings Closing Ratings 100,600 A 65,000 A RMS C. The transfer switch closing rating shall be suitable for 65,000 A available fault current, as verified by UL witnessed tests on representative test samples. D. Production Model Tests and Field Tests: Perform these tests as described under "Factory Production Model Tests" and "Field Tests After Installation" under "GENERAL" portion of this generator-set specification. A manufacturer's representative shall conduct a complete system operation test at the job site for the specifying engineer and for the owner's operating personnel. 2.02 Ratings: A. All transfer switches shall be UL listed per Standard 1008. All transfer switches supplied shall be suitable for use on emergency and legally required standby systems in accordance with ANSI-C1 and NFPA 76A, rated for total system load (including motor loads, electric discharge lamps, restrictive loads, and tungsten lamp loads as described in Section 1 of UL Standard 1008). B. Transfer switches shall be 60 Hz, with solid neutral. 3 phase, 3 pole, 120/208 volt, 100 and 600 ampere ratings. C. Transfer switches shall be rated to carry 100 percent of their rated current continuously in the enclosure, Transfer switches which must be derated when installed inside enclosures (due to integral overcurrent devices or any other reasons) do not meet this specification. D. Transfer switches shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures of 40 degrees C (0 degrees F) to +67 degrees C (+142 degrees F). Main power switch contacts shall be rated for 600 VA.C. minimum. 2.03 Construction: A. Transfer switches shall be double-throw construction, positively electrical and mechanically interlocked by a simple mechanical beam to prevent simultaneous closing for break before make operation and mechanically held in both normal and emergency positions. • B. Transfer switches shall be quick-break, quick-make operation so that the speed of opening and closing is not controlled by the operator during manual operation. Automatic Transfer Switches 16625-2 of 6 Transfer switches shall provide a center "programmed transition" position for manual switching. Transfer switches shall be approved for manual switching. Transfer switches shall be approved for manual operation under full load by integrally mounted, permanently attached, high-dielectric, manual operating handles. Manual operating handles, which are normally stored and must be installed for manual operation, do not meet this specification. C. The electrical operating means shall be direct-acting, constant force in both directions, bi-directional linear induction motor to provide minimum friction, straight-line switch action. Motor output shall be applied directly to the switching mechanism without use of gears, cams, or other complex mechanical linkage methods. Switches using solenoid operators and/or relying upon gravity, weights, or momentum for closing in either position do not meet this specification. Switches using magnetically operated contactors do not meet this specification. Transfer switches shall not contain any integral overcurrent devices in the main power circuit, including molded case circuit breakers or fuses. Transfer switch electrical actuator shall have an independent disconnect means to disable the electrical operation during manual switching. D. Manual operating handles and all control switches (other than key-operated switches) shall be accessible to authorized personnel only by opening the key-locking cabinet door. Transfer switches with manual operating handles and/or non key-operated control switches located on outside of cabinet do not meet this specification. E. Maximum electrical transfer time in either direction shall be six (6) cycles, except where "programmed transition" feature is furnished. Maximum electrical transfer time in either direction shall be six (6) cycles, except where "programmed transition" feature is furnished. F. All switches shall have transparent protective covers to protect personnel during manual operation, and to allow operator to visually determine whether main contacts are "open" or "closed". G. Main switch contacts shall be high-pressure silver alloy contacts to resist burning and pitting for long life operation. All switches shall have arc chutes of heat absorbing material and metal leaves for positive extinguishing of arcs quickly and effectively; arc chutes shall have insulating covers to prevent interphase flashover. H. Transfer switches shall have two S.P.D.T., 10A, 250V auxiliary switch on both normal and emergency sides, operated by the transfer switch. These switches shall be factory wired to an easy access terminal block and shall be used to monitor transfer switch position for controlling indicator lights or other peripheral equipment. 1. Complete AL-CU lugs, UL listed in and CSA approved, shall be provided for normal, emergency, and load positions. For 150 A and larger switches, top or bottom feed for load connections shall be provided for slimmer design requiring less wall space. Load connections shall be designed for field relocation, either from top to bottom or vice- versa. Wiring space at normal, emergency, load and neutral lugs inside the switch cabinets shall comply with NEC. Full rated neutral bar with lugs for normal, emergency, and load neutral conductors shall be provided inside cabinet. J. Unless noted or specified otherwise, The transfer switch shall be mounted in a free standing NEMA 3R cabinet with key-locking front door. Automatic Transfer Switches 16625-3 of 6 0 2.03 Controls: A. Control accessories shall be mounted in a separate smaller cabinet mounted on inside of main cabinet door, to allow for ease of service access when main cabinet lockable door is opened, but to prevent access by unauthorized persons. Control disconnect plugs shall be provided to de-energize control circuits to avoid shock hazard while making control adjustments. The solid-state voltage sensors and time delay modules shall be plug-in circuit boards with gold contacts for ease of service. The control relays shall also be plug-in type. B. Solid-state undervoltage sensors shall simultaneously monitor all phases of the normal source and all s (a11 3-r aces for 3-ghase svstems) of the emergency source to provide adjustable range sensors for field adjustment for specific application needs. Pick-up settings shall be adjustable from minimum of 85% to maximum of 100% of nominal voltage. Dropout settings shall be adjustable from minimum of 85% to maximum of 100% of nominal voltage. Dropout settings shall be adjustable from minimum 74% to maximum of 98% of pick-up setting with fixed dropout time delay of 0.5 seconds. Voltage sensors shall be temperature compensated type, for maximum deviation over the temperature range of -25 degrees F (-32 degrees C) to +175 degrees F (+79 degrees Q. Voltage sensors shall allow for adjustment to sense partial loss of voltage on any phase or normal or emergency source, even where motor feedback voltages exist. C. Controls shall signal the emergency power system to start upon signal from normal source voltage sensors. Solid-state time delay start, adjustable from 0 to 6 seconds (factory set at 2 seconds) shall avoid nuisance start-ups on momentary voltage dips or momentary interruptions. D. Switch shall transfer the load to the emergency power system after the generator set reaches proper voltage and frequency. Solid-state time delay transfer, adjustable from 0 to 120 seconds (factory set at 2 seconds) shall allow the engine-generator set to stabilize before application of load. E. The transfer switch shall control the generator set to allow generator set to start and transfer load within 10 seconds after normal source power failure. It shall be the responsibility of the supplier of the transfer switch that this requirement is met. F. Switch shall rebmisfer the load to the normal source after normal power restoration. Solid-state time delay retransfer, adjustable from 0 to 32 minutes (factory set at 15 minutes), shall allow normal power to stabilize before retransfer and shall allow staggered retra nsfer of loads in multiple transfer switch systems. G. Controls shall signal the engine-generator set to stop after load retrawfer to normal source. Solid-state time delay stop, adjustable from 0 to 8 minutes (factory set at 5 minutes) shall maintain availability of emergency source in event that normal source fails shortly after retramsfer and shall permit engine to run unloaded for cool down before shut down. H. The operating power for transfer and mtransfer shall be obtained from the source to which the load is being transferred. Controls shall provide an automatic retransfer of the load from emergency source to normal source if emergency source fails when normal source is available. Automatic Transfer Switches 166254 of6 I. Controls shall provide built-in "control mode status indicators", consisting of L.E.D.'s to indicate a sequence of functions such as the following: 1. Source 1 OK. 2. 2 -Wire Run. 3. Source 2 OK. 4. Timing for Transfer. 5. Transfer Command. 6. Timing for Retransfer. 7. Retransfer Command. 8. Timing for Stop. I These indicators shall allow the operator to determine that the controls are properly sequencing and shall assist in determining sequence of any malfunctions that might occur. K. Provide devices mounted on front of main cabinet door consisting of oil-tight, neon position indicator lamps (white - "NORMAL" and amber "EMERGENCY") and a key-operated selector switch to provide the following positions and functions: 1. TEST - simulated normal power loss to control unit for testing of generators set, including transfer of load. Control system shall provide for "system test without load transfer" for use in that manner when desired. 2. NORMAL - This is normal operating position and it restores the load to the normal source after test and after time delays. 3. RETTtANSFER - Momentary position to override retransfer time delay and cause immediate return to normal source after test or actual outage. L. Start contacts for 2-wire engine control shall be gold type, Form-C, dry contacts wired to easy access terminal block. Provide 2 to 3 wire converter where required for 3-wire engine control. M. All transfer switches shall have the "programmed transition" feature available by merely plugging in the proper program timer into the factory installed time receptacle. This feature shall be available as being factory installed or for easy field installation. This feature shall provide a field adjustable time delay during switching in both directions, during which time the load is isolated from both power sources, to allow residual voltage components of motors or other inductive loads (such as transformers) to decay before completing the switching cycle. This device shall be connected in a manner that shall not cause the time delay in switching, where the time delay has already been established by loss of voltage to the load during normal source power interruptions. Transfer methods that use the phase relationships between the two power sources to control the transfer initiation time are not acceptable. N. Transfer switches shall be equipped with this "programmed transition" feature with adjustable time of 0.5 to 5 seconds. 0. Provide exerciser clock to set the day, time, and duration of generator set period; also included "with/without" load selector switch. Clock shall have one (1) week dial minimum. • • • Automatic Transfer Switches 16625-5 of 6 P. Provide a "manual-automatic" retransfer selector switch. After normal power is restored, this switch shall provide either "automatic" retransfer after time delay retransfer has expired or "manual" retransfer at a time selected by operator. Q. Provide a battery charger, SCR voltage regulated type, with float and taper features; 6-amp at 24 V.D.C.; 10-amp at 12 V.D.C. as required for generator set. Charger shall have charging ammeter and fuse protection. Charger shall not be damaged during engine cranking. 2.05 Acceptable: Asco; Onan; Russelectric. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 General: Factory installed in enclosure. 3.02 Connections: Makeup all connections necessary for proper operation. (End of Section 16625) • Automatic Transfer Switches 16625-6 of 6 APA - 03.07 SECTION 16700 - COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Training Building Fire Station # 48 A. Section includes arrangement with Telephone Utility Company for service and premises telephone pathways, and premises wiring. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Service entrance from Telephone Utility Company. B. Telephone Utility Company. Verizon C. Service Entrance Pathway: Empty ducts and raceway from point of Telephone Utility connection at existing building on properly to building service terminal backboard termination. D. Backbone Pathway: Conform to EIA/TIA 569 using conduit sleeves as indicated on Drawings. E. Horizontal Pathway: Conform to EIA/TIA 569, using raceway, backboards, and cabinets as indicated on Drawings. F. Entrance Wiring: By Telephone Utility Company. G. Backbone Wiring. By Owner. Complete from entrance equipment to each telephone closet using backbone cables. H. Horizontal Wiring: By Owner. Complete from telephone closet to each outlet using horizontal cables. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit catalog data for each termination device, cable, and outlet device. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TELEPHONE TERMINATION BACKBOARDS A. Material: Plywood. B. Size: 4 x 8 feet, As indicated on Drawings, 3/4 inch thick. 2.2 TELEPHONE OUTLET JACKS A. Manufacturers: COMMUNICATIONS 16700 -1 of 2 0- W, APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 11 1. Leviton. 2. Orlronics. 3. Panduit. 4. Seimons. 5. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Conform to EIAITIA 568 category 6 requirements for cable connectors for specific cable types. 2.3 BACKBONE CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Belden. 2. Substitutions: Permitted B. Product Description: EL4MA 570,100-ohm, unshielded twisted pair cable with 25 pairs, 22 AWG copper conductor. 2.4 HORIZONTAL CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Belden. 2. Substitutions: Permitted • B. Product Description: EIAMA 570 category 6, 100-ohm, unshielded twisted pair cable with 4 pairs, 24 AWG copper conductor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install pathways in accordance with EIAMA 569. " minimum to accessible ceiling B. Install wire and cable in accordance with EIAMA 570. C. Finish paint termination backboards with durable white enamel prior to installation of telephone equipment. D. Install termination backboards plumb, and attach securely to building wall at each corner. Install cabinet trim plumb. E. hrstall pull wire or polyethylene pulling string in each empty telephone conduit over 10 feet in length or containing bend. (END OF SECTION 16700) C7 COMMUNICATIONS 16700 - 2 of 2 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1 SCOPE A. The contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary for the installation of complete system for fire detection and annunciation. The system shall be a multiplexed, intelligent, point addressable fire alarm system with UL cross listed initiating, monitoring, and control devices individually addressable and programmable. The system shall be addressed, electrically supervised, connected, tested and left in first class operating condition. These materials shall include, but not limited to: 1. Fire alarm control panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter. 2. Manual fire alarm stations. 3. Automatic smoke and heat detectors. 4. Fire alarm signaling appliances. 5. Sprinkler suppression system monitoring and control. 6. Off-premise notification. 2. REFERENCES 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 2. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code. 3. NFPA 90A - Air Conditioning Systems 4. NFPA 101- Life Safety Code® 5. Americans with Disabilities Act. 6. Provide products and components which have been UL listed and labeled. 7. Florida Building Code & Fire Prevention Code. 8. ASME A17.1- Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. 9. Factory Mutual Research Approved. 10. UL 864 - Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 11. UL 268 - Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 1 of 12 APA - 03.07 • 12. UL 268A - Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. 13. UL 217 - Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms Training Building Fire Station # 48 14. UL 521- Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 15. UL 464 - Audible Signaling Appliances. 16. UL 38 - Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes for Use with Fire-Protective Signaling Systems 17. UL 346 - Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 18. UL 1971- Signaling Devices for the Hearing-Impaired. 19. UL 1481- Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 20. UL 1711- Amplifiers for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 21. UL 1635 - Digital Alarm Communicator System Units 22. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The system shall use closed loop initiating device circuits with individual address supervision, individual indicating appliance circuit supervision, incoming and standby power supervision. Provide and install a fire detection and alarm system consisting of 1. Notifier FACP located as shown on the drawings. Provide fire alarm components as required to accommodate the new construction. 3. Manual pull stations shall be located at all exits, and as shown on the drawings. 4. Area smoke detection shall be provided as shown on drawings. 5. Area heat detection shall be provided as shown on drawings. 6. Duct smoke detection shall be provided at each air handler as shown on the electrical or mechanical drawings. 7. Monitor the sprinkler system waterflow(s) and valve supervisory switch(s). Refer to the sprinkler system shop drawings for locations. 8. Provide audible appliances located throughout the building Audible appliances shall produce a sound level 15 dBA above ambient. 9. Provide synchronized visual appliances located throughout the building, as shown on the drawings. 10-Provide fan shutdown controls as shown on drawings. Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 2 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 B. SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall consist of the following data to be submitted concurrently as one package. Submittals which do not include shop drawings will be returned without review. 1. Complete point to point wiring diagram indicating all device addresses signal circuits, and conductor quantities in plan view (not conceptual) and riser style. Conceptual diagrams will be rejected 2. The contractor shall submit complete documentation showing the type, size, rating, style, catalog number, manufacturer's names, and catalog data sheets, for all items to ensure compliance with these specifications. Required copies of this information shall be submitted to the engineer and shall be subject to his approval. Any wiring which is indicated on the drawings is for the purpose of defining intent and not intended to relieve the contractor of any responsibility with respect to furnishing a complete operational system in accordance with the plans and specifications. 3. Battery calculations (in alarm) for the FACP, and each notification appliance signal expander. 4. Contractor shall obtain architectural backgrounds to create their shop drawings. Contractor is to submit their signed and sealed shop drawings to the local authority as the local authority requires for permit and receive approval prior to shop drawing submittal. 5. Include any and all exceptions, variances or substitutions listed at the time of bid Any such exceptions, variances or substitutions which were not listed at the time of bid and are identified in the submittal, shall be grounds for return without review. C. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS L Two (2) copies of the following documents shall be delivered to the building owner's representative at the time of system acceptance. The close out submittals shall include: 2. Location of the controls, alarm actuating devices and audible alarm signaling devices shall be as shown on the plans. Any necessary deviances shall be approved by the engineer and indicated on as-built documents to remain on site at an accessible location. As-Built drawings shall consist of a scaled plan of each building floor showing the placement of each individual item of the Integrated Life Safety System equipment as well as raceway size and routing, junction boxes, and conductor size, quantity, and color in each raceway. All drawings must reflect point to point wiring, device address and programmed characteristics as verified in the presence of the engineer and/or the end user. 3. Project specific operating manuals covering the installed integrated life safety system. The manual shall contain a detailed narrative description of the system architecture, inputs, notification signaling, auxiliary functions, annunciation, sequence of operations, expansion capability, application considerations and limitations. Manufacturer's data sheets and installation manualstinst actions for all equipment supplied. A generic or typical owner's instruction and operation manual shall not be acceptable to fulfill this requirement. • • is Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 3 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 4. All drawings shall be provided in standard Autocad format A vellum plot of each sheet shall also be provided 5. The application program listing for the system as installed at the time of acceptance by the building owner and/or local AHJ (disk, hard copy printout, and all required passwords). 6. Provide the name, address and telephone of the authorized factory representative. 7. A filled out Record of Completion similar to NFPA 72, 2002 edition figure 1-6.2.1. D. PROJECT CONDITIONS It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to inspect the job site and become familiar with the conditions under which the work will be performed. All work, except for arty required outages, may be conducted during normal working hours, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, by properly coordinating the work with the Owner. Noise restrictions do apply. The core drilling, testing of evacuation signals and other work disruptive to neighbors will be prohibited during hours indicated in the pre-bid conference. Contractor is to include, in his base bid, all overtime necessary to complete his work 0 The Contractor shall be responsible for prior coordination of all work and demolition with the Owner. E. SYSTEM OPERATION A. The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual pull station, automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch shall be as follows: 1. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command center. 2. Display the alarm event on the graphical workstation. 3. The LCD Display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm condition including. zone, device type, device location and time/date. 4. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer. 5. Any remove or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the alarm zone shall be ilhrminatod. 6. Provide audible alarm as required by the Fire Marshal: The following actions shall occur simultaneously: a. Activate visual strobes . The visual strobes shall be synchronized and continue to flash until the system has been reset The visual strobe shall not stop operating when the "Alarm Silence" is pressed. Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 4 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 7. Transmit signal to the building automation system. 8. Transmit signal to the central station with point identification. 9. Activate automatic smoke control sequences, and shut down all air handling equipment greater than 2000 chn not required for smoke control. 10. All automatic events programmed to the alarm point shall be executed and the associated outputs activated. 11. All stairwell/exit doors shall unlock throughout the building. 12. All self-closing fire/smoke doors held open shall be released. 13. The appropriate initiating device type, location, and address shall be indicated on the control panel and the remote annunciator until the alarm has been silenced at the control panel or the remote annunciator. A subsequent alarm received shall scroll the alarm devices addresses on the LCD on the control panel. An alarm tone shall occur within the control panel until silenced. A. The supervisory activation of any duct smoke detector, the following functions shall automatically occur: 1. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command center. 2. The LCD display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the supervisory condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date. 3. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer. 4. Any remote or local annunciator LED's associated with the alarm zone shall be illuminated. 5. Transmit signals to remote annunciators located in building entry, and the building management office. 6. Transmit signal to the central station with point identification. 7. Shutdown the local air handling unit. 8. All automatic events programmed to the alarm point shall be executed and the associated outputs activated. B. The alarm indicating appliances may be silenced by authorized personnel upon entering the locked control cabinet and operating the alarm acknowledge key or by use of the key operated switch at the remote annunciator. Such operation will cause the flashing "Alarm" LED to glow steadily. A subsequent initiating device circuit alarm shall reactivate the .signals. Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 5 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 • D. The system shall include a sprinkler supervisory sequence which shall operate as follows: 1. The activation of any standpipe, detector check valve, fire pump off-normal or sprinkler tamper switch shall activate a distinctive system supervisory audible signal at the control panel in the command center, illuminate a "Supervisory" LID at the system controls and the remote annunciator, and sequence up to three messages on the alphanumeric display. There shall be no confusion between valve tamper activation and opens and/or grounds on fire alarm initiation circuit wiring. 2. Activating the supervisory acknowledge key will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the "Supervisory" LED indicating the tamper contact is still activated 3. Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the audible signal and LED to pulse at a march time rate. 4. Activating the trouble acknowledge key will silence the supervisory audible signal, cause "Trouble" LED to glow, and restore the system to normal. 5. Each such switch shall have a separate supervisory address. 6. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer. 7. Transmit signal to the central station with point identification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. All panels and peripheral devices shall be the standard product of specified manufacturers and shall display the manufacturWs name on each component. The catalog numbers specified under this section are those of Notifier and constitute the type, quality of design, material, and operating features desired. Provide system manufactured by one of the following: 1. Notifier, Division of Pittway Corp. 2. Siemens 3. EST B. All equipment in the system shall be Factory Mutual Research Approved The manufacturer's product brochures for the fire alarm system shall be submitted to engineer for review. If a Factory Mutual Research Approved central station is provided, the alarm company shall provide Standard Service per FM Global Standard No. 3011. _ C. All Factory Mutual Research Approved materials are required to have the approval mark on the packaging or material itself Materials without proper labeling are not Factory Mutual 0 Research Approved and shall not be accepted. D. The digital communicator will be acceptable provided it is compatible with the receiving Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 6 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 equipment at the Factory Mutual Research Approved central station. 2.02 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) A. Notifier panel, Onyx 640 provide complete with all ancillary components required to satisfy the requirements of the Florida Building Code. The control panel shall receive 120 VAC power (as noted on the plans) via a dedicated circuit breaker and UL 1449 surge suppressor installed at FACP. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal 120 VAC power in a normal supervisory mode of a period of twenty- four (24) hours with fifteen (15) minutes, but not less than that required by the local authority, of alarm indication at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. Batteries, once discharged, shall recharge at a rate to provide a minimum of 70% capacity in 12 hours. All signal expander batteries shall be sized for 100'/0 signal device load on each circuit. All circuits requiring system operating power shall be 24 VDC and shall be individually fused at the control panel. The FACP shall contain the quantity of two (2) wire independently supervised initiation loops so that a fault in any one loop shall not affect any other loop for the quantity of devices and system operation shown in construction documents. The alarm activation of any initiation loop shall not prevent the subsequent alarm operation of any other initiation loop. Each loop shall be capable of supporting 198 addressable devices. Total system capacity shall afford no less than 1980 addressable points as part of this project There shall be a sufficient quantity of independently supervised and independently fused indicating appliance circuits for alarm horns and flashing alarm strobes with ratings as noted on drawings (75 candela minimum). Each circuit shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 2.0 amps at 24 VDC in alarm. The FACP shall contain (2) dry-contact relays capable of indicating alarm and trouble conditions. All auxiliary manual controls shall be supervised so that all switches must be returned to the normal automatic position to clear system trouble. The FACP shall contain the following LED indicators; fire alarm, trouble/security alarm, display trouble, AC power, signals silenced. Each independently supervised circuit shall activate the discrete "Trouble" LED to indicate disarrangement conditions per circuit The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel. - A "Power" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present The system batteries shall be supervised so that disconnection of a battery shall be audibly Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 7 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 is and visually indicated at the control panel. The system expansion modules connected by ribbon cables shall be supervised for module placement. Should a module become disconnected, the system trouble indicator shall illuminate and audible trouble signal shall sound. There shall be one supervisory initiation address for connection of each sprinkler valve tamper switch and one alarm initiation address for each water flow switch to perform the operation listed above. Wiring methods which affect any fire alarm initiation circuits to perform this fimction shall be deemed unacceptable; i.e.: sprinkler and standpipe tamper switches (N/C contacts) shall NOT be connected to circuits with fire alarm initiation devices (N/O contacts). These independent initiation addresses shall be labeled "Sprinkler Supervisory Tamper" and "Sprinkler Supervisory Flow" and shall differentiate between tamper switch activation, flow switch activation, and wiring faults. Remote Transmissions: Provide local energy or polarity reversal or trip circuits as required. The system shall be capable of operating a polarity reversal or local energy or fire alarm transmitter for automatically transmitting fire information to the fire department. Provide capability and equipment for transmission of zone alarm and trouble signals to remote operator's terminals, system printers and annunciators. 0 Transmitters shall be compatible with the systems and equipment they are connected to such as timing, operation and other required features. System Expansion: Design the main FACP and transponders so that the system can be expanded in the firture (to include the addition of twenty percent more circuits or zones) without disruption or replacement of the existing control panel. This shall include hardware capacity, software capacity and cabinet space. Field Programming The system shall be programmable, configurable and expandable in the field without the need for special tools, laptop computers, or other electronic interface equipment. There shall be no firmware changes required to field modify the system time, point information, equations, or annunciator programming/mformation. It shall be possible to program through the standard FACP keyboard all system functions. All field defined programs shall be stored in non-volatile memory. Two levels of password protection shall be provided in addition to a key-lock cabinet. One level shall be used for status level changes such as point/zone disable or manual on/off corms nds(Building Manager). A second (higher-level) shall be used for actual change of the life safety program (installer). These passwords shall be five (5) digits at a minimum. Upon entry of an invalid password for the third time within a one minute time period an encrypted number shall be displayed This number can be used as a reference for determining a forgotten password. The system programming shall be "backed" up on a 3.5" floppy diskette utilizing an Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 8 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 upload/download program. This system back-up disk shall be completed and given in duplicate to the building owner and/or operator upon completion of the final inspection. The , program that performs this function shall be "non-proprietary", in that, it shall be possible to forward it to the building owner/operator. upon his or her request The installer's field programming and hardware shall be functionally tested on a computer against known parameterstnorms which are established by the FACP manufacturer. A software program shall test Input-to-Output correlations, device Type ID associations, point associations, time equations, etc. -This test shall be performed on an IBM-compatible PC with a verification software package. A report shall be generated of the test results and two copies turned in to the engineer(s) on record. It shall be the responsibility of the equipment supplier /installer to ensure that all equipment supplied will fit in locations designated on plans and in the specifications. Specific System Operations Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: Means shall be provided for adjusting the sensitivity of any or all analog intelligent smoke detectors in the system from the system keypad or from the keyboard of the video terminal. Sensitivity range shall be within the allowed UL window. Alarm Verification: Each of the Intelligent Addressable Smoke Detectors in the system may be independently selected and enabled to be an alarm verified detector. The alarm verification function shall be programmable from 5 to 50 seconds and each detector shall be able to be selected for verification during the field programming of the system or anytime after system turn-on. Alarm verification shall not require any additional hardware to be added to the control panel. The FACP shall keep a count of the number of times that each detector has entered the verification cycle. These counters may be displayed and reset by the proper operator commands. System Point Operations: Any addressable device in the system shall have the capability to be enabled or disabled through the system keypad or video terminal. System output points shall be capable of being turned on or off from the system keypad or the video terminal. Point Read: The system shall be able to display the following point status diagnostic functions without the need for peripheral equipment. Each point shall be annunciated for the parameters listed: Device Status. Device Type. Custom Device Label. Software Zone Label. Device Zone Assignments. Analog Detector Sensitivity. All Program Parameters. System Status Reports: Upon command from an operator of the system, a status report will be . generated and printed, listing all system statuses: Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 9 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 System History Recording and Reporting: The fire alarm control panel shall contain a history buffer that will be capable of storing up to 400 system events. Each of these events will be stored, with time and date stamp, until an operator requests that the contents be either displayed or printed. The contents of the history buffer may be manually reviewed, one event at a time, and the actual number of activations may also be displayed and or printed. The history buffer shall use non-volatile memory. Systems that use volatile memory for history storage are not acceptable. Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: The fire alarm control panel shall automatically interrogate each intelligent system detector and shall analyze the detector responses over a period of time. If any intelligent detector in the system responds with a reading that is below or above normal limits, then the system will enter the trouble mode, and the particular Intelligent Detector will be annunciated on the system display, and printed on the optional system printer. This feature shall in no way inhibit the receipt of alarm conditions in the system, nor shall it require any special hardware, special tools or computer expertise to perform. The system shall include the ability (programmable) to indicate a "pre-alarm" condition. This will be used to alert maintenance personal when a detector is at 80•/o of its alarm threshold in a 60 second period 25 INITIATING DEVICES Manual Pull stations - Semi flush, double-action. Smoke detectors - Photoelectric type with environmental compensation, ceiling mounted. Smoke detectors - Photoelectric type, duct mounted, housing with relay base sampling tube(s). Division 16 Contractor is to provide control wiring to location required for Division 15 to terminate control circuit of air handling unit via relay base to shut down fans. Detectors are to be furnished by the Division 16 contractor installed by the Division 15 contractor, and circuited by the Division 16 subcontractor. Provide with remote test station (RTS). Locate RTS at 46" AFF on wall or in ceiling file face down nearest unit. Heat detectors - fixed temperature and rate of rise with base. Provide with relay base if necessary to satisfy 1.06 E above. Shunt-trip control power shall be supervised in accordance with ASME A 17.1. Water flow and tamper switches - Furnished and installed by sprinkler contractor. Provide monitor modules, to satisfy above. 26 PERIPHERAL DEVICES Strobe Units - Wall mounted (80" AFF to bottom of lens), 75 cd strobes will not be accepted Must comply with ADA for spacing shown on plans. Furnish with synchronization modules as necessary. 0 Magnetic door holders Horn/Strobe Units - Wall mounted (80" AFF to bottom of lens) Wheelock E70-24MCWFR Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 10 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 Must comply with ADA for spacing shown on plans. Furnish with DSM sync modules. Refer to plans for synchronization requirements. .t 27 AUXILIARY DEVICES Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) analog loop drivers - capable of monitoring 96 addressable devices and 94 addressable modules per circuit. Driver is capable of providing a separate alarm and trouble indication for each addressable device. EC is responsible for providing quantity of drivers required to support all of the addressable devices. Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Expander - shall be supplied to provide sufficient signal capacity for the total signal demand in alarm. Each of the panels provide an 8.0 amp, 24 volt DC power supply dedicated to four 2.0 amp, supervised channels. Provide at least 20% expansion capacity on each signal circuit Provide batteries sized to handle full expander capacity. The expander panels shall be powered from a 120 volt dedicated circuit Control Relays - For fan shut-down, elevator recall, magnetic door holder release, alarm signal monitoring by security and smoke control systems. Surge Suppressor - UL 1449 listed, hardwired to FACP, EDCO FAS-120AC. Digital alarm communicator transmitter-Two dialer is existing. Remote Alarm Annunciator Panel (RAAP) - 80 character LCD. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION The contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any field inspector directives prior to proceeding. Failure to notify the Engineer may result in forfeit of change order. Contractor is to move any and all device circuits to the Notifier FACP whether indicated on the drawings or not and is to demolish and remove the old smoke detector system and old fire alarm system in the areas of the facility within the scope of this project. All device addresses shall be programmed to indicate device type and location. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install manual station with operating handle 46 inches above finished floor. Install audible and visual signal devices 80 inches above finished floor to bottom of device lens. No visual signal devices are to be ceiling mounted All wire will be installed in conduit and shall be a minimum gauge as required by circuit requirements and UL listed for FPL fire rated service, in accordance with NEC Article 760 and 725 for Class 2 and 3 power limited 105 degrees Centigrade, 300 volt fire protective signaling circuits. The cables shall be color coded with an integral polarizing stripe molded into the insulation. All wiring will be color coded the same throughout the entire installation. Wiring for signaling, initiating device and notification circuits shall be arranged using Class A wiring (Style 7, Style E, and Style Z respectively). Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 11 of 12 APA - 03.07 Training Building Fire Station # 48 ' For alarm initiating circuits - #16 AWG (minimum) twisted, shielded pair, stranded 1e rNEC Article 760. For bell circuits, 24 VDC power, door holder wiring - # 16 AWG (minimum) twisted pair, stranded per NEC Article 760. All conduit to be electrical metallic tubing (EMT) " minimum All conduits to contain #16 AWG equipment ground unless manufacturer provides documentation to the engineer which negates the need for this conductor. Mount end-of-line device in box with last device or separate box adjacent to last device in circuit as required by manufacturer. Mount outlet box for magnetic door holders to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. Make conduit and wiring connections to door release devices, sprinkle flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, fire suppression system control panels, duct smoke detectors and other fire alarm system devices installed by others. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72 and manufacturer's instructions. Junction boxes shall be spray painted red Contractor shall provide a framed typewritten address schedule which clearly indicates devices connected to each alarm initiating device circuit and signal circuit and hang adjacent to the FACP. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and local fire department requirements. All work shall be performed by a State of Florida Certified Electrical Contractor (EC) or Alarm Contractor I (EF). 3.03 SUPERVISION AND TESTING The installation shall be supervised by an authorized manufacturer's representative. Upon completion, the system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72 in the presence of the owner and tenant's representative, the Fire Marshal, and an authorized manufacturer's representative. Manufacturer's and contractor's certification of completed, operable, and successfully tested system shall be furnished to the owner. Indicate satisfactory completion of required tests and inspections. 0 END OF SECTION Fire Alarm and Detection System 16721 - 12 of 12 SECTION IV-D BURN TOWER SPECIFICATION Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications . PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL FIRE TRAINING TOWER SECTION 13121 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Fire Training Tower. 0 Design requirements. Execution of this section involves a design-build process, including obtaining all necessary permits (i.e. building, electrical, etc). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for Engineer's approval shop drawings signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida, copy of Building Permit, and sequence of construction. B. Quality Control/Quality Assurance Program. C. Product Data, floor plans, elevations, catalog, general specifications and locations of similar projects completed. D. Samples of standard color charts covering the siding color, door and window trim. E. Submit a copy of the draft Warranty within 30 days of Notice to Proceed. F. Submit four copies of Record Drawings. G Submit four copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals at Start-up Testing Section 1Vd 13121.doc Page 1 Revised: 03/20/07 Section IVd - Supplemental Technical Specifications 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1.5 REFERENCES Fire Facilities, Inc.® (FFI) Catalog "Wescoo Steel Fire Training Towers." (www.firefacilities.com) 216 Wilburn Road, Sun Prairie, WI, 53590, 800/929-3726 American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Publication: "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members." American Institute of Steel Construction: "Manual of Steel Construction", Allowable Stress Design. American Society for Testing and Materials Publications: ASTM A-36 "Standard Specification for carbon Structural Steel" ASTM A-653 "Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process" ASTM A924 "Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic- Coated by the Hot-Dip Process" PART II-DESCRIPTION FIRE TRAINING SIMULATOR 2.1 PURPOSE: This structure will be used to provide training for fire fighters and leaders in controlled environments, which replicate actual conditions. 2.2 GENERAL: The tower shall utilize a structural steel frame system and curtain wall design. Structural framing systems are considered the norm for high-rise and commercial structures. The curtain Section Nd 13121.doc Page 2 Revised: 0320/07 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications wall/exterior wall panel design produces an ideal buffer or protection between the main structural frame of our building and any exterior elements, so that if an exterior wall panel is damaged (i.e., fire truck hits the side of the tower) no structural damage is likely to occur. This wall panel system also creates a flat surface ideal for ladder or rappelling anywhere on the tower to simulate actual street conditions. 2.3 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY: The wind loads, deck and the roof loads stated herein represent the standard criteria. Increased loadings, as may be dictated by local jurisdictions, will be accommodated. The primary structural system shall utilize hot-rolled structural steel column and beam frames sized to meet and exceed the loads as indicated. The secondary structural system shall also meet and exceed the loads as indicated while maintaining a maximum deflection of U240. 2.4 CODE COMPLIANCE: The training simulator's primary structural and seismic design shall be in accordance with the building code having jurisdiction in the area of the project. Due to the nature of the intended use of these training towers, the stair design, the means of egress, fire wall requirements as well as other construction issues, are not expected to satisfy the criteria buildings intended to accommodate occupancy. This may require a building code variance in some locations; however, this simulator shall meet all applicable NFPA and OSHA standards. It is the responsibility of the owners to obtain such variance if required. 2.5 MATERIALS: All materials shall be new and shall conform to applicable ASTM specifications. All structural or nonstructural materials used, 10 gauge or less in thickness, whether exposed or not to the elements shall be hot dipped galvanized. When any mention of galvanized is noted within these specifications, it shall be implied to mean hot dipped galvanized. Any exposed material which is not galvanized, shall be given one coat of shop paint. 2.6 FASTENERS: All fasteners utilized with galvanized steel panels not exposed to the elements shall be electro- galvanized. All exterior fasteners shall be furnished with a contained EPDM washer under the head for sealing. Structural columns and beams shall be field bolted with (A325) 5/8" diameter electro-galvanized bolts or larger. Anchor bolts shall by furnished by the concrete contractor, unpainted and of the size specified on the anchor bolt plan. Section IVd 13121.doc Page 3 Revised: 03/20/07 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications 2.7 WEATHER SEALING: • All joints in weather tight areas are to be sealed with tape caulk or foam closures as specified on the building plan. Because of the intended use water tightness of simulators is not required or assured. 2.8 ROOF SYSTEMS: Roofs shall be decked with 30" or 36" wide, 18 ga. unpainted galvanized 18 gage steel deck per ASTM A-653, class G60 with recessed fasteners and shall meet the stated design load. Panels must have 6" on center cell spacing with an actual 4 t/a" flats with an actual 1 3/a" wide recesses and a maximum of 1 1/z" deep recesses. Panels must be roll formed. Bar grating on the roof systems and room inhibiting interior supporting truss work is unacceptable. 2.9 EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM: Wall panel/curtain wall system shall provide for a concentrated rappelling/ladder load of 890 pounds while the primary structural framing supporting this wall system shall provide for a concentrated point load of 2300 pounds. Rake trims, parapet rake trims, and window opening sill trim corners shall be beveled to prevent rope chafing, personal injury, or equipment damage. 2.10 WALL PANELS: The exterior wall panels shall be essentially flat to allow for safe laddering and rappelling anywhere on the simulator without the requirement of additional exterior surface plates to form a flat surface (vertically ribbed exterior wall panels are prohibited). The exterior wall panels shall be of 18 ga. hot dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A-924, class G-90. Panels shall have nominal 4 3/a" flats with a maximum 11/8" wide recesses and shall be set in the horizontal plane. Since panels are set in the horizontal plane, sealants are not required to make this structure weather tight (sealants in extreme temperature environments will breakdown prematurely). Panels must be brake formed to provide a maximum 1/8" inside radius. All end joints of all panels must be backed by a splice panel, which extends a minimum of 12" either side of the joint (24" total). Painted wall panels shall be manufactured from coil coated steel meeting ASTM A 924, G-90 hot dipped galvanized and painted with a two coat paint system on both sides of the panel. The base coat to be a minimum .2-mil coat of a polyurethane primer, baked on. The topcoat to be a minimum .7 mil of a silicon polyester on the face side and a minimum .5 mil polyester coat on the unexposed surface. The topcoats on both sides of the panel are to be baked on. The finished surfaces are to have a light wax coating applied after painting. • Section lVd 13121.doc Page 4 Revised: 03/20/07 Section lVd - Supplemental Technical Specifications 2.11 SECONDARY WALL FRAMING: Wall framing shall be of conventional steel stud construction. Studs are to run vertically to represent common stud construction and be spaced at no more than 24 inches on center. Stud size and gage shall be determined by engineer of record, and shall accommodate all design criteria stated in other sections of this specification. All rough openings shall be framed in the conventional manner and provide fastening surfaces for all interior and exterior finishes and trims as provided with the building system. 2.12 SECONDARY ROOF FRAMING: Roof framing shall be of conventional steel joist construction. Joists are to be spaced at no more than 24 inches on center and shall have a maximum span length of 14 ft. All rough openings shall be framed in the conventional manner and provide fastening surfaces for all floor and roof decks as provided with the building system. 2.13 WINDOW & DOOR LOCATIONS: Window and door locations indicated on the drawings are suggested only. All such openings are 1 to be field cut and with the exception of the stair wall, may be located according to preference. 2.14 WINDOW SHUTTERS: All window openings shall be provided with a swinging shutter of the proper size for the opening. Framed opening studs/jambs shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel. Shutters for all areas shall be made with double skins of 18 ga. galvanized steel per ASTM A-924. Shutters will be provided as a 1-3/8" thick factory welded hollow metal assembly with a minimum of 3 vertical interior hat channel stiffeners and a 14 ga. hinge reinforcement. The hinges shall be swaged mortise mount, 4" x 4" x 3/16" thick, gray powder coated finish, and provided with the appropriate quantities per shutter (see paragraph below). Face mounted hinges shall be stainless steel to prevent corrosion (care shall be taken to ensure dissimilar metals do not contact each other - direct contact between stainless steel and galvanized steel will cause galvanic corrosion). A hollow metal welded assembly shall be used to prevent premature temperature warping that occurs on single panel/sheet shutters. Galvanized shutters are required to prevent premature rusting. All shutters shall be provided with a galvanized hold open latch. Shutters for all areas except the burn room shall have two heavy-duty hinges. Shutters for the burn room areas shall have three heavy-duty hinges. In addition, burn room shutters shall be protected with a 1" thick Westemp insulation panel mounted on the inside of the burn room. Section Nd 13121.doc Page 5 Revised: 03120107 Section 1Vd - Supplemental Technical Specifications 2.15 DOORS: Doors for all areas except for burn areas shall be double skinned, insulated hollow metal swing doors with 3 stainless steel fixed pin hinges and full weather stripping. This door shall have a baked-on enamel finish. Framed opening studs/jambs shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel. Doors on 1St floor mounted at top of curb shall include a door sweep to allow for hose advancement even when door is closed to exterior of tower. Doors for the burn areas shall be made with double skins of 18 ga. galvanized steel per ASTM A- 924 with four heavy-duty hinges. The hinges shall be swaged mortise mount, 4" x 'V' x 3/16" thick, and include a gray powder coated finish. Face mounted hinges shall be stainless steel to prevent corrosion (care shall be taken to ensure dissimilar metals do not contact each other - direct contact between stainless steel and galvanized steel will cause galvanic corrosion). Doors will be provided as a 1-3/8" thick factory welded hollow metal assembly with a minimum of 3 vertical interior hat channel stiffeners and a 14 ga. hinge reinforcement. A hollow metal welded assembly shall be used to prevent premature temperature warping that occurs on single sheet doors. Galvanized doors are required to prevent premature rusting. Framed opening studs/jambs shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel. Doors shall be provided with a galvanized hold open latch and an adjustable spring closure. Door sweep is to be provided to allow hose advancement even when door is closed to exterior of burn room. In addition, burn room doors shall be protected with 1" thick Westemp insulation panels mounted on the inside of the burn room. 1.J 2.16 PARAPET WALLS: Parapet walls, if utilized, shall be designed to resist a load of 50 lb/ft and a concentrated point load of 200 lbs in any direction at the top. This wall shall incorporate a minimum of 12 ga. galvanized studs at one foot on center with 18 gage wall panels installed on both sides. The parapet shall incorporate an integral draining system that provides for uniform drainage without the need for a concrete roof covering. 2.17 SECONDARY FLOOR SYSTEM: Interior decks shall be of six inch wide, unpainted 18 ga. slip resistant galvannealed steel per ASTM A-924, A-60 with recessed fasteners and shall meet the stated design load. Panels must have nominal 5" flats with a maximum 1" wide by 1" deep recesses (maximum 1" recess is required to prevent potential injuries). Panels must be brake formed at 90 degrees and provide inside radiuses no greater than 1/8". All floor and roof decks shall be framed. with light gage steel "C" joists spaced at no more than 24 inches on center and shall have a maximum span length of 14 ft. Joists size and gage shall be determined by engineer of record, and shall accommodate all design criteria stated in other sections of this specification. Concrete floor covering is not required in non-burn room areas due to the safe (no large recesses to twist ankles or injure knees) and user-friendly floor panels specified. Toe kicks shall be installed around the entire perimeter of each floor to prevent potential injuries due to exposed openings to floor Section Nd 13121.doc Page 6 Revised: 03/20/07 Section 1Vd - Supplemental Technical Specifications below. Concrete floor covering can be specified for the entire floor system without change to the existing structure while still maintaining stated design live loads. All burn room areas shall have concrete floor covering as specified below. Concrete floor covering is by others. If concrete floor covering is specified, the concrete shall be a minimum of 2" thick and shall be fiber reinforced. The floor panels below shall be a minimum of 18 ga. galv. and meet the stated design loads. 2.18 STAIRS AND ACCESSORIES: 2.18.1 Stair widths shall be 3'-8" wide and shall include handrails, guardrails, and steel bar grate approach landings. Steel bar grate approaches are provided for safety concerns (i.e., trainee in low visibility environments can "feel" stair approach). Stringers shall be plate, treads and platforms of bar grate risers to be open. Bar grate treads are to be factory welded to the stringers (bolting of treads to stringers is unacceptable) and shall include a diamond plate nosing. Stairs shall be designed to resist a minimum loading of 100 psf and a minimum concentrated load of 300 lbs at the center of any treadspan. 2.18.2 Handrails and guardrails shall consist of schedule 40 - 1 1/4" i.d. (1.66" o.d.) round pipe and the openings between rails shall not exceed 12" (minimum of three horizontal rails required). Handrails and guardrails shall be designed to resist a concentrated point load of 200 lbs in any direction at the top. Handrails shall be an all factory welded assembly. Guardrails shall have a factory welded post assembly with welded sleeves to allow horizontal rails to be installed in the field. Rail extensions are not to be utilized. 2.18.3 Stairs, stringers, handrails, guardrails, bar grating, ladders, and platform frames shall be prime painted. 2.19 FEATURES: 2.19 WT 4/COMMISSIONER FEATURES: 2.19.1 TOWER SECTION 25'-0" x 22'-0" x 50'-0" Flat Roof Wind Load 130 MPH Roof Live Load 100 PSF Interior Deck Live Load 100 PSF Section Nd 13121.doc Page 7 Revised: 03/20107 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications Interior stairs to 5th floor Interior fixed ships ladder, 5th floor to roof 3' x 4' framed window openings with steel shutters (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 7' exterior steel door (see drawings for Qty.) 4' x 4' roof chop-out curb, 12 ga. galvanized (see drawings for Qty.) Parapet roof guard with exclusive roof drainage to the exterior of the building with a chain opening 2.19.2 RESIDENTIAL SECTION 33'-11" x 22'-0" x 27'-3" ridge 2/3 of the roof shall be 16-degree Gable roof and 1/3 of the roof shall be flat with parapet Wind load 130 mph Roof live load 100 PSF Floor live load 100 PSF (including attic area) Interior stair to second floor Multiple rooms on 1St and 2°d floors (see drawings for Qty.) Ladder fender brackets (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 4' framed window openings, with steel shutters (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 7' interior steel door (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 7' exterior steel doors (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 3' hinged gable louvered closures (see drawings for Qty.) 4' x 4' roof chop-out curb, 12 ga. galvanized (see drawings for Qty.) 2.19.3 BURN ROOM (ANNEX) 14'-0" x 22'-0" x 9'-10" High t/z" in 12" single pitch roof Wind load 130 MPH Roof live load 100 PSF 3' x 4' window openings with steel shutters (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 7' exterior metal door (see drawings for Qty.) 3' x 7' interior metal doors (see drawings for Qty.) Westec insulation system & temperature monitoring system. Section IVd 13121.doc Page 8 Revised: 03/20107 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications 2.20 ADDITIONAL FEATURES TO BE INCLUDED: 2.20.1 Cantilevered Balcony Cantilevered balcony shall be constructed of prime painted structural tube, galvanized joists and prime painted bar grate deck. Balcony to be approximately 4'-0" wide x 354" long. Balcony to be located on 2"d,floor. Balcony shall be totally cantilevered, no support columns may be used. Shall include three doors to the interior. Perimeter railing shall be 1.25" I.D. (1.66" O.D.) schedule 40 prime painted round pipe. Fire Escaae Exterior fire escape to the 2nd floor cantilevered balcony (10' high). Stair width shall be 3'-0" wide. Prime painted. Constructed of formed stringers welded to bar grate treads with open risers. Hand rails to be manufactured from 1.25" I.D. (1.66" O.D.) schedule 40 round pipe and prime painted. Recessed/Inset Balcony i Recessed/inset balcony on the 2"d and 3'd floor(s) with 1.25" I.D. (1.66" O.D.) schedule 40 prime painted round pipe perimeter railings and access door to interior. 2.20.2 Secondary Burn Room Secondary burn room 10'-8" x 16'-0" to be located on the 2°d floor. The bum room shall incorporate two swing doors. Interior of room shall be protected with a stainless steel insulating system described in section 2.22. Room shall be capable of 1850°F burns. 2.20.3 Attic Burn Area Attic burn area 4'-0" x 4'-0" lined on the three walls, floor, and ceiling with a stainless steel insulating system described in section 2.22. Area shall be capable of withstanding a 600°F bum. Roof Hatch 2'-6" x 41-6" Provide a Bilco T-6" x 4'-6" roof hatch in the tower roof. The hatch shall be equipped with compression spring operators, positive latching mechanism, automatic hold open arm, and shall be galvanized steel with prime paint covering. • Section IVd 13121.doc Page 9 Revised: 03/20/07 Section 1vd - Supplemental Technical Specifications Fire Escape Exterior fire escape to the roof deck (50' high). Stair widths shall be 3'-0" wide. Prime painted. Constructed of formed stringers welded to bar grate treads with open risers. Hand rails to be manufactured from 1.25" I.D. (1.66" O.D.) schedule 40 round pipe and prime painted. To include swing doors at each upper floor. Forged Swivel Rappelling Anchor (7) Rappelling anchors and their attachment to the structure shall be rated for a working load limit of 5000 lbs (OSHA load compliant per 1926.502(d)(15)). The anchor housing shall be galvanized aircraft quality alloy and capable of a 360 degree swivel and 180 degree pivot. Each anchor shall be 200% proof-load tested with a serial number for traceability. Roof Hatch 3'-0" x 21-6" Provide a Bilco T-0" x 2'-6" roof hatch in the tower roof. The hatch shall be equipped with compression spring operators, positive latching mechanism, automatic hold open arm, and shall be galvanized steel with prime paint covering. Elevator Shaft (confined space rescue) Elevator shaft shall extend from ground level to the Yh deck level. It shall include an interior roll- up door at each deck level and a 2'-6" x T-0" Bilco hatch in the roof. The outside dimensions shall be 6-0" x 8'-0" and the inside dimensions shall be 4'-0" x 4'-0". 2.20.4 Roll-up Door The roll-up door shall consist of a continuously corrugated galvanized steel curtain with a siliconized polyester finish. The door shall slide on guides onto a top drum through the means of a torsion spring. This door aids in the simulation of commercial training exercises though a larger access door. Riser System Brass Siamese fire department connection (NST thread) at the exterior of the tower, with galv. 4" diameter riser (44' high). Include a connection on the towers interior at each deck level and a connection for future sprinklers at each floor. Smoke Distribution Svstem Artificial smoke distribution system, 6 smoke outlets (includes two cabinets, circulation blower, gate valves, and 3" dia. schedule 40 PVC pipe). Does not include smoke generator. Section Nd 13121.doc Page 10 Revised: 0320/07 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications Smoke Generator Provide a smoke generator that operates on a 100% duty cycle with a smoke output of 7,600 cfm. The generator shall include a safe, nontoxic fluid with a long hang time. Caged Ladder A caged ladder shall extend from annex roof to the residence flat roof. The unit shall be constructed of tubular rails and bar steps. The cage is to be made of steel strap and the entire unit is to be provided prime painted. Movable Wall System/Maze Each individual movable wall panel (3'-7" wide x full height) is constructed of 20 ga. galv. vertical and horizontal channel stiffeners with a 14 ga. galv. top track. This top track then attaches to a 14 ga. gals. hanging track. The whole system is then held into place with two compression clamps. This system shall allow the wall to slide on the top track, lock into place, and allow for total removal without the use of tools. (See drawings for quantities required) 2.20.5 Forcible Entry Door Heavy duty steel door equipped with a breakaway lock mechanism. Lock. system is easily reset and force requirements are adjustable. Provides training for breaching a locked door. Approved manufacturer of this lock mechanism is Power Jamb. 2.20.6 Ladder Hook Bar The ladder hook bar -is used on sloped roofs to ensure a safe attachment of the trainee's ladder hook when setting the ladder on the roof itself. This system consists of 10'-6" long schedule 80 pipe with 12 ga. galvanized pipe angles for attachment. Milcor Floor Door Y-0" x 3'-0" Provide a Milcor 3'-0" x 3'-0" floor door in the 2"d and 3'd ,floors. The door shall be equipped with torsion spring operators, capable of supporting 300 psf, and shall be provided prime painted. Movable Half Watt System/Maze Each individual movable wall panel (36" wide x 45" tall x 15/8" thick) is constructed of 20 ga. galv. vertical stiffeners and 16 ga. gals. horizontal channels. The upper and lower horizontal channels allow for attachment of other wall panels to any point along either side of this panel or to either end. The whole system is self standing and allows the instructor to view trainees maneuvering the maze. (See drawings for quantities required) Section 1Vd 13121.doc Page 11 Revised: 03/20/07 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications Movable Wall System With Working Door For Maze Each individual movable wall panel (3'-7" wide x full height) is constructed of 20 ga. galv. vertical and horizontal channel stiffeners with a 14 ga. galv. top track. This top track then attaches to a 14 ga. galv. hanging track. The whole system is then held into place with two compression clamps/threshold assembly. This system shall allow the wall to slide on the top track, lock into place, and allow for total removal without the use of tools. The 2'6" x 6'-10" door shall consist 20 ga. galv. steel and includes a lockset. (See drawings for quantities required) 2.20.7 Two Debris Catch Pans The debris catch pan is designed to collect material left over from the fire fuel source (i.e., nails and unburned wood scraps) as the room is cleaned/sprayed-out through an exterior burn room door. This 16 ga. galvanized assembly is bolted together and shall be 42" wide x 33" long x 5" high. It shall incorporate weep holes for drainage, latches on each side for easy attachment and removal from the structure, four handles for moving, and the capability for accumulated materials to be discarded. Roof Guard Rails Handrails to be manufactured form 1.25" I.D. (1.66" O.D.) schedule 40 round pipe and prime painted. Handrail system to be installed around the perimeter of the residence and annex roofs, and set back from the edge of the roof for additional safety. 2.20.8 Corner Burn Area Corner burn area. 8'-0" x 8'-0" lined on two walls and the ceiling with a stainless steel insulating system described in section 2.22. Area is to be capable of withstanding a 600°F burn. Floor protection provided by others. 2.21 STAINLESS STEEL BURN ROOM INSULATING SYSTEM: TWo-inch thick insulating blankets with a protective skin of stainless steel face panels are to be provided for the interior walls and ceiling for the burn areas (precut to length - field cut at door and window openings). The doors and window shutters shall be protected with a minimum of one-inch thick burn room insulating panels (precut to fit). The insulating blankets shall be rated for 2300 degrees R and shall be unaffected by the application of water. The insulation blankets shall not crack or break, shall be free from asbestos, and shall not produce toxic byproducts in the course of the intended use. The two-inch thick insulation blankets shall have a maximum K value of 0.74 at 1200 degrees F and 0.48 at 800 degrees F (please note - smaller K values denote better insulating values of the system). Section IVd 13121.doc Page 12 Revised: 03/20/07 Section 1Vd - Supplemental Technical Specifications The face panels shall have a 3/s" maximum corrugation at 3 '/2" on center to allow for lateral expansion when exposed to high temperatures. The base material, of the face panels, shall consist of type 304 stainless steel for contusion protection and thermal performance at high temperatures. These panels shall attach to thermally protected channels with stainless steel screws. Stainless steel trims (type 304) shall protect all wall and door/shutter opening corners. All face screws exposed to fire shall be stainless steel and these screws shall not protrude through the backside of the insulating blanket (through screws are not permitted for maximum thermal protection). The stainless steel face panels shall not be restrained from expanding at high temperatures, but rather the integral system shall be designed to accommodate the panel movements without creating any buckling or warping of the panels. All panels and trims shall be screw attached to allow for easy maintenance or inspection without disrupting the systems ability to move; welded panels are not allowed. Trims are to be designed to accommodate thermal expansion either through the use of slip connections or planned deformations. Doors and window shutter insulation panels shall be pre treated water resistant, free from asbestos and shall not produce toxic byproducts in the course of the intended use. Insulation panels shall withstand a constant temperature of 1200 degrees F. and shall be unaffected by the application of water. Temperature Summary 1. Maximum safe training temperature for life safety is 1200 degrees F (continuous) 2. Maximum service temperature for the insulation panels (doors and window shutters) is 1200 degrees F (continuous) 3. Maximum service temperature of the wall and ceiling insulating system is 1850 degrees F (continuous) 4. Maximum insulating blanket service temperature is 2300 degrees F (continuous) 2.22 INTEGRATED TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM: Three temperature sensing devices/thermocouples are to be provided for the interior of each burn room. The thermocouples shall be grounded and consist of fiberglass insulated wiring with sealed stainless steel probes. Ceiling thermocouples shall protrude into the area perpendicular to the ceiling while all stainless steel encased wall thermocouples shall only run parallel to the walls for safety concerns. Temperature monitoring shall be sustained with a multiple input, LCD display pyrometer. The pyrometer shall be connected to thermocouples, which are located within the burn areas for temperature reading, and mounted in a lockable NEMA 3R weatherproof box. This pyrometer shall display all attached thermocouple temperatures simultaneously, continually display the maximum peak temperature, have touch sensitive buttons, and have an onscreen programming menu. The pyrometer shall have an internal audio alarm along with the ability to connect Section 1Vd 13121.doc Page 13 Revised: 03/20/07 Section Nd - Supplemental Technical Specifications external devices (i.e., external audio and visual alarms). Temperature limits shall be user programmable to enable alarms. The pyrometer shall also be capable of data logging which shall include: 72 hour training memory with time and date stamp, onscreen viewing of data, download capabilities of data via infrared interfacing to handheld module. This handheld data acquisition module can then be brought to an offsite Windows based computer for download through a USB port. 2.23 DESIGN. DRAWINGS & DATA: The supplier shall be responsible for providing the design exclusive of the foundation. Shall submit, as requested, structural calculations for review. Will, within 15 working days after the receipt of order, submit 2 sets of drawings detailing anchor bolt loadings and locations as well as general plans and elevations. Will submit 2 sets of assembly (steel erection) drawings and 2 sets of assembly manuals concurrent with the shipment of materials. Building parts shall each be identified by individual part numbers clearly written on or attached to the part. Part numbers shall coincide with the drawings. 2.24 DELIVERY. INSPECTION & STORAGE: All components and accessories shall arrive via flat bed trailer. Materials for the burn room may arrive separately via common carrier. Inventory of delivered materials must be taken during delivery or shortly thereafter. Damage to, or shortages noted during delivery must be noted on the freight bill and reported at once to the manufacturer. All claims for damages or shortages must be reported within 48 hours of delivery Security and materials protection in storage is the responsibility of the receiving party. Materials packaged in small cartons must be stored in a secured area to prevent theft and/or damage by the elements. Materials stored outside must be stacked on pallets and covered with suitable waterproof coverings (not plastic). 2.25 WARRANTY: 2.25.1 General Warranty The tower supplier shall certify that the training tower and its components have been designed to meet the contract specifications. The tower supplier shall warrant the materials and components to be free of fabricating defects for a period of one year from the date of shipment. This warranty is limited to the replacement of defective parts, or at the tower supplier's option, authorization may be given to the PURCHASER to charge back to the supplier an agreed upon amount for extra fieldwork. The supplier will not ship replacement parts nor authorize extra work to any party other than the ORIGINAL PURCHASER. Any pre-engineered structure will require the erector to furnish a certain amount of field fabrication and / or modifications as stated in the manufacturer's handbook. Sections of work requiring field cutting or drilling are indicated on the Section Ivd 13121.doc Page 14 Revised: 03!20/07 Section IVd - Supplemental Technical Specifications drawings or in the assembly manual. Other field modifications may be necessitated by site conditions beyond the manufacturers control. The foregoing are not subject to warranty. 2.25.2 Burn Room Insulation Warranty The burn room wall and ceiling insulation system shall be covered by a 15 year limited warranty that provides coverage against a break in the thermal barrier caused by cracking, breaking, and spalling. This warranty is to apply to products under normal use and recommended service temperatures - but shall also include damage that has been caused by thermal expansion, thermal contraction, impact load, and thermal shock. This warranty is to be limited to component replacement or repair of defective components at the manufacturer's option. 2.25.3 Paint Warranty The paint system shall provide a 30/25 year limited warranty on paint finish, which includes chalking and breakdown of film integrity. • 2.25.4 Structure Warranty A 5-year limited warranty shall be provided on the structure itself. 2.25.5 OUALITY ASSURANCE: 2.25.5.1 MANUFACTURER OUALIFICATIONS: The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years successful experience in designing and manufacturing Fire Training Towers of similar size and scope as project requires. 2.25.5.2 ERECTOR QUALIFICATIONS: The erector shall provide evidence of successfully completing two Fire Training Towers of similar size and scope, as project requires. 2.26 ALTERNATE SYSTEMS: Any systems/materials not explicitly meeting the specifications stated here in, shall be pre- approved seven days prior to the bid due date. For all systems/materials in question, the supplier/contractor shall provide a sample, written specification, thermal performance, warranty, Section Nd 13121.doc Page 15 Revised: 03/20107 Section Wd - Supplemental Technical Specifications drawing showing typical installation, and a MSDS. In any case, all performance and warranty criteria stated herein must be met without exception. 1 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL Comply with the manufacturers recommendations for preparation and storage of the building components. 3.2 EXAMINATION Verify that concrete work has cured a minimum of 14 days. Verify that anchor bolts are at the proper spacing and protrude the proper amount above the concrete. Report any variances to the owner's representative prior to proceeding with erection. 3.3 ERECTION Follow the details supplied by the manufacturer. Report any discrepancies to the manufacturer prior to proceeding. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.4.1 DEFECTIVE WORK Materials, components and assemblies not complying with the manufacturer's installation recommendations shall be repaired or replaced, at the option of the manufacturer. 3.4.2 INSPECTION Verify that all bolted connections are tight, self-drilling screws with integral washers are seated snugly without washer distortion and rivets have not pulled through the attached materials. Replace improperly set or damaged fasteners. Inspect all panels, trims and accessories for proper installation and fit. Replace any item which is damaged, warped or distorted. Insure that all field mitered corners fit tightly and smoothly. Section Wd 13121.doc Page 16 Revised: 03/20/07 Section l Vd - Supplemental Technical Specifications 0 3.4.3 ADJUSTING Adjust all shutters, swing doors and hatches so that they swing smoothly without binding and so that the appropriate hardware latches without forcing or slamming. Insure that all closures are adjusted so that they close smoothly. Check all electrical and mechanical devices to make sure that they are working properly. Temperature monitoring systems must be checked to see that each thermal-couple works accurately. Fans must be tested and demonstrated as working at all speeds. 3.4.4 CLEAN-UP At the end of each day check the site and pick all debris and garbage. Insure that all materials are secured in a neat and orderly fashion. Thoroughly clean the tower inside and out at the completion of the erection process to remove all debris, garbage, packing materials, and metal shavings etc. • • Section IVd 13121.doc Page 17 Revised: 03/20/07 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND (Public Work) In compliance with F.S. Chapter 255.05(1)(a) BOND NO.: 104941659 CONTRACTOR NAME: BANDES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: 1368 SPALDING ROAD, SUITE C DUNEDIN, FL 34698-5039 CONTRACTOR PHONE NO.: (727)733-5558 SURETY COMPANY: TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA 7870 WOODLAND CENTER BLVD. TAMPA, FL 33614 (813)890-4081 SURETY AGENT: HRH OF SOUTHWEST FLORIDA 6771 PROFESSIONAL PARKWAY WEST SUITE 101 SARASOTA, FL 34240 (941)554-3140 OWNER NAME: CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA OWNER ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 4748 CLEARWATER, FL 33758 OWNER PHONE NO.: (727)562-4750 OBLIGEE NAME: (If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) OBLIGEE ADDRESS: OBLIGEE PHONE NO.: BOND AMOUNT: $ 4,451,404.10 CONTRACT NO.: (if applicable) DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Fire Training Facilities @ Fire Station # 48 - (05-0002-FD) LEGAL DESCRIPTION: Fire Training Facilities @ Fire Station #48 - (05-0002-FD) Pinellas County, Florida FRONT PAGE All other Bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre-printed thereon. F:\DATA\BONDS\WINWORD -0-0 0- BOND NUMBER: 104941659 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we BANDES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. Contractor and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (Surety) whose home address is 7870 WOODLAND CENTER BOULEVARD, TAMPA, FLORIDA 33614. HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of. FOUR MILLION FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY-ONE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FOUR DOLLARS AND TEN CENTS ($4,451,404.10) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the _ day of 2007, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES @ FIRE STATION #48 - (05-0002-FD) it ?N_ a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page 1 P-J s CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of 2007. By ATTEST: M y andes, Secretary WITNESS: Sandra Stutzman COUNTERSIGNED: An on T ., Licensed Florida Agent Travelers Casualty And Surety Company of America SURETY By: - - ATTO Y-IN FACT Anthony T. Papa, Jr. Page 2 OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID TRAVELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company P Attorney-In Fact No. 2118333 E RED St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 01468919 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Anthony T. Papa Jr., Carol McManus, Christine A. Papa, and Tina Gonzalez of the City of Sarasota , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this f February 2 Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company 20th St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company ??ry Fl0.E 6 \0.NryNfG ..P? iNgUgg4 Jp?TYAIyQ?, (CF: )?11 S E AI.STsAL?..a .;' "' ?/ AIN ti A OF Nftt °gnumm,?„rep ?...?? State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: Georg Thompson, enior ice President 20th February 2007 , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledg e On this the day of d himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. o L G• W ??Vn??J1 In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. ommission expires the 30th day of June, 2011. ?°IIBUO * Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public 58440-8-06 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on be of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with th Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America; and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power, of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of 20 Kori M. Johans Assistant Secretary 2 <?, SUHEIy ?F1RE"a"'W ?N DNS 1NSU?`' Tv qty ??a'!........ay`t O p?J3TYMfp '?c < ? ???^ a ? S? N Jt ''?? w 7_SEALio; Iii, SEAL a° coHH. ° 1896 ? .?1i ?,+p Iy? Attt°_ To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.stpaultravelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this ? day of , 2007 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, herein er designated as the "City", and BANDES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. of the City of DUNEDIN, County of PINELLAS and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES @ FIRE STATION #48 - (05-0002-FD) FOR THE SUM OF FOUR MILLION FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY-ONE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FOUR DOLLARS AND TEN CENTS ($4,451,404.10) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 Per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 Per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. S Page 4 s • • • • CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: IJ. /"'?y 1 William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: Frank Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember (Seal) Attest'. - -' - C a ?Goudeau, ; Ctrl CJerk J (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) Corporation (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Bandes Construction Co., Inc. (Contr B SEAL Roo s, President Page 5 Assistant City Attorney CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION BANDES CONSTRUCTION, CO Bandes Construction Corp. a Florida Corporation, under its • corporate seal and hand of its President and Secretary hereby certify that: The Boardof Directors and shareholders of said corporation, at a joint meeting called and held on the 21st day of April, 1987, unamiously adopted the following resolution: RESOLVED, That Jed Bandes resignation be accepted and that C? Robert Bandes be appointed as President of Bandes Construction Co. in WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this certificate to be signed in its name by its President and its Corporate Seal to be hereunto fixed and attested by its Secretary this 21st day of April, 1987. ATTEST: (Corporate Seal) e Bandes, President /J-ell/?Bandes, Sec./Tres. STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINESSAS Before, me personally appeared this day Jed Bandes, President and Secretary/Treasurer respectively, of Bandes C onstruction Co. to me well known and known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and he acknowledged before me that he executed the same as his own free act and deed and for the uses and purposes herein set forth. Witness my hnd,and official seal at Clearwater, Florida, thisa/'--?day of LY' 1 987 . My Commission Expires: Notar I YT ublic Notary Public, State of Florida My Commission Expires April 28, 1989 B-4.d Th,. Tmy Ain - In sure nca, Inc, rib, Bppartment of #?tatr I certify from the records of this office that BANDES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida, filed on January 12, 1987. The document number of this corporation is J51911. I further certify that said corporation has paid all fees due this office through December 31, 2007, that its most recent annual report/uniform business report was filed on April 9, 2007, and its status is active. I further certify that said corporation has not filed Articles of Dissolution. Given under my hand and the Great Seal of the State of Florida at Tallahassee, the Capitol, this the Ninth day of April, 2007 ?Etretttr? nf?tttt$ CR2EO22 (01-07) CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT • (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of BANDES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1368 SPALDING ROAD, SUITE C, DUNEDIN, FLORIDA 34698 (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of 2007, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES @ FIRE STATION #48 - (05-0002-FD) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, • laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 200 BANDES CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. AFFIANT BY: NOTARY PUBLIC • My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT Page 6 PROPOSAL BOND' ' (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) DOWN ALL MEN BY TEXSE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Bandes Construction Company, Inc asPrincipal,and Travelers Casualty And Surety Company of America as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, , .7$ Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($4<ox/ (being a minimum of 10% of Contnuctor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Bandes Construction Company, Inc. _ as Principal, and Travelers Casualty And Surety ompagy of America Surety, for work specified as: Fire Training Facilities at Fire Station No. 48 Contract #05-0002-FD, Clearwater, Florida all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. • Signed this - 31 s t day of -May , 2007. (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. Hilb Rogal & Hobbs of Florida, Inc. 6771 Professional Parkway West Sarasota, FL 34240 941-554-3140 Corporation Bandes Construction Company, Inc. Principal By. Title Robert Bandes President Travelers Casualty And Surety Company of America Surety By: -Anthon&7, Papa, ATr j/, Attorney-in-Fact and Licensed Florida Agent 0 Revised SeclionV 050107.doc Page 7 Revised: 511/2007 THIS POWER BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY TRAVELERS Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company ' Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney-In Fact No. 21$333 Certificate No. (1 [114686 - 3 9 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Anthony T. Papa Jr., Carol McManus, Christine A. Papa, and Tina Gonzalez of the City of Sarasota , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Comgalt?? have caused this instrurneat to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this day of February LLUUUU Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company 20th St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company G,.aU,?? Y ?atnrry `F\AE Sy Ct?'M--I ?yGN JQ'+Y,Ngyq'? pVp,.fY .INp d` N Ell _-_j .581LL:,tt) ApIA' State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: Georg Thompson, U-r ice President 20th February 2007 On this the day of , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereo 0*x f, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011. Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public 58440-8-06 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER AFFIDAVIT • (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) • STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF Pinellas ) Marv Bandes being duly sworn, deposes and says that /she is Secretary of Bandes Construction Co., Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 1368 Spalding Road, Suite C, Dunedin, FL 34698 Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of Bandes Construction Co., Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Robert Bandes is President (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for City of Clearwater F. S. 448 for said corporation by virtue of provision of by laws (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). ffiant Sworn to before me this 28th day of June , 200 Notary Public Denise R. Hagemann Type/print/stamp name of Notary Notary Public DD363405 Title or rank, and Serial No., if any Q ,,P Denise R Hagemann `hMy Commission DD363405 Expires December 22, 2008 y,,?,J- 40 Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 8 Revised: 5/ 1 /2007 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT • STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Pinellas ) Robert Bandes being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of Bandes Construction Co. Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. • -4a2nt Sworn to and subscribed before me this 28th day of June 2007 Notary Public r Denise R Hagemann ?C MY Commission DD363405 '4 a f Expires December 22, 2008 • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 9 Revised: 5/1/2007 PROPOSAL • (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for Fire Training Facilities at Fire Station No. 48 Contract 405-0002-FD 01 L11 -?4 An and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked ,.,.., o Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to • be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 10 Revised: 5/1/2007 PROPOSAL If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bid Bond Bank, for the sum of 107, of bid (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($`-/?c/'.673) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the • name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Robert Bandes, President 5248 Enclave Drive, Oldsmar, Florida 34677 Mary Bandes, Secretary same as above Signature of Bidder: Robe a es, President (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). Corporation • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 11 Revised: 5/1 1/2006 • • C] PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his a bind the corporation. By: Title: President Robert Business Address of Bidder: 1368 Spalding Road City and State: Dunedin Dated at Dunedin, Florida Revised SectionV 050107.doc Zip Code 34698 this 28th day of June , A.D., 2007 Page 12 Revised: 5/11/2006 CITY OF CLEARWATER • ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: Fire Training Facilities at Fire Station No 48 Contract 405-0002-Fn Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 5/14/07 Addendum No. 2 Date: 5/24/07 Addendum No. 3 Date: 5/25/07 Addendum No. _4 Date: 6/06/07 Addendum No. 5 Date: 611 1 Jn7 Addendum No. 6 Date: 61 i R107 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: • Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Bandes Construction Co. Inc. (Name er) (Signs o cer) Robert Bandes, President (Title of Officer) June 28, 2007 (Date) • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 13 Revised: 5/1/2007 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL • PROJECT: Fire Training Facilities at Fire Station No. 48 Contract 4105-0002-FD CONTRACTOR: Bandes Construction Co. Inc. `lo (Numbers) GRAND BIDDER'S TOTAL $ 41, BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (Words) l`fdl*-. THE BIDDER'S TOTAL BELOW IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. BID FORM 0_. • BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ($ EXTENDED PRICE ($) 1 Mobilization 5% LS 1 Oee 2 Work Zone Traffic Control LS 1 5;,00,0 0 oc7 3 Clearin & Grubbing LS 1 DO DOO 4 Site Demolition LS 1 Doo D00 5 6 Well Abandonment Silt Fences LS LS 1 1 Opo o O© Boo 7 Remove and Relocate 6' Chain link Fence LF 790 5.' 95e, 8 6' Chain link Fence LF 45 d Ob 9 Tree Barricade LS 1 5 S0 o $ o 10 Root Pruning LS 1 1.060 4000 11 Excavation And Embankment LS 1 66%0,90 6?0, pop - 12 Grading LS 1 Drop 0 Doo 16 13 Removal of Unsuitable Material CY 100 S'. '?DD 14 Hand Rail LF 60 D LOW 15 Signing and Markin LS 1 700 70 D 16 Extrication Pad SY 675 a t 57,9 G 17 Emergency Generator Pad SF 45 cm- do 18 Dum ster Enclosure LS 1 %0 06 a /O Doo 19 Bollards EA 5 'Ohro' DD B 20 21 Wheel Stops 4" Sidewalk Fro SF 78 5460 00a 76 D 22 Site Lighting LS 1 5e, Q Goo 23 Site Lighting - Electrical LS 1 oea c? 24 Double 6' Chain Link Gate EA 1 l Soa 25 -Sodding SY 4900 6.S0 Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 14 Revised: 5/ 1 /2007 n U • ITEM BID ITEM DESCRIPTION 26 Landsca in 27 Irri ation UNIT LS LS QUANT 1 1 1 EXTENDED PRICE ($) oo cti coo 28 2" PVC Electrical Conduit LF 180 - CAD 29 12' Stabilization LBR 40 SY 421 s 30 8" Roadwa Base LBR 100 SY 421 31 M ill 1-1 /2" As halt SY 850 0 D 32 Resurface 1-1/2" Asphaltic Concrete Type S-I TON 356 //D. / O 33 1" Asphaltic Concrete Overlay -Type S-111 TON 200 Z' 34 Concrete Curb LF 486 35 -Pipe Connection To Box Culvert LS 1 OD 00 36 10" Yard Drain EA 1 Oo 37 15" Flared End Section EA 1 449D 38 30" Flared End Section EA 1 O d 39 12" Trench Drain LF 25 o 40 Type "D" Inlet With Trav. Slot. EA 1 0 0 o o 9 41 T e "V" D.B.I. EA 4 Soo ,000 /, 42 Control Structure EA 1 %mo -3 D D 43 Type "202" Manhole EA 3 oD 0 0 44 8" Corru ated HDPE Pie LF 13 O 45 12" Corrugated Steel Pie LF 25 4b• o 5 46 15" RCP LF 298 d 47 18" RCP LF 162 AS. 3,'16-70 48 24" RCP LF 30 00 49 30" RCP LF 38 O, a 50 6" PVC DR18 Roof Drain LF 635 51 8" PVC DR18 Roof Drain LF 205 a 6 52 6" PVC Roof Drain Clean-Outs EA 9 40 a00 53 54 8" PVC Roof Drain Clean-Outs 3" Gate Valve EA EA 4 2 551 Sri , 5,00 55 6" Gate Valve EA 1 O 00 56 8x6" Tapping Sleeve and Valve EA 1 02 0,01.p D 57 2" Water Meter and Valve Assembly EA 1 COD /'.0,00 58 59 Double Check Valve Assembly 2" PVC Water Main SDR 21 EA LF 1 381 A" '02? Da !mz S 60 3" PVC Water Main SDR 21 LF 161 A 61 Valve Box Adjustments to Finished Grade EA 2 IW. 62 63 Temporary Blow-Off and Sample Port Fire Department Connection EA EA 2 1 D. D DD0. 400 64 8" DIP, Class 200 LF 20 Apa 65 4" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line LF 130 Gb 66 67 68 6" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line 8" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line Sanitary Manhole 0-8' depth) LF LF EA 45 20 1 AO. SO • $Do R .600 a, 6bo 69 Core Existing Sanitary MH & Connection EA 1 a DOD 70 71 4" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer Service 6" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer LF LF 30 195 o?b•. AD Jar.5" Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 15 Revised: 5/11/2006 ITEM • BID ITEM DESCRIPTION 72 6" PVC Sanita Sewer Clean-Outs 73 8" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer Supply & Storage Building Training Buildin & Foundation nt Existing Burn Tower 4 Existing Bum Tower Fire Sprinkler S ] Facilities Burn Tower Foundation Facilities Burn Tower 80 - Project Identification Signs SUBTOTAL CONTINGENCY (10%) TOTAL • BID ALTERNATIVES BID ITEM 81 82 SUBTOTAL Footnotes: Line Item _ 11 ITEM DESCRIPTION WHP Bum Tower Foundation WHP Bum Tower UNI T EA LF LS LS LS LS LS LS LS UNI T LS LS QUANTIT Y 4 245 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 QUANTIT Y 1 - 1 UNIT PRICE EXTENDED PRICE ($) -2.0100 00 OD 000 UNIT PRICE EXTENDED PRICE ($) Description Mobilization - includes a maximum of Five Percent of the Subtotal Amount not including Mobilization Excavation And Embankment - Includes, but is not limited to pond excavation, pond banks, flood compensation area, pad fill, parking and drives, etc. etc. Grading - Material -Includes Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material Removal of f Unsuitable Dumpster Enclosure - Includes Concrete Apron 4" Sidewalk - Includes Truncated Domes 8" Corrugated HDPE Pipe (ADS N-12 or Approved Equal) 8" PVC DR18 Roof Drain - Includes Pavement and Base Restoration Relocate the Existing Double Check Valve Assembly 2" PVC Water Main SDR 21 - Includes Pavement and Base Restoration 4" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line - Includes Pavement and Base Restoration 6 PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer Includes Pavement and Base Restoration Includes Foundation Design and Construction Fifth Alarm Series Five Story Tower 12 13 18 21 44 51 58 59 65 71 81 82 • Revised SectionV 061807.doc Revised: 5/11/2006 Page 16 rGULF STATES 4. MANUFACTURERS ;;;o 0.0. Box 1128 - Starkville, MS 39760 - (662) 323-8021 - Fax (662) 324-2984 - www.gulfstatesmanufacturers.com June 22, 2007 BANDES CONSTRUCTION, INC. RE: CITY OF CLEARWATER-PUBLIC WORKS-FIRE RESCUE 1368 SPAULDING ROAD SUITE C CLEARWATER, FL 33756 DUNEDIN, FL 34698-5039 GSM ESTIMATE #: 80773 MF: 80'-0" X 80'-0" X 24'-6" Gentlemen: In accordance with request for estimate documents, the referenced structure will be designed to withstand the loads as listed. The loads will be applied as recommended by the Florida State Building Code, 2004 Edition w/2006 Supplement. In addition to the dead load of the building components, the design loads are as follows: LIVE LOAD (Reducible) 20.0 nsf COLLATERAL LOAD 5.0 psf WIND VELOCITY (3-second gust) 130 moh WIND Importance Factor, 1„, 1.15 WIND Exposure Category B Internal Pressure Coefficient t_18 Enclosure Classification Enclosed Building Use Category IV Auxiliary Loads: 180 psf mezzanine load (125 psf live load, 50 psf dead load - excluding the joist weight, 5 pst collateral) The building will be designed in accordance with design specifications in the Ninth Edition of AISC Manual of Steel Construction and the 2001 Edition of the AISI. Gulf States Manufacturers is an approved manufacturer in the AISC Quality Certiticatioe Program in the category of Metal Building Systems. Gulf States Manufacturers has AISC-MB Certified offices in Starkville, MS. The materials for this project will be manufactured in Gulf States Manufacturers AISC-MB Certified plant in Starkville, W ssissippi. e design of accessories such as doors, windows, translucent panels, louvers and ventilators are not included with respect to properties or use regardless of their source. Other parts of the project such as the foundation, existing buildings, masonry walls, mechanical equipment and erection of the building components are not part of the design by Gulf States Manufacturers. Effects on the building due to the excluded items that fail to withstand their required loads are not covered in this letter. The building components should be erected in accordance with the referenced job number erection drawings on a properly designed foundation with anchor bolts of the diameter(s) and yield strength shown on the Gulf States anchor bolt plan. Field inspection of materials, which are provided by Gulf States, is the responsibility of the erector and/or overall project professionals. The foundation designer will find the column reactions with the referenced job anchor bolt setting plans. To the best of my knowledge this design will conform with the load requirements of the building code and request for estimate documents as previously stated. The undersigned is not the engineer-of-record for the overall project Sincerely, GULF STATES MANUFACTURERS " (? 04k Denny A. Cole, P.E., Lic. #42927 Design Engineer dac/p1 Enclosures: (2) cc: • MANUFACTURERS OF METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS ES , I EZS rES GULF STATES MANUFAC THIRTY-FIVE Year Materials Roof and Wall Effective Date: Owner: Builder: Wall Panel Type Lo tion: GUL STATES the lima ob N,4ber: .o Pan T \?a'X :o S e: A Si W c warrants its materials as provided and subject to forth herein: 1 Mt S ARRAN TY. Gulf States Manufacturers warrants that, for a period of one ( a date of delivery of materials to the Builder, Gulf States Manufacturers' proI be free from defects in materials and defects in fabrication of the building components. Gulf States Manufacturers shall, as the exclusive remedy under this Warranty, either repair or replace, at Gulf States Manufacturers' election and expense, any defective materials, the failure of which is covered by this Warranty. As used in this agreement, "materials" is defined as all primary and secondary structural steel building components, bracing, fasteners and connections, wall and roof panels, flashings, and accessories provided by Gulf States Manufacturers. 2. PANEL WARRANTY. UltraCote (70% Kynar 5000) pre-painted galvanized panels (G-90 Coatings) and Pre-painted aluminum-zinc alloy-coated panels are warranted as follows: When the panels are used on pitches 1/2 : 12 and greater or vertical exposure. (a) UltraCote (70% Kynar 5000) paint will not peel, crack, check or chip for a period of THIRTY-FIVE (35) years from the Effective Date. (b) UltraCote (70% Kynar 5009) paint will not chalk in excess of a numerical rating of Nine (9) for vertical surfaces and eight (8) for non-vertical surfaces when measured in accordance with the standard procedure specified in ASTM D 659-80 for a period of THIRTY-FIVE (35) years from the Effective Date. © UltraCote (70% Kynar 5008) paint will not fade in color in excess of four (4) E units of color difference ("NBS Units") for vertical surfaces and Five (5) E NBS Units for non-vertical surfaces when measured in accordance with the standard procedure specified procedure specified in ASTM D 2244-85, Paragraph 6.3, for a period of FIVE years from the Effective Date. LIMITATIONS. This Warranty is subject to the following conditions, terms limitations and exclusions: (a) This Warranty applies only to the above-described materials of Gulf States Manufacturers and does not cover accessories, fixtures, insulation, goods or any materials not manufactured but sold by Gulf States Manufactures. This Warranty shall be valid and apply to Gulf States Manufacturers' materials only if the materials are erected and installed strictly in accordance with (1) Gulf States Manufacturers' engineering plans and specifications and details; (2) all applicable erection standards and procedures regularly published by the metal Building Manufacturer's Association; and (3) current erection manuals issued by Gulf States Manufacturers. Any modification of or deviation from Gulf States Manufacturers' specified materials, products, or specified erection procedures without the prior written consent of an officer of Gulf States Manufacturers will void this Warranty. (b) This Warranty is applicable only to rust or corrosion damage caused by "normal atmospheric exposure" which shall not include the following conditions which are specifically excluded from this Warranty: 1. Deterioration caused by marine (salt water) atmospheres, regular spray of either salt or fresh water, or by constant exposure to either salt or fresh water. As used herein, "constant exposure to water" includes standing water caused by inadequate roof drainage or condensation caused by inadequate vapor barrier installed in the building. 2. Corrosion caused by heavy fallout or exposure to corrosive chemicals, ash, or fumes from chemical plants, foundries, plating works, kilns, paper plants, fertilizer manufacturing, animal waste or similar sources of corrosive vapors and gases. 3. Deterioration caused by corrosive fumes and condensates of harmful substances generated or released inside the building. 4. Damage due to contact with green or wet lumber. 5. If the materials are erected in an area which is originally a "normal atmospheric exposure" but the environment subsequently changes to one that is not a "normal" atmosphere (e.g. the construction of a chemical plant nearby) this Warranty will then be void. (c) This Warranty is limited to materials of Gulf States Manufacturers, which are sold and erected within the United States of America and Canada. (d) This Warranty shall not apply to any structural failure or damage attributable to (1) engineering design caused by incorrect, inadequate, or erroneous design information transmitted to Gulf States Manufacturers by or through the owner, contractor, builder or their respective design representatives; or (2) acts of God, loads of snow, ice, or wind exceeding the specified design loads in the purchase order, or any other form of casualty loss arising from such risks; or (3) negligent, defective, or improper erection of the structure, its foundation, or additional loads placed on the structure by others not specified to Gulf States Manufacturers in the purchase order agreement. (e) This Warranty is limited to the original owner of the building and is not transferable or assignable. This Warranty will automatically terminate upon the sale, transfer or conveyance (except to secure debt) of the building. (f) Claims for any defects, or breach of this Warranty, must be submitted by the owner, or owner's representative, by written notice within thirty (30) days of the discovery of the defect, or the date that the defect reasonably should have been known. Owner will exercise reasonable diligence in inspection and maintenance of the materials in order to mitigate expense involved in repairing, replacing or repainting the materials. (g) During the term of this Warranty, the Owner shall perform routine inspections and maintenance in accordance with Gulf States Manufacturers' Preventative Maintenance Manual, in effect at the Effective Date of this Agreement, the provisions and requirements of which are incorporated herein by reference. Through the warranty period, panels must be inspected and maintained on an annual basis regardless of installation locations. The panels must be thoroughly washed with potable water annually. Failure to comply with and maintain proper records of the annual inspection and maintenance procedure will void this Warranty coverage in its entirety. Gulf States Manufacturers reserves the right to inspect the building upon reasonable notice to the owner. (h) Gulf States Manufacturers' responsibility and liability pursuant to this Warranty is expressly limited to the replacement, repair or repainting of the defective materials and in no event will such liability in the case of panel defects exceed an amount equal to $.65/$.55 per square foot of roof area for 24/26 gauge panels, or $.65/$.55 per square foot of wall area for 24/26 Gauge panels. Any expense of labor, installation, or removal will not be included in this Warranty. (i) IN CONSIDERATION OF THE SALE OF THE MATERIALS AND THIS WARRANTY, GULF STATES MANUFACTURERS SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, including, but not limited to, lost profits, lost rents, damage to inventory, contents, or other property, expenses, loss to the building or loss of use thereof, either in contract, tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract, breach of warranty or for any other cause arising out of any failure of the materials. (j) Owner covenants and agrees that during the term of this Warranty, the Owner shall procure, maintain and keep in force, property, casualty, and liability insurance to protect against all insurable losses, and to the full extent that such insurance is available, waives any and all rights of subrogation, including without limitation, legal, equitable, and contractual claims, against Gulf States Manufacturers for losses covered by such insurance, whether based upon any cause of action, including, but not limited to, tort, contract, warranty or strict liability. (k) This Warranty will not be effective and binding on Gulf States Manufacturers until (1) payment in full for the materials has been received by Gulf States Manufacturers; (2) the Warranty has been signed by an officer of Gulf States Manufacturers; and (3) a copy of this Warranty has been signed by the owner and returned to Gulf States Manufacturers. The Effective Date of this Warranty is defined as the date of. delivery of the materials from Gulf States Manufacturers unless a later date is specified above as the "Effective Date." Builder: By: Its: Owner: Its: (1) This Warranty constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and is for the sole benefit of the original owner named above. There are no other parties or intended beneficiaries to this Warranty. This Warranty may not be modified, amended, or supplemented except by written agreement signed by an authorized officer of Gulf States Manufacturers. (m) Except as expressly provided in this Warranty, Gulf States Manufacturers makes not representations or warranties of any kind with respect to the materials covered hereby, including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, and does not make any warranty or assume any obligation with respect to the validity of any patents, copyrights or trademarks with respect to the materials. (n) This Warranty shall be governed by and construed with the laws of the State of Alabama. Gulf States Manufacturers A Delaware Corporation By: Date: Page 1 of 1 Mike From: JSCHOONOVERGSM@aol.com Sent: Tuesday, June 26, 2007 11:56 AM To: Mike Subject: FIRE TRAINING FACILITY FIRE STATION # 48- WARRANTY MIKE, JACKIE, & T.J. RE: FIRE TRAINING FACILITY - STATION # 48 -BID REQUIREMENTS: PLEASE FIND ATTACHED COPY GULF STATES ROOF & WALL PANEL WARRANTY 35 YEAR KYNAR 500 ULTRACOAT. THIS IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITED WITH YOUR BID. ALSO I HAD SIGNED AND SEALED LETTER OF CERTIFICATION SENT OVERNIGHT FRIDAY 6-22-07 YOU SHOLUD HAVE RECEIVED MONDAY. GOOD LUCK, JACK JACK D. 5CHOONOVER DISTRICT MANAGER ftl GULF STATE'S. MANU ACTURERS J5CH00N0VER&5M@A0L. COM 374 ROSELIA16 CIRCLE VENICE, FLORIDA 34293 PHONE- 941-716-3591 FAX-941-497-7942 www.gulfstatesmanufacturers.com .-._.. ---- ----- ........... .... ._..... See what's free at AOL.com. • 6/26/2007 • BOND NUMBER: CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we Contractor and as (Surety) whose home address is HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of 2007, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES AT FIRE STATION 48 PROJECT #: 05-0002-FD • a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 1 Revised: 5/1/2007 0 : CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 2007. CONTRACTOR ATTEST: SURETY • WITNESS: COUNTERSIGNED: By: By: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 2 Revised: 5/11/2006 0 CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 2007 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and WITNESSETH: of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES AT FIRE STATION #48 - (05-0002-FD) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 3 Revised: 5/1/2007 0 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of _$1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of _$1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, famish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page4 Revised: 5/11/2006 ?J • CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: Frank Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 5 (Seal) Attest: Cynthia E. Goudeau, City Clerk Approved as to form: Assistant City Attorney (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Revised: 5/11/2006 0 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of . a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of .2007 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES AT FIRE STATION #48 - (05-0002-FD) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature . nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of .2007. NOTARY PUBLIC BY: 0 My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 6 Revised: 5/1/2007 PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater,. Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Principal, and as Surety, for work specified as: all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this day of , 2007. (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) Principal The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. By: Title Surety • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 7 Revised: 5/ 1 /2007 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF ) being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for for said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Affiant Sworn to before me this day of , 2007 Notary Public Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 8 Revised: 5/1/2007 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ) being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of • the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and fiuther, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 2007 Notary Public Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 9 Revised: 5/ 1 /2007 0 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and fiunish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: f?J Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 10 Revised: 5/1/2007 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). • Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 1 I Revised: 5/11/2006 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. By: Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Dated at , this • • Title: day of Zip Code A.D., 2007 Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 12 Revised: 5/11/2006 • • • CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 13 Revised: 5/1/2007 0 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S TOTAL $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (Words) THE BIDDER'S TOTAL BELOW IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. BID FORM • BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ($) EXTENDED PRICE $) 1 Mobilization 5% LS 1 2 Work Zone Traffic Control LS 1 3 Clearing & Grubbing LS 4 Site Demolition LS 1 5 Well Abandonment LS 1 6 Silt Fences LS 1 7 Remove and Relocate 6' Chain link Fence LF 790 8 6' Chain link Fence LF 45 9 Tree Barricade LS 1 10 Root Pruning LS 1 11 Excavation And Embankment LS 1 12 Grading LS 1 13 Removal of Unsuitable Material CY 100 14 Hand Rail LF 60 15 Signing and Markin LS 1 16 Extrication Pad SY 675 17 Emergency Generator Pad SF 45 18 Dum ster Enclosure LS 1 19 Bollards EA 5 20 Wheel Stops EA 78 21 4" Sidewalk SF 5460 22 Site Lighting LS 1 23 Site Lighting - Electrical LS 1 24 Double 6' Chain Link Gate EA 1 25 Sodding SY 4900 Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 14 Revised: 5/1/2007 • E BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE $) EXTENDED PRICE ($) 26 Landsca in LS 1 27 Irrigation LS 1 28 2" PVC Electrical Conduit LF 180 29 12" Stabilization LBR 40 SY 4211 30 8" Roadway Base LBR 100 SY 4211 31 Mill 1-1/2" Asphalt SY 850 32 Resurface 1-1/2" Asphaltic Concrete Type S-1 TON 356 33 1" Asphaltic Concrete Overlay - Type S-111 TON 200 34 Concrete Curb LF 486 35 Pipe Connection To Box Culvert LS 1 36 10" Yard Drain EA 1 37 15" Flared End Section EA 1 38 30" Flared End Section EA 1 39 12" Trench Drain LF 25 40 T e "D" Inlet With Trav. Slot. EA 1 41 T we "V" D.B.I. EA 4 42 Control Structure EA 1 43 Type "202" Manhole EA 3 44 8" Corrugated HDPE Pie LF 13 45 12" Corrugated Steel Pie LF 25 46 15" RCP LF 298 47 18" RCP LF 162 48 24" RCP LF 30 49 30" RCP LF 38 50 6" PVC DR18 Roof Drain LF 635 51 8" PVC DR18 Roof Drain LF 205 52 6" PVC Roof Drain Clean-Outs EA 9 53 8" PVC Roof Drain Clean-Outs EA 4 54 3" Gate Valve EA 2 55 6" Gate Valve EA 1 56 8x6" Tapping Sleeve and Valve EA 1 57 2" Water Meter and Valve Assembly EA 1 58 Double Check Valve Assembly EA I 59 2" PVC Water Main SDR 21 LF 381 60 3" PVC Water Main SDR 21 LF 161 61 Valve Box Adjustments to Finished Grade EA 2 62 Temporary Blow-Off and Sample Port EA 2 63 Fire Department Connection EA 1 64 8" DIP, Class 200 LF 20 65 4" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line LF 130 66 6" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line LF 45 67 8" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line LF 20 68 Sanitary Manhole 0-8' de th EA 1 69 Core Existing Sanitary MH & Connection EA 1 70 4" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer Service LF 30 71 6" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer LF 195 Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 15 Revised: 5/11/2006 • • BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNI T QUANTIT Y UNIT PRICE ($) EXTENDED PRICE ($) 72 6" VSaita Sewer Clean-Outs EA 4 73 8" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer LF 245 74 Fire Su pl & Storage Building i 75 Training Building & Foundation LS 1 76 Paint Existing Burn Tower LS 1 77 Existin Burn Tower Fire Sprinkler System LS 1 78 Fire Facilities Burn Tower Foundation LS 1 79 Fire Facilities Burn Tower LS 1 80 Signs - Project Identification LS 1 SUBTOTAL CONTINGENCY (10%) TnT A 1 BID ALTERNATIVES BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNI T QUANTIT Y UNIT PRICE ($) EXTENDED PRICE ($) 81 WHP Burn Tower Foundation LS 1 82 WHP Burn Tower LS 1 SUBTOTAL Footnotes: Line Item Description 1 Mobilization - Includes a maximum of Five Percent of the Subtotal Amount not including Mobilization 11 Excavation And Embankment - Includes, but is not limited to pond excavation, pond banks, flood compensation area, pad fill, parking and drives, etc. 12 Grading - Includes, but is not limited to rough grading and fine grading for all site work, etc. 13 Removal of Unsuitable Material - Includes Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material 18 Dumpster Enclosure - Includes Concrete Apron 21 4" Sidewalk - Includes Truncated Domes 44 8" Corrugated HDPE Pipe (ADS N-12 or Approved Equal) 51 8" PVC DR18 Roof Drain - Includes Pavement and Base Restoration 58 Relocate the Existing Double Check Valve Assembly 59 2" PVC Water Main SDR 21 - Includes Pavement and Base Restoration 65 4" PVC DR 14, CL 200 Fire Line - Includes Pavement and Base Restoration 71 6" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer Includes Pavement and Base Restoration 81 Includes Foundation Design and Construction 82 Fifth Alarm Series Five Story Tower Revised SectionV 061807.doc Page 16 Revised: 5/11/2006 • BID ITEM ITEM" DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT' PRICE ($ EXTENDED PRICE ($) 72 6" PVC Sanitary Sewer Clean-Outs EA 4 73 8" PVC SDR 35 Sanitary Sewer LF 245 74 Fire Supply & Storage Building LS 1 75 Training Building & Foundation S 1 76 Paint Existing Burn Tower L 1 77 Existing Burn Tower Fire Sprinkler S&stem LS 1 78 Burn Tower Foundation LS 1 79 Burn Tower 74 LS 1 80 Signs - Pro'ect Identification LS 1 SUBTOTAL GENCY (10%) TOTAL Footnotes: Line Item 1 Mobili tion 11 Exca tion com nsati 12 Gradi - Ir 13 Remo I of 18 Dump r E 2 4 k t, 5 of 5 \ 5 6 7 I 6" )Includes um of 've Percent of the Subtotal Amount not including Mobilization Include but is not limited to pond excav , pond banks, flood Ing an rives, etc. 'ted to rough grading and fine gradln or site work, etc. Includes Removal and Repla f U uitable Material oncrete Apron -Inc des Truncat Domes :d HD Pipe (AD N-12 or Approved 8 Roo rain - In des Pavement and Re rata xistin Check Valve Assemt Main SDR 21 - Includes Pave nt CL 200 Fire Line - Includes Pa m ,5 Sanitary Sewer Includes Pave r Restoration r se Restoration Restoration Revised SectionV 050107.doc Page 16 Revised: 5/11/2006 MINIMUM TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS SITE WORK C7 • C7 SPECIFICATIONS DEFINITIONS TEST TEST MINIMUM TEST RECOMMENDED MINIMUM IDENTIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS FREQUENCY Backfill over Pipelines Field Density AASHTO T-191 1000/0 of ASSHTO T-99 1 test per 2' vertical (compacted) in a staggered pattern per 300 LF. or part thereof of T-238 uninterrupted run of pipe beginning at 2' over top of pipe for pipe less than 12" diameter, at top of pipe for pipe 12" diameter to 24" diameter, at spring line of pipe for pipe with diameter greater Moisture Density AASHTO T-99 than 24". Proctor One r uniform material. Backfill over Trenches Moisture Density AASHTO T-99 One per uniform material. Proctor Roadway Embankment 1000/0 of 1 test ev 300 L F ery . . or part thereof with no Feld Density AASHTO T-191 AASHTO T-99 fewer than 2 per street. 1 test per 2' vertical in a T-238 staggered pattern. Moisture Density AASHTO T-99 1 per uniform material or per soil type per Proctor roadwa . Stabilized Subarade Florida Bearing Value FDOT Per Plans Centeriine: 1 test every 300 LF. or part thereof in a staggered pattern and at all changes in soil classification. No less than 1 per street. Curbline: one per 300 LF. each side of road, as applicable. Umerock Bearing Ratio FDOT Per Plans Centerline: 400' intervals or part thereof on (altemate) alternate sides of centeriine and at all changes in soil classifications. No less than 1 per street. Curbline: 1 per 400 L.F. each side of road, as applicable Thickness Per plans 300' intervals or part thereof on alternate side of (V7 allowable under centeriine. No less than 1 per street tolerance Field Density AASHTO T-180 98% of Roadway., 1 test every 300 L.F. or part thereof T-191 AASHTO T-180 in a staggered pattern. Minimum 1 per street. T-238 Curbline: 1 test every 300 L.F. along each side of road. Moisture Density AASHTO T-180 Proctor One per uniform material. Umerock Base Course Field Density AASHTO T-191 98% of 1 test every 300 LF. or part thereof per lift. Shall T-191 AASHTO T-180 not be taken at same location as test for T-238 stabilization subgrade density. Minimum one per street. Thickness (see Special Per test lab Per Plans 1 test every 300 L.F. or part thereof in staggered Condition No. 2) (10 allowable under pattern. 3 test minimum per street. tolerance Moisture Density 1 AASHTO T-180 For each uniform material. (proctor) J-W1ZMaWSPeWApwdx b6n Teat r-reqax MINIMUM TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS SITE WORK SPECIFICATIONS uaf A) Gradation AASHTO T-27 Section 915 Section 911 DOT Manual 1 each per uniform material. (waived if certification provided from testing laboratory.) B) Carbonates FDOT Minimum % Carbonates C) Liquid Limit AASHTO T-89 Maximum 35 D Plastic' Index AASHTO T-90 Non-plastic Concrete (non- structural (Ex: Curb and Sidewalk) ASTM C-31 Per Plans 1 Set of 3 cylinders per 1000 L.F. curb per each Compressive Strength ASTM C-39 3000 psi minimum at side of road. 1 set of 3 cylinders per 1000 If of 28 days sidewalk per each side of road. Cylinders to be made and tested by independent testing laboratories or one daily. Slump AASHTO T-23 Per specs 1 per set of cylinders T-119 Asphaltic Concrete Marshall Field Current Specifications Per spec. 1 per day or 1 per 500 tons of asphaltic Stability Per spec. concrete. Gradation Per spec. Voids in min. agg. (%) Per spec. Voids filled/A.C. (%) Per spec. Total air volds (%) Per spec. Effective A/C cont. Per s ec. Field Air Temperature Current Specifications Above 40°f. and rising At time of placement Field Asphalt Current Specifications Current Specifications Each fifth truck. Temperature Field Density ASTM D-1188 or Current Specifications 1 test per 500 L.F. per screed width per applied ASTM 2922 as halt. Thickness (during Per Lab Current Specifications At the time of placing average of 3 thickness paving) determinations per width of screed per 100 L.F. Performed prior to compaction in staggered pattern. Thickness Core borings Per plans and specs Minimum 3 per block or every 300 L.F. on (After paved) staggered pattern. Asphalt cores only, if base cored prior to laying asphaltic concrete wearing course. J..W12TWomWSpacs\App9nd*1An Test Freq.doc 8MRONM AL 1115UQNl6 GfOTECNNI[ s f NGWf ERING MRTERUUSIESON6 WOOM NiSPE[OON Dm6 s"W 5 ODARSE & A S S O C I A T E S, INC. Report of Geotechnical Exploration Fire Training Facility Belcher Road Clearwater, Florida • 0 ENVINONNENfAL EONSWING AE NGINEERIH6 GW T I NAILUSEAUIS TEAING TN BB=NBPEE?ON OdUNl6 SENWlTS ODARSE Ay 21,1A'CIATES, INC. N&A Project No. 04-05-0144-101 Mr. David Pelham Cumbey & Fair, Inc. 2463 Enterprise Road Clearwater, Florida 33763-1790 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Fire Training Facility Belcher Road Clearwater, Florida Dear Mr. Pelham: Nodarse & Associates, Inc. (N&A) is pleased to present this report of our geotechnical exploration for the above-referenced project The purpose of this exploration was to obtain geotechnical engineering data to assist in the design of a new Emergency Operations Center (EOC) building, a new classroom addition, a new bum tower, and a new stormwater pond. This report describes our exploration procedures, exhibits the data obtained, and presents our conclusions and recommendations. SUMMARY The results of this exploration indicate that the site is suitable for support of the proposed EOC building, classroom addition, and bum tower on conventional shallow spread footings. Site preparation (including clearing, stripping, and proofrolling) will be required to provide adequate support for foundations. PROJECT INFORMATION The project site is located on the northwest comer of Belcher Road and Logan Street in Clearwater, Florida The project consists of the design and construction of a new two-story EOC building with a plan area of approximately 5,000 square feet, a new one-story classroom addition with a plan area of approximately 2,700 square feet, and a new bum tower up to four stories high with approximate dimensions of 55 feet in length and 30 feet in width. The project also includes a new stormwater pond. We have assumed that foundation loads will not exceed 150 kips for columns and 5 kips per linear foot along load bearing walls. We have also assumed that no more than two feet of fill will be required to achieve final grades. Fire Training Facility N&A Project No. 04-05-0144-101 Page 2 A review of the United States Geological Survey Clearwater, Florida, Quadrangle map, attached in the Appendix as Figure 1, shows that prevailing elevations in the area are approximately +45 to +50 feet. Site grades in the project area slope gradually downward toward the east and south. A review of the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service (SCS) survey for Pinellas County, Florida, attached as Figure 2 in the Appendix, indicates that the soils at the site consist of Myakka fine sand. According to the survey, Myakka soils generally consist of fine sands from the ground surface to a depth of more than 84 inches. The groundwater table is typically encountered 10 to 30 inches below the ground surface, but rises to at or near the ground surface for a short time during wet periods. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Our exploration consisted of performing seven Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings to a depth of 25 feet within the proposed structure and stormwater pond areas. The field testing locations were located and staked by Cumbey & Fair and are shown on the Location Plan, Figure 3, in the Appendix. The SPT borings were initially advanced manually to depths of 4 to 6 feet in order to avoid • damaging any unmarked underground utilities. Standard penetration tests were then performed continuously to 10 feet and at 5-foot depth intervals thereafter. Each sample was removed from the sampler in the field and was examined, packaged, and sealed for transportation to our laboratory for further examination and visual classification. Groundwater levels were measured in the boreholes at the time of our field exploration. GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings are shown on the Soil Boring Records (Figure 4) in the Appendix. Descriptions of the soils encountered in the borings are accompanied by the Unified Soil Classification symbol (SP, SC, etc.) based on visual examination. Stratification boundaries between soil types should be considered approximate as the actual transition between soil types may be gradual. The SPT borings performed for this exploration encountered fine sands, slightly clayey sands, and clayey sands from the ground surface to depths of approximately 11 to 13 feet. The relative density of these sandy soils was loose to dense with standard penetration resistance values (N- values) ranging between 8 and 43 blows per foot (bpf). Below the sandy soils, the borings encountered clay to the boring termination depth of 25 feet. N-values varied from 8 bpf in firm clay to 50 blows for 2 inches of penetration (50/2") in very hard clay. The groundwater level was observed in the SPT borings at depths of 1 to 3 feet below the existing ground surface. Groundwater levels will fluctuate with the amount of rainfall and with Fire Training Facility N&A Project No. 04-05-0144-101 Page 3 site development and, therefore, may be different at other times. Based on the SCS survey and the results of our exploration, we estimate the seasonal high groundwater level will be encountered between the existing ground surface and 1 foot below the existing ground surface. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The following conclusions and recommendations are based on the project characteristics previously described, the data obtained in our field exploration and our experience with similar subsurface conditions and construction types. If final building locations, grades, or foundation loads are significantly different from those previously described, or if subsurface conditions. different from those disclosed by the borings are encountered during construction, we should be notified immediately so that we might review the following recommendations in light of such changes. Foundation Design: Once the existing subgrade and/or new fill soils in the proposed structure areas have been prepared in accordance with the following recommendations, the proposed structures can be constructed on a system of conventional shallow spread or strip footings. Footings which bear in densified existing soils or in new structural fill may be designed based on a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square foot. Minimum footing dimensions of 18 inches for strip footings and 24 inches for spread footings should be used even though the maximum allowable bearing pressures may not be fully developed in all cases. Footings should bear at least 18 inches below finished exterior grades. Footing subgrade soils should be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement of concrete and steel. As a minimum, the footing subgrade soils should be compacted to a density of at least 95 percent of the soils' modified Proctor maximum dry density for a depth of 12 inches. Settlement: The settlement of shallow foundations supported on sandy soils should occur rapidly. Thus, the majority of expected settlements should occur during construction as dead loads are imposed at the footing locations. Provided that the recommended subgrade preparation operations are properly performed, the total settlements of isolated columns and wall footings should be less than one inch, with differential settlements on the order of 50 percent of the total settlements. General Site Preparation: The initial step in site preparation should be the complete removal of all topsoil, roots, debris, and other deleterious materials from beneath and to 5 feet beyond the proposed structure areas. Also the location of any existing underground utility lines within the construction areas should be established. Provision should be made to relocate any interfering utility lines from the construction areas. Underground pipes that are not properly removed or plugged may serve as conduits for subsurface erosion which subsequently may result in excessive settlements. 0 Fire Training Facility N&A Project No. 04-05-0144-101 Page 4 The structure areas should then be inspected and thoroughly proofrolled as directed by a Geotechnical Engineer. The proofrolling should be performed using a large vibratory roller with a static weight on the order of 10 tons. Care should be used when operating the compactor near any existing structures (within 50-75 feet) to avoid transmission of vibrations that could cause settlement damage. Proofrolling of the structure areas should consist of at least five overlapping passes in each of two perpendicular directions and should be observed by a Geotechnical Engineer. The purposes of the proofrolling are to detect any areas where unsuitable soils are present as well as to densify the near-surface loose soils for support of shallow foundations. Materials which yield excessively during the proofrolling should be undercut and replaced with well-compacted structural fill. The Geotechnical Engineer, based on his observations, can recommend the nature and extent of any remedial work. Based on our exploration, no major remedial work is anticipated at this site. Proofrolling of the structure areas should continue for the required number of passes and until the soil at a depth of 12 inches below the compaction surface has attained a minimum of 95 percent of the soil's modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification D-1557. In-place density tests should be performed by an experienced geotechnical engineering technician working under the direction of a registered Geotechnical Engineer to verify the required degree of compaction. A minimum test frequency of one test per 2,500 square feet of structure area proofrolled is recommended. Fill Placement: After the site has been proofrolled and accepted by the Geotechnical Engineer, any fill required to bring the site to final grade may be placed and properly compacted. All fill should be inorganic, non-plastic, granular soil (clean sands). The fill should be placed in level lifts not to exceed 12 inches loose thickness. The fill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the soil's modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification D-1557. In-place density tests should be performed on each lift by an experienced engineering technician working under the direction of a registered Geotechnical Engineer to verify that the recommended degree of compaction has been achieved. We suggest a minimum testing .frequency of one test per lift per 2,500 square feet of area within the structure areas. This fill should extend a minimum of 5 feet beyond building lines to prevent possible erosion or undermining of footing bearing soils. Further, fill slopes should not exceed 2 horizontal to 1 vertical. All fill placed in utility line trenches and adjacent to footings beneath slabs on grade should also be properly placed and compacted to the specifications stated above. However, in these restricted working areas, compaction should be accomplished with lightweight, hand- guided compaction equipment and lift thicknesses should be limited to a maximum of 4 inches loose thickness. Fill Soil Availability: Based on the results of the SPT borings performed adjacent to the pond (TB-6 and TB-7), limited amounts of fine sands and slightly clayey sands (Strata 1 and 2) suitable for use as structural fill are available in the upper 10 to 13 feet of the soil profile. Clayey sands and clays (Strata 3 and 4) are not suitable for use as structural fill. However, they • Fire Training Facility N&A Project No. 04-05-0144-101 Page 5 may be used as fill in landscape areas. Soils excavated from beneath the groundwater table will require drying prior to placement as structural fill. CLOSURE • N&A appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you should have any questions concerning the contents of this report, or if we may be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, NOD W.P. TES, INC. C g S enior Geotechnical Engineer Florida Registration No. 60850 Distribution: 3 - Addressee oseph E. Peer :asllt; P.E. Senior Go*b-)4cal J5ngiueer. Florida R6gi*, - ation No. 5077,4 Appendix: USGS Quadrangle Map (Figure 1) SCS Soil Survey Map (Figure 2) Location Plan (Figure 3) Soil Boring Records (Figure 4) CMAVEP:G:1Frojeds12005104050144 F mTminingFacility1101VAV5na1-repomheport.doc • • APPENDIX 0 W t , X, fxxXxik • .Iss- - y ?? ? ?' e ?'? i?:? ? (.'?( *? ? ? !- ` ^ ms. x :l ? { 1 i '' 1 c?t ? mac- -_ . ? ? L srrE _ ~` r v• Wf: Course. 1 - ?. L , •Or t,,. f"+? -$= CF2'? ata . ` '? ti wr- Z&Z &ANZ • te ?' l. ...?__. t„'-?';li.=,? r 5!• :•- REFERENCE: U.S.G.S. "SAFETY HARBOR, FLORIDA" QUADRANGLE MAP SECTION: 1 ISSUED: 1987 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH PHOTOREVISED: RANGE: 15 EAST VICINITY MAP FIRE TRAINING FACILITY BELCHER ROAD PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DWN: TMB CHKD: JEP SCALE: ODARSE 1°=2000' a ASSOCIATES, INC. DATE. 07-14-06 PRDJ. ND. 04-05-0144-101 FIGURE: 1 y U.S.D.A. - S.C.S. SOILS MAP SOIL LEGEND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY My MYAKKA FINE SAND BELCHER ROAD PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: JEP cc SCAB. 1 "=2000' 6 A S S OO®ARJE N C. DAB' 07-14-06 PROD. NO: 04-05-0144-101 FIGURE: 2 REFERENCE: U.S.D.A. - S.C.S. PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA SOIL SURVEY SECTION: 1 ISSUED: 1972 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH PHOTOREVISED: RANGE: 15 EAST TB-1 TB-2 T8-3 T8-4 TB-5 TB-6 TB-7 N N N N N N N 0 -7 r.1 1 3.0' t m i ?1' , , 1 5=w5?- 0 C : F1 01 p L (D TL 15 -a o r ' d © ° G) © o 20 2s '° '° LEGEND (a) TAN TO BROWN TO GRAY FINE SAND WITH SOME ROCK FRAGMENTS (SP) ? O LIGHT BROWN TO GRAY SLIGHTLY CLAYEY FINE SAND (SP-SC) O TAN TO BROWN TO GRAY CLAYEY SAND (SC) El O4 GRAY TO GREEN CLAY (CH) (SP) UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION GROUP SYMBOL AS DETERMINED BY VISUAL EXAMINATION GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION TRAINING FACILITY FIRE DEPTH TO GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN FEET WITH BELCHER ROAD DATE OF READING PINELLAS COUNTY. FLORIDA N STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE IN BLOWS OWN: PER FOOT TMB 50/5" (50) BLOWS REQUIRED TO DRIVE SAMPLING SPOON 0m. JEP (5) INCHES „ A-WODARSE - e R•f OtIRT1 i, 1NC a? 07-21-OB' I na-la-RljjjbLii FIGURE: 4 i• •• f I ?t lit al i! ij S 1 ?t E,k• l S .•• ....... ....... ?. t %'*• l; its , _0 I kt h? -•a;ar-„??i•'*.; Fi1ii .VF?'?ri-• f• ..? .. _r?.?-yr°_??^?? ?? ?T J Z ? ?/ 9 m C] N F ? w 8ID Cf m w • p p z t _0 8 r ?j r Yi 2 a „rn 4 A 4- ?m$ O 9 I 0 0 Z t i r?? • INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES 0 FIRE STATION #48 CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT #(05-00 2-FD) The Contractor and the City, prior to the ordering of an materials, must complete the Addendum to Agreement for Construction of the FIRE TRAINING FACILITIES Q_ FIRE STATION #48 project. 2. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Addendum. Attachments "B", "C" and "D relate to Owner-Furnished Materials that are part of the of a Subcontractor's Work. Attachments "B" and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's Work. 4. Submit 2 original copies of the Addendum and Attachments to: City of Clearwater Attention: Ed Burke, Construction Project Coordinator Phone; 462-6126 Fax: 462-6989 P. O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 5. If you have any questions regarding this process please direct them to: Andrea Beane, Senior Accountant: 562-4950 ext. 7206 Fax : 562-4951 E-Mail: Andrea.Beane@myClearwater.com 0 ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR ., CONSTRUCTION OF PROJECT NAME CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT # dated ??t between City of Clearwater, the In reference to or w r R? Owner, and the Contractor, it is further AGREED as follows: 1. The owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. 2. The attachments lettered A, B, and C, attached hereto (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated herein shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable Sub-contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. 3. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. 4. The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in attachment D. 5. The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of materials for the project. However, owner Acknowledges that Contractor's Sub-contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, without Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales tax. This addendum, upon its execution by both parties, is made an integral part of the aforementioned agreement. CITY OF CLEARWATER: CONTRACTOR: • Date: Date: City Manager/Owner Contractor ATTEST: ATTEST: 2 7 City Clerk K Secretary (City's Corporate Seal) APPROVED AS TO FORM: Carlos Colbn Assistant City Attorney FROM CITY OF CLEARWATER ATTACHMENT "A" ??• Kj TO. OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: (PROJECT TITLE AND CITY PROJECT NUMBER) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. The owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non- payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. 5. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such. visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 0 6. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. On a monthly basis, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during the month for use by the Contractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within 30 days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner- Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. 12. The Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 13. The Contract between Contractor and Owner is hereby amended to clarify that Owner- Furnished Material shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining the Contract Sum due Contractor. • 0 ATTACHMENT "B" FROM -(CONTRACTOR) TO - zSUBCONTRACTOR) OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: (PROJECT TITLE AND CITY PROJECT NUMBER) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Subcontractor's Work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Subcontractor's contract. Owner-Purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certification of Exemption number. 2. The Subcontractor shall provide the owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Subcontractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Subcontractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Subcontractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Subcontractor for the particular material furnished. The Subcontractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Subcontractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Subcontractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Subcontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Subcontractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. 5. The Subcontractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to incorporation into the Subcontractor's Work if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Subcontractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Subcontractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Subcontractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Subcontractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all damages to the owner, resulting from Subcontractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Subcontractor shall maintain records of all owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Subcontractor's Work from the stock of Owner-furnished Materials in its possession. The Subcontractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Subcontractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Subcontractor's Work. 7. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Subcontractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or sub-subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Subcontractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner- Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Subcontractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Subcontractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. On a monthly basis, Subcontractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during the month for use by the Subcontractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Subcontractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Subcontractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within 15 days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Subcontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Subcontractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Subcontractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Subcontractor for salvage or disposal at the Subcontractor's option. 0 ATTACHMENT "C" CONTRACTOR) From u' To SUBCONTRACTOR) f, ( Projects t_ T This project qualifies the Owner to utilize its sales tax exemption for the purchase of materials used in the project. In order to do this, the City of Clearwater, Florida, (Owner) must pay for the materials directly. This shall be accomplished in the following manner: 1. Subcontracts will be issued by Contractor to Subcontractors in the usual manner, including sales tax. 2. Subcontractors will prepare their material orders and forward same to Contractor so that City of Clearwater (owner) purchase orders may be placed for these materials. 3. Contractor will return to the Subcontractor a copy of the City of Clearwater (owner) purchase order on behalf of the City of Clearwater (Owner). It shall read: To: Supplier For: Material per attached Subcontractor order, 4. The material supplier will then bill the City of Clearwater (Owner) c/o "Subcontractor" c/o Contractor. Subcontractor will approve invoice and send to Contractor who will submit same to City of Clearwater (Owner) for payment. 5.City of Clearwater (Owner) will then pay the invoice directly and the Subcontractor will be issued a deductive change order for the amount of the invoice plus sales tax. It is imperative that the Subcontractor approve the invoices and forward them to Contractor by the of each month for payment by the Those received after the will be processed in the next month's billing cycle. 0 0 ATTACHMENT D PROCEDURE FOR GENERATING SUB-CONTRACTOR DIRECT PURCHASE ORDERS FOR SALES TAX CREDITS 1. General Contractor will submit requisition for materials with vendor information required (see vendor application form), item description, quantity if applicable, price, etc. Also included will be the sales tax savings amount. 2. Architect will review the requisition, and forward to the project manager for approval and preparation of electronic purchase requisition. Requisition must contain project number as well as correct account number. 3. Project Manager will then request requisition approval from the Finance Director. 4. Purchasing will issue purchase order and will mail, fax, or otherwise distribute purchase order as requested. 5. A purchase order summary report will be maintained indicating the following: purchase order number, owner Certificate of Exemption number, vendor, total amount of P.O., total tax savings, amount previously requested, amount of current request, and remaining balance of P.O. This report will be updated and issued with each group of payment requests (monthly). 6. Payment requests with invoices must have receiving paperwork with authorized signatures and must be submitted for approval as indicated below: 7. Payment authorization sequence: invoices must be submitted for approval in the following order: a. General Contractor b. Architect c. Project Manager d. Engineering/City Manager e. Purchasing/for processing only f. Finance/for processing only 0 CITY OF CLEARWATER (Project title & City project number) Contractor: CEI: PROCEDURES FOR SALES TAX SAVINGS, REQUESTS TO REQUISITION and RECEIVING/INVOICING Addendum to Aareement for Construction: 1. See separate instructions for completing the Addendum to Agreement. Process procedures for tax savinas: • 2. Completion of the Request to Requisition forms by Contractor. 3. Approved by CEI. Approver(s): 4. Original to PW Engineering/Marty Pages for processing of P.O. requisition. 5. Based on Request to Requisition forms a schedule will be prepared for the City's Purchasing Manager to reduce the Contractor's P.O. by the amount of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers. It is important to process as many material supplier Requests to Requisition as possible at one time thereby reducing the amount of changes necessary to Contractor's P.O. Construction contract will not change and the sum of the P.O.s to the Materials SUDDIlerS Dlus the Contractor's P.O will represent the total contract 6. The estimated sales tax savings for each materials requisition will be deducted from the primary lines of Contractor's P.O. A related Sales Tax Savings line for each charge code will be added to the Contractor's P.O. No changes will be made to the sales tax savings lines until all materials are purchased, received, accepted and paid for unless additional materials purchases are necessary. 7. Closing of the sales tax savings line on the Contractor's P.O. can only be done through a change order (Recommendation is that it's done on the final C/O). Process procedures for request to reauisition forms: • 1. General description is a brief recap (sewer lines and manholes; water lines; etc) 2. Contractor should include their fax number as well as a contact number. 3. In the description section of the Request to Requisition include any special delivery instructions. 4. Indicate whether or not retainage is to be withheld. City's standard is 5%. 5. Include the address where the supplier is to mail invoices. 6. Where applicable, shipping and handling costs should be listed as a line item on the request to requisition. 7. City staff will complete the charge code line. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal has been received from the ODP supplier: 5/2/2007 Page 1 of 3 Beachwalk, Phases 2, 3 & 4 - sales tax savings, request to requisition, receiving & invoice processing procedures Page 2 of 3 a. On the request to requisition summarize the materials to be ordered by type of system (stormwater, streets, water, sewer, reclaimed, etc) giving the total dollar amount per for each system. Leave 2 line spaces between each system to allow for the addition of the City's charge code. b. Attach the supplier's proposal to be mailed as an attachment to the purchase order. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal is not available: c. Provide quantities and detailed descriptions of the items to be ordered, per unit and total cost as the City's P.O. will be sent directly to the Materials Supplier. d. Materials on each request to requisition should be grouped in relation to the major billing line items on Contractor's P.O. Leave 2 spaces between each group, as the City will add the appropriate charge codes. 8. The requesting official will be the Contractor's official with authority to procure materials. Contractor's authorized procurer(s): 9. The official approving that the materials requested meet the design specifications will be authorized personnel from the CEI only. Authorized approvers: Process procedures for receivina and invoicing: 1. Upon receipt of materials, Contractor's representative will provide a receiving report or on the packing list, sign off and date approving the receipt. This acknowledges that the materials are in usable condition and the quantity received. 2. The Contractor will retain the original receiving report or packing slip to be compared with the Materials Supplier's invoice. 3. The Materials Suppliers will be instructed on the City's P.O. to send their original invoice to the Contractor to the attention of 4. Contractor will compare the receiving reportipacking slip with the invoice and approve the payment if they are in agreement. Any discrepancies with the invoice are to be resolved between the Contractor and the Materials Supplier. If the invoice is in error, it can be corrected by the Contractor before forwarding for payment. a. A corrected supplier's invoice can be paid up to the amount of the originally issued invoice but not in excess of that amount. b. None of the original data on the invoice can be obliterated. If it is the City will return the invoice for replacement by a corrected one from the supplier. c. If the corrections cause the invoice amount to exceed the original billed amount, the excess must be invoiced separately by the supplier and is to have the same support documentation as all other invoices to be paid. d. Supplier invoices for retainage amounts, if any has been withheld, are not required support documentation but must follow the approval process as all other invoices. 5. After approval the Contractor will forward the original receiving report or packing slip and invoice to City of Clearwater, Public Services/Construction Office, Attn: Perry Lopez. City of Clearwater Construction Division Beachwalk, Phases 2, 3 & 4 - sales tax savings, request to requisition, receiving & invoice processing procedures Page 3 of 3 • Attn: Perry Lopez 410 N. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33755 6. After approval the Construction Office will forward the original receiving report or packing slip and invoice to Marty Pages in Engineering for payment processing. 7. Steps 1 through 6 will be followed for each materials receipt and invoice. 8. Materials purchase P.O.s can be closed only upon completion of the materials acquisition and at the approval of the Contractor. 9. Upon closing of a materials purchase P.O. any unused balance will be added back to the appropriate line(s) on Contractor's P.O. Closina of Contractor's P.O.: 1. All Materials Suppliers' P.O.'s must be closed prior to the final change order and closing of the Contractor's P.O. • 0 REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER General Item Description: Vendor: Street Address: City/State/Zip: Phone No: Receiving Location (Ship to): Street Address: City/State/Zip: Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: (City will complete) Units Detailed Description Price Per Wine # Quantity ($, etc.) (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total Requesting Official Date: Title and Organization - Contractor Approving Official Date: Title and Organization - C.E.I. Services PWA\PublicServices\Construction\Forms\1322-XXXX Request to Requisition\Revised 2/07/05 Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and/or to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clear water's Records Management Program. Page 1 of 2 REQUEST TO REQUISITION (Continuation page) STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER • Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: Line # Quantity Units $, etc. Detailed Description (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Price Per Each Total PWA\PublicServices\Construction\Forms\1313-XXXX Request to Requisibon\Revised 2/07/05 Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.W. Firm and/or to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. C Greenfield 1EEnvironmental REPORT OF THE NESHAP INTERIOR RENOVATION SURVEY, SAMPLING AND EVALUATION OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS at the FIRE STATION # 48 TRAINING BUILDING AND TRAINING TOWER 1700 NORTH BELCHER ROAD CLEARWATER, FL April 17, 2007 GE Project Number 1051-1022 Submitted to: City of Clearwater Ms. Karma Killian 100 South Myrtle Avenue P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Prepared by: Greenfield Environmental, Inc. 432 3' Street North St. Petemburg, Florida 33701 • 432 31d Street North, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 • Phone: 727.896.1266 - Fax: 727.896.1566 • GE Project No. 1051-1022 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The survey and laboratory analysis conducted at the Fire Station # 48 training building and training tower located at 1700 North Belcher Road in Clearwater, Florida indicated that of the nine (9) samples collected, one (1) of the materials sampled was found to contain asbestos in amounts greater than one (1) percent. This material is a Category I vinyl floor tile and associated mastic. This material must be removed by a State of Florida Licensed Asbestos Abatement Contractor prior to renovation activities. • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................1 2.0 FACILITY DESCRIPTION .........................................................................................2 3.0 SURVEY METHODS AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS ............................................3 4.0 SUSPECTED ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS ...........................................5 5.0 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS .............................................................................6 6.0 CONCLUSIONS ........................................................................................................7 LIST OF APPENDICES • APPENDIX A- LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS APPENDIX B- CERTIFICATIONS • GE Project No. 1051-1022 • 1.0 INTRODUCTION A survey for asbestos-containing materials (ACMs) was conducted by Greenfield Environmental, Inc. (GE) at the Fire Station # 48 training building and training tower located at 1700 North Belcher Road in Clearwater, Florida. The survey was performed on April 6, 2007 by Jeff Summers, Project Manager for GE. Greenfield Environmental, Inc. is a Florida Licensed Asbestos Consulting Firm with a corresponding license number of ZA- 0000268. The survey was conducted in order to identify any asbestos-containing materials which may exist prior to renovation activities at the buildings in accordance with the National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) Regulation. 0 Morespecifically, our scope of services for this project consisted of the five followin 9 steps: - Building Walk-Throughs and Observations, - Bulk Sampling of Suspect ACMs, - Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Analysis of Bulk Samples, - Hazard Assessment and Evaluation, and Final Report Development. The findings of this report represent Greenfield Environmental, Inc.'s (GE) best professional judgement and no other warranty is expressed or implied. This report is intended only for the use of the CITY OF CLEARWATER and it's agents. The contents should not be relied upon by any other parties without the expressed written consent of GE. 1 GE Project No. 1051-1022 2.0 FACILITY DESCRIPTION The Fire Station # 48 training building consists of a block structure on a concrete slab. The training building consists of a classroom, restrooms and office area. The interior finishes consist of vinyl floor tile, concrete block painted walls and ceiling tiles. The survey was conducted so that the floor area may be replaced, the interior wall areas patched/repainted and the exterior walls patched and repainted. The training tower is a multi story structure consisting of a concrete slab, concrete steps and concrete block walls. No suspect materials were viewed at the training tower. 2 GE Project No. 1051-1022 3.0 SURVEY METHODS AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS The sampling conducted in this asbestos survey was performed in accordance with the requirements of Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 763 for suspect ACMs. The EPA regulations require that sample locations be randomly selected. All suspect asbestos-containing materials and PACM (materials presumed to contain asbestos under the OSHA Asbestos Rule, 29 CFR 1910) were identified and samples of each different type of material were obtained. The bulk sampling procedure utilized for the collection of samples suspected of being asbestos-containing materials required the establishment of homogeneous sampling areas. A homogeneous sampling area is defined as an area of friable or non friable material of similar type that appeared to be applied or constructed during the same general period of time. This is the most acceptable method for the sampling of suspect asbestos-containing materials. Samples which were collected from these pre-determined homogeneous sampling areas were labeled and transported to Air Quality Environmental, Inc. for analysis. Air Quality Environmental, Inc. is a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited laboratory (NVLAP No. 200759-0). All sample locations were identified with numbers corresponding to those listed in Section 5.0 " Description of Materials" of this report. All samples were analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) coupled with dispersion staining. PLM is the EPA approved method of analysis that utilizes the unique optical • crystallographic properties of the various crystalline forms in the samples. Properties such 3 GE Project No. 1051-1022 as refractive indices, birefringence, sign of elongation and extinction angle are unique to crystalline asbestos forms and are used to identify the type of asbestos mineral as chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite, tremolite or actinolite. Each type of asbestos F displays unique characteristics when subjected to these tests. Percentages of the identified types of asbestos are determined by visual estimation. Attempts are made to mix the sample thoroughly to provide a more accurate percentage. Any material containing greater than one percent (1 %) by weight of any type of asbestos is considered by the EPA to be an ACM and if disturbed must be handled according to specific state and federal regulations. • • GE Project No. 1051-1022 ,4.0 SUSPECTED ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS The following is a summary of the materials sampled and tested during the survey and evaluation of the training building • Vinyl Floor Tile • Vinyl Base Cove • Ceiling Tile • • GE Project No. 1051-1022 i 5.0 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS `'? The following is a description of the materials sampled at the training building: y,? I! 5 VA . . ,.- ? ur baltion ,3 P t6ht Y: anti# 01 Brown Vinyl Base Cove No Non- 02 Located on Base of Wall Asbestos Friable Good ------ 03 Areas Throughout Detected 04 Brown 12" X 12" Vinyl Tile-2% 820 2* 05 Floor Tile Located on Chrysotile Non- Good Square 06 Hall, Restroom and Asbestos Friable Feet Classroom Floor Areas 7 White 2'X 4' Dot Pattern No 3 8 L Ceiling Tile Located on Asbestos Friable Good ------ 09 Ceilin Areas Throughout Detected Note-Qua ntities are pro vided for convenience onl y and shall no t be used f or any biddin g purposes. * Vinyl floor tile mastic was not detected at the tile areas sampled and the mastic is assumed to be an asbestos containing material. 0 6 GE Project No. 1051-1022 6.0 CONCLUSIONS The results of our observations and laboratory testing at the Fire Station # 48 training building and training tower located at 1700 North Belcher Road in Clearwater, Florida indicated that of the nine (9) samples collected, one (1) of the materials sampled was found to contain asbestos in amounts greater than one (1) percent. Category I non-friable asbestos-containing materials were discovered during our survey in the form of vinyl floor tile. The floor tile mastic beneath the tile is assumed to contain asbestos. Category I non-friable asbestos-containing materials are those in which the asbestos fibers are bound with other materials in such a way that the release of those fibers into the air from casual contact or normal wear is unlikely. If this material is left undisturbed, it presents a low threat to release harmful asbestos fibers. Category I non- friable ACMs should not be removed, cut or abraded in any way as these actions may result in a significant fiber release episode. If this material is to be disturbed it must be removed by a State of Florida Licensed Asbestos Abatement Contractor prior to any disturbance. Proper notification must be provided to Pinellas County prior to asbestos removal activities. 7 • PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS The discussions and conclusions contained in this asbestos survey have been prepared and reviewed by the following environmental professionals. ff Summers Project Manager AHERA Inspector #7ME09147701 IR012 zu-,? Michael W. Rothenburg, PE Florida Licensed Asbestos Consultant #EA0000041 • I ?J APPENDIX A LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS E I 1 Ai)r'((:?Luauty Enviro-nmentair tnI04 Lrlbc?JUtv!^' ?r^vlces X333. etMincitd $4a ?4rc? saettt not?,. Flaxi433172 {7 $"44W FAX M 308-?49(r Client Name: Asbestos, Bulk 5 [Lab -# Client# 47958 1 47959 2 47960 3 47961 47962 47963 47964 47965 8 47966 9 Greenfield Environmental Project Name: 1051-1022 432 3rd Street North City of Clearwater -1700 N. Belcher Rd. St Petersburg, Florida 33701 Date Analyzed: April 10, 2007 tpie Analysis Test Method: PLM / DS - EPA Method 600IR-93/116 Sample Type Description % Asbestos % Other Fibers % Binders Covebase baseboard NAD 100% Carbonates and Binders mastic NAD 100% Binders Covebase baseboard NAD 100% Carbonates and Binders mastic NAD 100% Binders Covebase baseboard NAD 100% Carbonates and Binders mastic NAD 100% Binders Pir- Tile l--ddish brown 2% Chmsotile 98% Carbonates and Binders Tile Tile a Tile I I Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol fibrous I NAD I 25% Cellulose Tile In. fibrous NAD Tile tan• fibrous NAD 25% Mineral Wool 25% Cellulose 25% Mineral Wool 25% Cellulose 25% Mineral Wool These r'wiovs ware ensWed by W tom SpeCft Deer Ot>rO VOnent 68bask+e content is +ndk*W When relewam The EPAeontldem s matadal to be asbestos cenhdntng onV if It eontafos mom etan rya percent eaa by Ge?abxt tiryeura Area ?sukeustbon iCVAE}. E6W rertb6ttObe eho inditxtta ? ftelgtis?eil AebestOs Contai ong Materials which am friable or may become treble, be furgm anaryaed by print Counting when the results hutar-i lase flogs ten'percent asbestos by CVAE. Air QbMty FnvkanmehW uhIM CVAE on a rouUn® stasis and does It0# 41Chlde ptpnt t ounl urdasa cagy AdOWWIV, 8tsse Results mey net lot) mixvdooed s>tceptin tom. This report data is to be inlarpratsd ordy b V Eta pe?®ancal cr imesbgatar whom have uAamAd the saw. 1 ue tenhtora..thf6 mMa ** rAttse ueeo ad a gains m produettmeailtm. approym nr endorAwoo t by t4v AP, NieTorany otheresarrcy of the redwW Goo m onL Lab File Number. 9894 Analysis Pages 1 of 1 50% Perlite and Binders 50% Perlite and Binders I 50% Perlite and Binders An$iysxatl by: i7E??%? 11y3tt?n6 Pd?iari Mtc tA. NVLAP Lab No. 200T59-0 1 • APPENDIX B CERTIFICATIONS 0 M 1 E#T#A Mayhew Environmental Training Associates I N C O R P O RATED Certificate # 7M E09067801 I R009 This is to certify that Jeffrey D. Summers has on 09106106, in TAMPA, FL completed the requirements for asbestos accreditation under Section 206 of TSCA Title H, 15 U.S.C. 2646 W AHERA Asbestos Inspector Recertification Course as approved by the State of Florida and the U.S.E.P.A. under 40 C.F.R. 763 (AHERA) on 09106106 - 09106106 and passed the associated examination on 09106106 0 N, with a score of 706 or better V,pNSAS CM = 0.5 PTS. MAYHEW f'fC, _... _. Instruc X55 Presi ent Soc. Sec #: 277-66-2076 Accreditation Expires: 09/06/07 M E T A - P.O. Box 786 - Lawrence KS 66044 - 800-444-6382 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBESTOS LICENSING UNIT (850) 487-1395 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET TALLAHASSEE FL 32399-0783 ROTHENBURG, MICHAEL W 1512 S. TRASK ST. TAMPA FL 33629 AlIkk 8TATS OF FLORIDA AC# 2 8 9 0 - DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESS;014" REGULATION RA0000041 ` Q 11}/0'6 0602600 ASBESTOS :L014STJf? ENGINEER ROTHENBU1tQ, C IN IS LICENSED under the provisions of Ch.469 p s,ipir.eion date. NOV 30, 2008 L0610110292 i DETACH HERE AC# 2.8 9 O 3 O 7 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF'BU81NS$S AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION A9ES`fOS` LICENSING UNIT SEQ#L06101z.029- ,. LICENSE NBR ?Y 131.0/'11/2006 060260082 EA6000641.4&: .?.. The ASBESTOS CONSULt.ANT - ETG` Named below IS LICENSED. Under the provisions of Chap Expiration date: NOV 30, 2008-; -0 ROTHENBVRG, MICHAEL W .1512 S `TRASK ST TAMPA FL 33629 JEB BUSH SIMONE 14ARSTILLER